diff options
Diffstat (limited to '78474-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 78474-0.txt | 8761 |
1 files changed, 8761 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/78474-0.txt b/78474-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdeacce --- /dev/null +++ b/78474-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8761 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78474 *** + + + + + THE FREE MAN’S LIBRARY + + A Descriptive and Critical Bibliography + + _by_ + HENRY HAZLITT + + [Illustration] + + + D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY, INC. + PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY + TORONTO LONDON + NEW YORK + + + + + D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY, INC. + + 120 Alexander St., Princeton, New Jersey + 257 Fourth Avenue, New York 10, New York + 25 Hollinger Rd., Toronto 16, Canada + Macmillan & Co., Ltd., St. Martin’s St., London, W.C. 2, England + + _All correspondence should be addressed to the + principal office of the company at Princeton, N. J._ + + Copyright, ©, 1956 by + D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY, INC. + + Published simultaneously in Canada by + D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY (Canada), LTD. + + _All Rights Reserved_ + + _This book, or any parts thereof, may not be + reproduced in any form without written permission + from the author and the publishers._ + + Library of Congress Catalogue Card No.: 56-9010 + + + PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA + + + + +CONTENTS + + + INTRODUCTION 1 + Acknowledgments 18 + Arrangement and Abbreviations 19 + + INDIVIDUALISM IN POLITICS AND ECONOMICS 21 + + THE FREE MAN’S LIBRARY 33 + + + + + Freedom of men under government is to have a standing rule to live + by, common to every one of that society, and made by the legislative + power vested in it; a liberty to follow my own will in all things, + when the rule prescribes not, and not to be subject to the inconstant, + uncertain, unknown, arbitrary will of another man. + + --JOHN LOCKE + + It is seldom that liberty of any kind is lost all at once. + + --DAVID HUME + + The common people of England ... so jealous of their liberty, but like + the common people of most other countries never rightly understanding + wherein it consists.... + + --ADAM SMITH + + The people never give up their liberties but under some delusion. + + --EDMUND BURKE + + The worth of a State, in the long run, is the worth of the individuals + composing it.... A State which dwarfs its men, in order that they + may be more docile instruments in its hands even for beneficial + purposes, will find that with small men no great thing can really + be accomplished; and that the perfection of machinery to which it + has sacrificed everything will in the end avail it nothing, for want + of the vital power which, in order that the machine might work more + smoothly, it has preferred to banish. + + --JOHN STUART MILL + + + + +INTRODUCTION + + +This book is a descriptive and critical bibliography of works on the +philosophy of individualism. I have applied the term “individualism” +in a broad sense. The bibliography includes books which explain the +processes and advantages of free trade, free enterprise and free +markets; which recognize the evils of excessive state power; and which +champion the cause of individual freedom of worship, speech and thought. + +Such a compilation seemed to me to be increasingly urgent because so +few writers and speakers on public questions today reveal any idea +of the wealth, depth and breadth of the literature of freedom. What +threatens us today is not merely the outright totalitarian philosophies +of fascism and communism, but the increasing drift of thought in the +totalitarian direction. Many people today who complacently think +of themselves as “middle-of-the-roaders” have no conception of the +extent to which they have already taken over statist, socialist, and +collectivist assumptions--assumptions which, if logically followed out, +must inevitably carry us further and further down the totalitarian road. + +One of the crowning ironies of the present era, in fact, is that it is +precisely, especially in America, the people who flatteringly refer to +themselves as “liberals” who have forgotten or repudiated the essence +of the true liberal tradition. The typical butts of their ridicule are +such writers as Adam Smith, Bastiat, Cobden (“the Manchester School”), +and Herbert Spencer. Whatever errors any of these writers may have +been guilty of individually, they were among the chief architects +of true liberalism. Yet our modern “progressives” now refer to this +whole philosophy contemptuously as “_laissez faire_.” They present +a grotesque caricature of it in order to refute it to their own +satisfaction, and then go on to advocate more and more governmental +power, more centralization of government in Washington, fewer and +fewer powers for the States or localities, more and more power for +the President, more and more discretionary power for an appointed +bureaucracy, and less and less power for Congress, which is usually +ridiculed by our self-styled “liberals” and given to understand that +its sole function is to “support the President”--in other words, to +act as a rubber stamp. And none of this group seem to recognize that +they differ from the totalitarians only in that the totalitarians want +_unlimited_ government power, _complete_ centralization, unlimited +power in the President or “Leader,” and no legislature at all except +as window-dressing, or as sycophants to proclaim the greatness of the +Leader. + +This present-day reversal of the traditional vocabulary in itself sets +up great obstacles to the compilation of a bibliography of freedom. +But these difficulties and obstacles go much further, of course, +than those created by a reversal in the popular meaning of the word +“liberalism.” “Oh, Liberty!” Madame Roland is said to have exclaimed +as she passed a statue to that goddess on her way to the guillotine, +“what crimes are committed in thy name!” Looking at the world today, +we are tempted to stress the intellectual crimes committed in the name +of liberty as much as the moral crimes. Never were men more ardent in +defense of “liberty” than they are today; but never were there more +diverse concepts of what constitutes true liberty. Many of today’s +writers who are most eloquent in their arguments for liberty in fact +preach philosophies that would destroy it. It seems to be typical +of the books of our intelligentsia to praise one kind of liberty +incessantly while disparaging or ridiculing another kind. The liberty +that they so rightly praise is the liberty of thought and expression. +But the liberty that they so foolishly denounce is economic liberty. +They dismiss this contemptuously as “_laissez faire_”--a phrase, as +I have already pointed out, which they almost always use in a merely +invidious rather than in any seriously descriptive sense. In fact, no +literature is more soaked in semantics than that concerning freedom. +“Freedom” and “liberty” are the honorific terms for the liberties that +the particular writer is defending; “_laissez faire_” or “license” are +the disparaging terms for the liberties he is decrying. + +Unfortunately the authors who have fallen into this practice include +some of the finest minds of our generation. (I think particularly of +Bertrand Russell and the late Morris Cohen.) Such writers seem to me +to be at least in part reflecting an occupational bias. Being writers +and thinkers, they are acutely aware of the importance of liberty of +writing and thinking. But they seem to attach scant value to economic +liberty because they think of it not as applying to themselves but to +businessmen. Such a judgment may be uncharitable; but it is certainly +fair to say that they misprize economic liberty because, in spite +of their brilliance in some directions, they lack the knowledge or +understanding to recognize that when economic liberties are abridged +or destroyed all other liberties are abridged or destroyed with them. +“Power over a man’s subsistence,” as Alexander Hamilton reminded us, +“is power over his will.” And if we wish a more modern authority, we +can quote no less a one than Leon Trotsky, the colleague of Lenin, who +in 1937, in a moment of candor, pointed out clearly that: “In a country +where the sole employer is the State, opposition means death by slow +starvation: The old principle: who does not work shall not eat, has +been replaced by a new one: who does not obey shall not eat.” + +Liberty is a whole, and to deny economic liberty is finally to destroy +all liberty. Socialism is irreconcilable with freedom. This is the +lesson that most of our modern philosophers and littérateurs have yet +to learn. + +I write all this to explain why certain books which some readers might +expect to find in this compilation will not be found here. They may +say some eloquent and even true things about liberty; but their net +influence is not on the side of liberty. The test I have tried to +apply here is whether any book, regardless of the reservations I may +personally have on the position it takes on this issue or that, is +still _on net balance_ on the side of true liberty. + +I have long contemplated a compilation like the present one. But I kept +postponing the task because it seemed too formidable. My hesitation was +broken at last when a friend informed me of the existence of a 95-page +pamphlet published by the Individualist Book Shop of London in 1927, +which might be the kind of bibliography I had in mind. I immediately +sent to London for this book, and quite as promptly received a copy +from Miss Marjorie Franklin, General Secretary of The Society for +Individual Freedom. Miss Franklin warned me, however, that not only had +the pamphlet been long out of print, but that I was getting a “precious +file copy.” + +I read this pamphlet with satisfaction and delight. If it could not be +republished simply as it stood, it was at least the ideal nucleus to +build around. It was both scholarly and penetrating; its standards of +selection were at once discriminating and catholic; its judgments were +sound, and it was written with charm. + +The pamphlet was anonymous; but I learned by inquiry that it had been +prepared by Professor W. H. Hutt, the British economist, now Dean of +the Faculty of Commerce at the University of Cape Town, South Africa. +Professor Hutt informed me in correspondence, however, that while he +was responsible for the greater part of the pamphlet he “did everything +in collaboration with” the late Francis W. Hirst, the well-known +British Liberal and former editor of _The London Economist_, “and +if there is any acknowledgment in the preface, his name should be +mentioned as well as mine.” + +This compilation and discussion for the Individualist Bookshop had only +one major defect: it was more than a quarter of a century old. But this +defect, it seemed to me at first, could very easily be remedied. It +would simply be necessary to drop one or two score of its 166 entries +(because they were books now obsolete or superseded), to shorten the +comments on some of the rest, and to add a score or two of entries to +cover the important libertarian books that had been published in the +nearly thirty years since 1927. + +The work of elimination proved no more difficult than I had supposed. +But the work of addition took on a far different aspect. I was +surprised to find, for example, that even some of the classics of +freedom and individualism--the relevant works, say, of Milton, +Montesquieu, Burke, de Tocqueville and Lord Acton--had been omitted. +These gaps were of course easily filled. Much more formidable was the +task of selecting from the mass of books published since 1927. + + * * * * * + +This raised many problems. I will expand on only one by way of +illustration. This was the problem of whether to include or exclude the +more important works that have appeared in the last quarter-century +denouncing the immorality or warning against the internal or external +perils of communism. The Hutt pamphlet had been mainly devoted to +books expounding the positive philosophy of freedom and individualism. +Yet it had freely listed the books primarily critical of socialism. +On the same principle there was every reason for including the books +critical of communism. The two terms were used by Karl Marx, in fact, +interchangeably. The Russian Communists still call their domain the +Union of Soviet _Socialist_ Republics. Communism is not merely the +logical and inevitable end-product of socialism; it is also another +name for a socialism that is really complete. We must subscribe, in +short, to the definition of Bernard Shaw that “A communist is nothing +but a socialist with the courage of his convictions.” + +Yet the decision to add the leading anti-communist books not only +swelled the dimensions of this bibliography, but presented a problem +of another kind. The authors who attack socialism have generally based +their criticism on the explicit premises of a free, competitive, +private enterprise. But probably a good half of the books of the +last quarter-century which attack communism do so on the basis of +socialist assumptions. They attack Russian communism as a “betrayal” +of true socialism. (The works of Arthur Koestler are an outstanding +example.) They attack even Stalinism as a betrayal of “true Leninism.” +In fact, most of the best known anti-communist books, including some +that are admirable in other respects, attack the end-product without +seeming to realize that it is socialist ideals that inevitably create +this end-product. The authors of these books attack the despotism in +Russia, for example, without recognizing that you cannot carry out the +centralized economic planning of socialism without despotism. They +attack the communist suppression of freedom of speech and thought +without recognizing that once you give government complete power over +jobs and employment--the power to promote or demote, to hire or fire, +to say, in short, whether a man is to live or starve--you at the same +time give government complete power to control or suppress speech and +thought. They fail to recognize that in prescribing the means they are +prescribing the end. They fail to recognize that the immorality and +the intellectual and spiritual suppression that they denounce flow +inevitably out of the centralized economic planning and governmental +omnipotence that they applaud. + +Yet some anti-communist books of disillusioned communists who are +still socialists or planners are among the most eloquent and powerful +denunciations that have yet been written on the end-products of +communism. I have therefore decided to include them, often accompanied +by a warning against acceptance of their premises. + +This decision to include anti-communist volumes, as I have indicated, +created as many problems as it solved. It substantially increased the +length of this book. I soon found that by adding one book after another +to my list I had raised the number of entries from 166 in the original +Hutt bibliography, notwithstanding my numerous omissions from it, to a +new total of more than 550. + +As a result of these inclusions other decisions were forced upon me. My +original purpose had been to offer my own judgments of all the works +included, except when I was satisfied with those given in the Hutt +pamphlet. But as my ideas expanded concerning the volumes that ought +to be included I was forced by sheer growth of number to fall back +in many cases, as the reader will see, on the judgments of others. +This decision was forced for a double reason. It was as impracticable +as it would have been supererogatory to read through from cover to +cover each of the 400 or so additional volumes listed in order to +write a half-dozen lines about it. I found, in addition, that even +where I had read a substantial part of a book, or even where I had +read it through--but years ago--my present memory did not leave me +with sufficient confidence in my own judgment of it. In these cases I +have fallen back upon critics whose judgments seem to me to deserve +confidence, or writers who have spoken with special authority or +justness on the book in question. In some cases I have also added such +judgments in the hope of reinforcing my own. + +By following this eclectic procedure I have of course lost whatever +advantages might have accrued in the following compilation from a +completely uniform style and uniform standard of judgment. But such +a disadvantage, it seems to me, is more than compensated by greater +comprehensiveness than I could otherwise have achieved. And I early +decided that the application of a uniform standard was in any case next +to impossible. The reader will find in the following compilation books +of very different “weights.” He will find the works of Locke and Adam +Smith and Mill cheek by jowl with modern books just out last year. He +will find the works of the great pioneers and trail blazers next to +popularizations written mainly for beginners. I do not know how this +kind of heterogeneous mixture can be avoided if this book is to fulfill +the functions for which it is designed. For it is designed to guide the +reader not merely to the great classics on liberty and individualism, +but to introductory works. + +A further word should be said here regarding the standards I have +applied in deciding whether or not a given work should be included in +this compilation. I already see myself being buttonholed occasionally +by some angry reader who asks: “Why on earth did you include +Pumpernickel’s book in your bibliography? Don’t you know that on page +155 he writes this outrageous sentence--?” And then my questioner will +probably quote or misquote some pronouncement that I do not at all feel +like defending. In an effort to answer as many as possible of such +objections in advance, I should like to say here that the inclusion +of a book in this bibliography certainly does not imply that I myself +subscribe to every doctrine or sentence in that book or that I think +every opinion it enunciates is an essential part of the libertarian +or individualist tradition. What inclusion does imply is that in my +judgment the book, to repeat what I have said earlier, makes _on net +balance_ a factual or theoretical contribution to the philosophy of +individualism, and that at least some readers may derive from it a +fuller understanding of that philosophy. + +The inclusion of any book in this list, in brief, implies +recommendation. Therefore, with few exceptions, I have confined myself +to making or quoting comments which emphasize the merits of a book +rather than its defects. A primer, for example, may ably serve its +modest purpose without necessarily constituting a major contribution +to the subject with which it deals. A book may contain, in parts, +collectivist or confused thinking and still be one from which a student +of liberty could greatly profit. In my comments, therefore, I have +tried to keep reservations, misgivings and objections to a minimum. + +Nor is the reader to take the amount of space devoted to the discussion +of any book as a necessary measure of my own judgment regarding its +relative merit or importance. A classic may be so well known, and +there may be so many sources from which a reader can learn about it, +that a few lines of comment may be sufficient for the purpose of this +bibliography. Another work, less meritorious and less important, may +yet rightly, for some special reason, call for longer comment. But I +cannot do better here than to quote with approval a footnote in the +Hutt bibliography on the lengthy entries under the name of Auberon +Herbert: “It may seem incongruous to give far more space to Auberon +Herbert than to Locke or Bentham. But the object of making this list +is to put information before the student, and, if important matter is +neglected or inaccessible, it needs more space than is required by +works known, by name at least, to ‘every schoolboy.’” + +With some reluctance, however, I have made it a general rule to exclude +pamphlets from my list, notwithstanding the many admirable ones that +have appeared in recent years. I have done this not only because their +inclusion would have swollen this bibliography far beyond useful +dimensions, but because it is usually so difficult for readers to +obtain pamphlets, particularly after they have been allowed to fall +out of print, that their inclusion might too often merely arouse a +curiosity could not be satisfied. I must add, in fact, that in spite +of my _general_ rule against including pamphlets, I have felt simply +compelled to make a few exceptions because of their outstanding +importance. + +This points to one of the insoluble problems of the bibliographer +in dealing with practically any great subject. He finds it next to +impossible to draw sharp boundaries, to be completely consistent, to +defend confidently his every inclusion or omission. If he tries to make +his list “complete,” his task becomes a labor of Sisyphus; and even if +he were to succeed, his list would be unmanageable and useless to most +readers. If he makes his bibliography “selective,” he is inevitably +accused of being arbitrary or capricious in his selections. + + * * * * * + +I became increasingly conscious of this dilemma as my work proceeded. +I am aware that for a great number of readers the more than 550 +entries here may seem more bewildering than helpful. The device of +marking with an asterisk those books “specially recommended” would, I +fear, have created more problems than it solved. Therefore, for the +sake of those who would appreciate the guidance of a shorter list, +I have resorted to a practice that has become a traditional annual +event with many American book reviewers, and drama and motion picture +critics. I have compiled a list of “the best ten.” This, of course, +adds the limitations of an arbitrary number to the other arbitrary +factors in selection. To make my task just a little less provocative of +indignation, I have in fact compiled two lists of ten--first, the “ten +best” historic classics on liberty and individualism; and secondly, the +“ten best” contemporary works. + +Here is the list of “classics” in chronological order: + + JOHN MILTON, _Areopagetica_ + JOHN LOCKE, _Second Treatise on Government_ + DAVID HUME, _Essays Moral, Political and Literary_ + ADAM SMITH, _The Wealth of Nations_ + EDMUND BURKE, _Works_ + FRÉDÉRIC BASTIAT, _Economic Sophisms_ + ALEXIS DE TOCQUEVILLE, _Democracy in America_ + JOHN STUART MILL, _On Liberty_ + HERBERT SPENCER, _The Man vs. the State_ + LORD ACTON, _Essays on Freedom and Power_ + +Here are the “ten best” contemporary works, in alphabetical order: + + B. M. ANDERSON, _Economics and the Public Welfare_ + F. A. HAYEK, _The Road to Serfdom_ + F. A. HAYEK, _Individualism and Economic Order_ + F. A. HAYEK et al., _Capitalism and the Historians_ + JOHN JEWKES, _Ordeal by Planning_ + LUDWIG VON MISES, _Socialism: an Analysis_ + LUDWIG VON MISES, _Human Action_ + GEORGE ORWELL, _Nineteen Eighty-Four_ + LIONEL ROBBINS, _The Great Depression_ + WILHELM RÖPKE, _The Social Crisis of Our Time_ + +If the reader is tempted to smile at the presumption and crudity +of selecting a list of the “ten best” works in this field, either +classic or contemporary, he may at least be assured that I smile with +him. If he is unhappy about the particular selection even within the +arbitrary number of ten, I may add that I am a little unhappy about it +myself--though perhaps not for his reasons. + +In restricting the list of classics to ten, I have been forced to leave +out Montesquieu’s _Spirit of the Laws_, the writings of Jefferson, +the speeches of Cobden, Calhoun’s _A Disquisition on Government_, +the writings of Jacob Burckhardt, and the essays of William Graham +Sumner--all of which would have been included had my list been slightly +larger, and one or two of which, no doubt, some readers will think +should have been included in my list of ten at the expense of one or +two already there. + +I am sorry that in the case of Burke I have felt compelled to list +his collected works rather than any particular book or speech. This +is because his finest aphorisms and most luminous passages on liberty +are scattered throughout his work and have not been satisfactorily +extracted and collected, to my knowledge, in any single volume. Many +of us have been brought up to believe that, although Burke may have +begun as a liberal (as exemplified in his speech on _Conciliation with +America_), he ended as a vehement reactionary (as in his _Reflections +on the Revolution in France_). Yet any open-minded reader, even though +he is opposed to Burke’s main conclusions on the French Revolution, +as William Hazlitt so strongly was, will agree with the latter that +“in arriving at one error [Burke] discovered a hundred truths.” +Therefore, Hazlitt considered himself “a hundred times more indebted to +[Burke] than if, stumbling on that which I consider as the right side +of the question, he had committed a hundred absurdities in striving +to establish his point.” We, too, I think, must agree, as Hazlitt +did, with the judgment that in political philosophy Burke “was the +most eloquent man of his time; and his wisdom was greater than his +eloquence.” + +Burke in his later years was certainly a conservative; and the +prominent inclusion of his works in a bibliography of freedom may +seem to some readers, accustomed to associate the case for freedom +with the case for “liberalism,” to call for explanation. But there +is no necessary conflict between intelligent conservatism and real +liberalism. On the contrary, at least in the peculiar climate and +conditions of the present age, they have come to mean nearly the same +thing. + +Historically, the liberals fought against government tyranny; against +governmental abridgment of freedom of speech and action; against +governmental restrictions on agriculture, manufacture, and trade; +against constant detailed governmental regulation, interference and +harassment at a hundred points; against (to use the phrases of the +Declaration of Independence) “a multitude of new offices” and “swarms +of officers”; against concentration of governmental power, particularly +in the person of one man; against government by whim and favoritism. +Historic liberalism called, on the other hand, for the Rule of Law, +and for equality before the law. The older conservatives opposed many +or most of these liberal demands because they believed in existing +governmental interferences and sweeping governmental powers; or because +they wished to retain their own special privileges and prerogatives; or +simply because they were temperamentally fearful of altering the status +quo, whatever it happened to be. + +Those who flatteringly call themselves “liberals” today, and to +whom confused opponents allow or even assign the name, are for +nearly everything that the old liberals opposed. Most self-styled +present-day “liberals,” particularly in America, are urging the +constant extension of government “planning.” They constantly press for +a greater concentration of governmental power, whether in the central +government at the expense of the States and localities, or in the hands +of a one-man executive at the expense of any check, limitation, or +even investigation by a legislature. And they look with favor on an +ever-growing bureaucracy, and on the spread of bureaucratic discretion +at the expense of a Rule of Law. Those who oppose this trend toward a +new despotism, on the other hand, and plead for the preservation of +the ancient freedoms of the individual, are today’s conservatives. +The intelligent conservative, in brief, is today the true defender of +liberty. + +This conclusion should not seem too paradoxical. It was always possible +to reconcile intelligent conservatism with real liberalism. There is +no conflict between wishing to conserve and hold the precious gains +that have been achieved in the past, which is the aim of the true +conservative, and wishing to carry those achievements even further, +which is the aim of the true liberal. Burke not only recognized that +these two aims were compatible; he summed up that compatibility in one +of his memorable aphorisms: “A disposition to preserve and an ability +to improve, taken together, would be my standard of the statesman.” + +Let us go on, after this long digression, to consider the list I have +put forward of the “ten best” contemporary books on the philosophy of +individualism. + +My contemporary list is even more unsatisfactory to me than my +historic one, especially in what I am forced to exclude. My reasons +for including each of the twenty books in the two lists will be found +under the entry for that book in the bibliography that follows. +However, I should perhaps say a word in explanation of the fact that +there are three entries under the name of Professor Hayek. Hayek’s +_The Road to Serfdom_ is the most acute and impressive analysis of the +modern drift to totalitarianism that has been written in our time. It +deserves a place in any contemporary list no matter how short. His +essays collected under the title of _Individualism and Economic Order_ +have been included in the list chiefly because of the leading essay, +_Individualism: True and False_, which no open-minded individualist +can read without having his ideas enlarged and clarified; for true +individualism certainly does not consist in mere eccentricity, +intransigence, or contempt for voluntary social cooperation. It is +the mistaken association of these qualities with “individualism” that +has given that philosophy a dubious reputation with many who would +otherwise be won to it. Professor Hayek is not the author of the third +volume, _Economics and the Historians_; he is simply the editor and one +of the contributors. The selection of this short book from among some +excellent economic histories is perhaps arbitrary; but it performs, +better than any other work I know of, the negative function of +informing the reader how grossly some of the most celebrated economic +historians of the last half century or more have misrepresented the +meaning of the Industrial Revolution and the growth of capitalism. + +Those who think my contemporary list unbalanced can substitute for +Hayek’s _Individualism and Economic Order_, say, Max Eastman’s +_Reflections on the Failure of Socialism_, or Walter Lippmann’s _The +Good Society_ (at least the first half of that book). + +To offer an abbreviated list of “best” books is one thing; to suggest a +“reading course” is quite another. It is not always advisable for the +novice to begin with the masterpieces; he must be educated to the point +where he can understand and appreciate them. But this is a subjective +problem in which no two readers are likely to be in precisely the +same position; and the ideal reading program should be individually +tailored to fit a particular reader’s requirements. A major purpose of +the present extensive bibliography, in fact, is to act as a guide to +the reader in making his own individual choices. The tyro will learn +more or faster from one set of books, the proficient from another. + +Bearing in mind these reservations, however, some readers may still +find it helpful if I suggest at least one “introductory course.” +Fortunately this task is not too difficult, because the finest books +of the past and present are usually as distinguished for lucidity +as for wisdom. So even an introductory course could easily be built +exclusively from our two lists of the “ten best.” An introductory +course of five books, for example, might be this: The reader might +begin with (1) a contemporary book, F. A. Hayek’s _The Road to +Serfdom_. He might then read in this order: (2) John Stuart Mill’s +classic essay _On Liberty_; (3) Ludwig von Mises’ _Socialism_; (4) +Hayek’s essay, _Individualism: True and False_, or Max Eastman’s +_Reflections on the Failure of Socialism_; and (5) Ludwig von Mises’ +_Human Action_. + +The most formidable books on the foregoing list, in length and +difficulty, are the two volumes by von Mises. For readers to whom +this program may seem too arduous or ambitious, therefore, I suggest +this introductory list of only three books, each short and relatively +simple: (1) Hayek’s _The Road to Serfdom_; (2) Mill’s _Liberty_; (3) +von Mises’ short collection of essays, _Planning for Freedom_. + +The reader should be able to steer his own course from there on, a +process in which I hope this bibliography will still prove helpful. + + * * * * * + +The main purpose of this bibliography, to repeat what has already been +said in substance, is to bring to the attention of the modern reader +the most important, useful or available books in the true liberal +tradition--the tradition of free trade, free enterprise, free markets; +of limited and decentralized government; of freedom of speech, of +religion, of the press, and of assembly; of security of person and +private property--the tradition, in brief, of the freedom and dignity +of the individual. + +Now this tradition, rich and deep and noble as it is, is being treated +by most present-day intellectuals almost as if it had never existed. +When they speak of it, they usually speak merely of some grotesque +caricature in their own minds, which they contemptuously dismiss as +“_laissez faire_” or “the Manchester School.” Yet as Friedrich Hayek +has pointed out in _The Road to Serfdom_ (p. 13), what the modern trend +to socialism means “becomes clear if we consider it not merely against +the background of the nineteenth-century, but in a longer historical +perspective. We are rapidly abandoning not the views merely of Cobden +and Bright, of Adam Smith and Hume, or even of Locke and Milton, but +one of the salient characteristics of Western civilization as it has +grown from the foundations laid by Christianity and the Greeks and +Romans. Not merely nineteenth-and eighteenth-century liberalism, but +the basic individualism inherited by us from Erasmus and Montaigne, +from Cicero and Tacitus, Pericles and Thucydides, is progressively +relinquished.” + +This bibliography, I hope, will help to clarify as well as to mobilize +the case for individualism and true liberalism. It is designed to +strengthen individualists in their knowledge and convictions, to place +in their hands the intellectual weapons that will help them to combat +the totalitarian trend. It is designed, also, to call attention to the +richness of the truly liberal tradition, to the excellent books and the +many noble minds that have helped to shape it. + +But this compilation would fail of part of its purpose if it gave +readers the impression that the literature of freedom and individualism +is already so rich that it does not need to be supplemented and +expanded. On the contrary, there are deplorable gaps in this +literature, particularly in recent writing. It would take me too far +out of my way to try to call attention in detail to these gaps. The +task, moreover, would be odious. Frankly, I have occasionally included +a book in the following list because, in spite of serious shortcomings, +it happens to be the only book which covers some special subject +from the libertarian point of view. But it is my hope that this +bibliography will indirectly call attention to some existing gaps, and +thereby stimulate the writing of better books to fill them. + +It is partly, in fact, in the hope that it may encourage translations +that I have listed a number of books in French and German that have not +yet been made available in English. + +A similar hope may be expressed about pamphlets. There are many of +the first rank, some by the same author, some on different phases of +the same subject, that urgently need to be brought together and made +permanently available in book form. + + * * * * * + +As a final word, I must emphasize again my sad discovery that a +bibliographer’s lot is not a happy one. If he is “selective,” +his selections are likely to be called arbitrary, subjective and +capricious. If he seeks to be “comprehensive,” his troubles multiply +beyond counting. In the present case, I have been constantly troubled +by the problem of exactly where to draw my boundary lines. This is +essentially a bibliography on the philosophy of individual freedom. +A few economic classics and a few contemporary economic analyses and +textbooks are included because they either explicitly or by logical +implication support this philosophy. But other economic volumes, which +considered purely as technical economic analysis are as good as or +perhaps in some respects even better than some of those included, have +been omitted either because most of their discussion is only remotely +relevant to a libertarian philosophy or may even veer off to support a +socialist or statist philosophy. Yet between the easily classifiable +cases there are any number of borderline cases in which the decision +to include or exclude is very difficult and cannot fail to be in some +respects arbitrary. + +An essential part of the philosophy of individualism, again, is the +doctrine of the Rule of Law. This calls for the inclusion of some works +on jurisprudence. But at exactly what point does one stop? And so for a +score of other fields. The philosophy of individualism can be reflected +in works on jurisprudence, on administrative law, on politics, on +ethics, on general economics, on agriculture, on labor relations, +on interest rates, on money and banking policy, and so on. How much +weight should one attach to the technical excellence or importance of +works of this type in their special fields as compared with that of an +individualistic philosophy which may merely be implied in such works? + +I have found no satisfactory answer to questions of this sort, no +clear-cut pigeonholes that satisfy my bibliographic conscience. In any +case, the process of compiling a critical bibliography is at best an +art and can never be reduced to an exact science. It is at the mercy +of accident and subject to the limitations of the compiler. I shall +not be completely astonished to find, for example, after this book has +been printed and bound beyond alteration, that I have omitted an entry +or two from sheer oversight. In still other cases, when some kind lady +corners me at a social gathering and asks with a puzzled expression, +“Why did you leave Professor X’s book out of your list?”, I may have +to reply, as the great Samuel Johnson had the courage to do to a woman +who asked him to account for an error in his dictionary: “Ignorance, +madame. Pure ignorance.” + +Fortunately for readers and writers alike, a book not free from +shortcomings may still perform a useful and necessary function; and +it is in the belief that this volume will prove helpful not merely to +individual readers, but to the great cause of human liberty itself, +that it is put forward. + + * * * * * + +A word should perhaps be added about the title of this bibliography. +In calling it _The Free Man’s Library_ I do not, of course, mean to +imply that books on the philosophy of individualism, or in defense of +personal liberty, are the only books that a “free man” should carry +on his shelves. The free man is free to take all human knowledge for +his province. His full library, let us hope, will contain the Bible +and Shakespeare, Homer and Plato, and other well-chosen selections +from the world’s treasuries of drama, fiction, poetry, history, art, +philosophy and science. By _The Free Man’s Library_ I mean to indicate +merely the books that a man may wish to know about, to read or have +in his home specifically in his role _as_ a free man--as a man who +wants to understand how he may best restore, preserve, or increase +his own freedom and the freedom of others. In the same way we should +expect a bibliography called “The Physician’s Library” to be confined +to the books that a physician should know about or read in his special +capacity _as_ a physician, and a bibliography called “The Engineer’s +Library” to be confined to the books that a man should know in his +capacity _as_ an engineer. But neither the physician nor the engineer, +let us hope, will be _solely_ a physician or an engineer, but will have +the range of intellectual interests that we associate with a liberal +education and a broad, humane culture. And the “free man,” we may hope +also, whatever his special calling, will have the same wide range of +intellectual interests, the same broad, humane culture, for these are +among the finest fruits of freedom; and it is partly because it has +these fruits that freedom is so precious. + + +ACKNOWLEDGMENTS + +I have received so much help from writers and friends in suggesting +the consideration of this or that book for inclusion in my list that +I regret to be unable to give individual credit. I have also used +research help in verifying literally thousands of details--dates of +publication, page numbers, spelling of names, etc. I am especially in +debt to my wife for help in so many directions that it would take too +much space to list them. My most obvious indebtedness is, of course, +to the bibliography, already mentioned, compiled for the Individualist +Book Shop of London. The anonymous introduction to that list (which +I have since found was written by W. H. Hutt) is so excellent and +informative that I have inserted it in full after this introduction of +my own. + +Next to the Hutt bibliography, I owe most to the back files of the +_Book Review Digest_, sometimes making use of its summary of the theme +or contents of a book, as well as of its quotations from reviews. +I should have made more use of the multigraphed list of 100 titles +compiled by F. A. Harper, of the Foundation for Economic Education, +if my own list had not been virtually completed when I saw this +compilation. + + +ARRANGEMENT AND ABBREVIATIONS + +No effort has been made in the following list to give the price of any +book or to indicate whether or not it is still in print. Prices are +often changed; and books going out of print, or new editions of old +books, would soon make the latter information inaccurate. In nearly +all cases, however, I have given the number of pages in a book. Where +more than one edition exists, the number of pages should of course +be understood to refer merely to that of one of these editions. The +purpose of giving the number of pages is simply that the reader may +have a rough idea of the length of the book. Nothing is more unhelpful +or irritating, I have found, than a bibliography which does not enable +a reader to know whether a listed title refers to a pamphlet of a dozen +pages or a work in four volumes. + +A short form of their name is used for all well-known publishers, +British as well as American. The city of publication is not given for +any American book unless the publishing house is small, or relatively +new, or not familiar to the book trade in general. The names of +foreign publishers (except prominent English publishers) are given in +full--accompanied, of course, by the city of publication. + +The year of the original publication of a book is given in nearly all +cases, and sometimes the year of the latest or most accessible edition. +When a date appears immediately after the title, or _preceding_ +the name of any specific publisher, it means the date of original +publication. When a date is given _after_ the name of a particular +publisher, it refers to the volume printed by that publisher. When two +editions are known to exist, both dates are usually given. Where more +than two editions exist, the word _etc._ is often inserted after the +original date in lieu of any attempt to list all editions. Wherever the +name of a publisher and a date of publication are enclosed in a common +parenthesis, it means that that particular edition is either the most +available or is recommended among numerous editions. Wherever a book +is available in both British and American editions, usually only the +American publisher is named, even if the book originally appeared in +England. + +Wherever, as frequently happens, more than one title is listed by the +same author, the titles are not necessarily listed in the chronological +order of their appearance. Rather the effort has been made to list +and discuss first the work or works by that author which are most +important for the present bibliography, or which lend themselves most +conveniently to comment on the qualities and contribution of that +author. Occasional inconsistencies will be found in citing the same +author’s name. This usually happens when the author’s name is not +printed in a consistent form on the title pages of his various works. + +PI at the end of a quoted descriptive comment on a book indicates +that the comment is quoted from _The Philosophy of Individualism: A +Bibliography_, the out-of-print pamphlet published in London in 1927 +which is referred to earlier in this introduction. In all other cases +where comment is quoted, the name of the author, periodical, or other +source is spelled out. + +All other abbreviations (such as _pp._ for _pages_) are those in common +use. + + + + +INDIVIDUALISM IN POLITICS AND ECONOMICS[1] + + +The term Individualism was cited by Henry Reeve (of _Edinburgh Review_ +fame) in William IV’s reign as “a novel expression.” John Stuart Mill +is (wrongly) credited with having given it currency and popularity. +Although he discusses the subject at great length in his _Political +Economy_, he seldom if ever uses the exact term--his judicious +and well-balanced mind was adverse to the manufacture of labels. +He preferred to employ such expressions as “individual freedom,” +“individual property,” “those who have been called the _laissez-faire_ +school,” etc. Even in _Liberty_, published much later, which is rightly +regarded as a classic of Individualism, he avoids the term, although +he uses (perhaps not more than once) the word “Individuality” in that +sense. + +However, the term is an extremely convenient one to express the views +of those who would confine the functions of the State and various +public authorities to a relatively small province, i.e., maintaining +law and order, the army, the navy and other means of national defence, +the enforcement of contracts, the maintenance of public services +which cannot conveniently be entrusted to private enterprise, and +in general the provision of a fair field for the play of individual +energy. It is opposed to Collectivism, Socialism, Communism, and the +various other means of restricting liberty, whether these be adopted +by public authorities, quasi-private corporations, private firms, +hereditary autocrats, military dictators, or the like. It should be +remembered that in Mill and many writers of the older generation the +terms Socialism and Communism are used as equivalents; and it is +hardly necessary to remind any serious student that words, especially +general terms,[2] are very slippery articles, and that many discussions +are barren and lead to complete misunderstanding, because the parties +engaged in them have no clear definition of the terms in their minds, +or, at any rate, are using the terms in a sense different from that +employed by their opponents. + +Modern as the term Individualism may be, the thing itself is older. +Undoubtedly traces of the theory may be found in Latin and Greek +writers; but it is needless to go back further than the seventeenth +century, for three very good reasons: + +1. In the Greek world the City State was supreme--the individual +citizen lived and moved as a member of the State.[3] So Pericles is +made by Thucydides to say: “If a man prospers individually when his +country is destroyed, he is none the less joined in the general ruin, +while he comes through in complete safety if the State prospers, even +though he himself suffers calamities.” In the Roman Empire citizens had +only legal rights. The State was autocratic. + +2. The medieval theory of politics and economics was feudal and +paternal. To Macaulay’s schoolboy, and even to people less well +informed, this fact is so familiar that the mere statement will +suffice. It is clear that up to 1500 A.D. there was little scope for a +theory of Individualism. + +3. The Classical Revival, though it revolutionized a large part of +modern thought, at first did nothing to change the general attitude +toward the State. This was only to be expected, seeing that the State +was supreme in Classical theory. + +At last, in the seventeenth century, came the rise of Individualism, +and this was due to several causes: + +1. The Protestant Reformation brought private judgment into theology, +and the new habit of thought soon extended to other questions, and, +above all, to the problems of individual rights and the functions of +the State. + +2. The wars of Religion which devastated Europe, made men distrust +the principle of authority, which had seemingly led to those horrors. +The wars, having been conducted by Governments, helped to undermine +confidence in official wisdom, i.e., in governments. A careful reader +of Pope’s poetry will notice that almost every line is permeated with +scorn, not only for the general human capacity but for “the great” in +particular; and nearly all the leading eighteenth century writers hold +similar opinions. Thus Gray, in contemplative mood, exclaims: + + “How low, how little are the proud, + How indigent the great!” + +But long before Pope, the Swedish Oxenstiern (1654) had summed up the +whole matter in his renowned saying: “Behold, my son, with how little +wisdom the world is governed.” + +3. The action of despots, benevolent or otherwise, who introduced +innumerable and vexatious regulations to control the business and daily +life of their subjects, caused thoughtful men to distrust government +action. The restrictive policy carried out by Colbert, under Louis XIV, +with a multitude of protective regulations, provoked a reaction to the +_laissez faire_ school of France; and the French merchants’ cry “_let +us alone_”[4] became the motto of economic and political reformers. +But before this, in the reign of Charles II., there had come forward +the English founder of Individualism, the master builder in that +school of empiric philosophy which is one of the most characteristic +products of England. This man was John Locke.[5] His name and writings +are not today very familiar to the general reader, because nearly all +his principles were translated into practice by other men, famous in +their day and tolerably well known to posterity, while Locke is little +more than a name, venerated but nowadays seldom read. And yet he is, +directly and indirectly, perhaps the most influential writer[6] who has +appeared in the last two hundred years. + +We are here only concerned with his political philosophy. Its direct +influence in England was immense. The “Glorious Revolution” of 1688 +sprang naturally from his theory of government. Adam Smith’s doctrine +of Natural Liberty and Bentham’s general theory of Individualism owe +much to him. John Stuart Mill acknowledged him as one of his masters +in philosophy. But great as was his direct influence in England, +it produced even more striking effects in France and America. The +Declaration of Independence may be traced largely to the philosophy of +Locke, who (though his constitution for South Carolina was a practical +failure) may also claim to have had a share in the Constitution of +the United States. Adam Smith drew from the physiocrats who drew +from Locke. Tom Paine and the other “Friends of the People” found in +Rousseau a like intermediary. + +The precursors of Revolution in eighteenth century France owed much +to Locke. Voltaire and the Encyclopaedists were all more or less +his disciples. Though Rousseau is also in one sense a founder of +Socialism, his famous and unhistorical Social Contract was taken from +Locke, who borrowed it from Hobbes, converting it from an argument for +an all powerful despot to an argument for a limited constitutional +monarchy, free and tolerant. Everyone knows the far-famed declarations +of Rousseau’s _Social Contract_ and the Constitution of the United +States--that all men are born free and have a natural right to +freedom and security.[7] But few have read them in Locke’s _Of Civil +Government_, where they appeared much earlier. + +For Locke and his disciples, including Adam Smith, Thomas Jefferson, +and a long line of British and American statesmen, the main object +of Representative Government is the freedom and happiness of the +individual citizens who control it by their votes and support it by +their taxes. Thus Locke’s political philosophy crossed the Channel, and +became the groundwork of Quesnay, Turgot, Bastiat, and other advocates +of _laissez faire_, which was a French synonym for Individualism. +Crossing the Atlantic it became the groundwork of American policy in +internal affairs. Locke was the first considerable publicist to lay +down the momentous doctrine that the State is secular--that it has +a well-defined province in which alone it may act, i.e., that its +business is to secure to men their civil rights, leaving all other +matters to individual volition or voluntary co-operation. Thus he says +in _A Letter Concerning Toleration_: “The commonwealth seems to me to +be a society of men constituted only for the procuring, preserving, +and advancing their own civil interests. Civil interests I call life, +liberty, health and indolency [freedom from pain] of body; and the +possession of outward things, such as money, lands, houses, furniture, +and the like. It is the duty of the civil magistrate, by the impartial +execution of equal laws, to secure unto all the people in general, and +to every one of his subjects in particular the just possession of these +things belonging to this life.” + +In refusing to extend toleration to Roman Catholics, Locke followed +Milton in his _Areopagitica_. In those times it was believed that Rome, +if it regained power, would overthrow constitutional liberty. The +Inquisition was still active. No one advocated universal toleration +except members of persecuted minorities. In the reign of James II, most +English Dissenters, when offered toleration on condition that the Roman +Catholics should also be tolerated, declined the boon. + +Locke, it may be said, laid down the theory so frequently set forth +by Macaulay--that the duty of Government is to preserve the lives and +property of its subjects, and that their other activities must be left +in the main to moral influences and to free competitive enterprise. +Locke did his business so thoroughly that the English theory remained +unchanged for more than a century and a half. Indeed, if tendencies +admitted of exact dates, we might say that Locke’s theory was almost +unchallenged until the publication of the Fabian Essays in 1889. + +In _Civil Government_ Locke expounds the Individualistic view +of private property, and again lays down the quintessence of +Individualism: “The great and chief end, therefore, of men’s uniting +into commonwealths, and putting themselves under government, is +the preservation of their property.” He qualifies his theory of a +Social Contract, Compact, or Covenant, by pointing out that “men +when they enter into society give up ... liberty” of a kind; “yet +it being only with an intention in every one the better to preserve +himself, his liberty and property,” the power conferred “can never +be supposed to extend farther than the common good, but is obliged +to secure everyone’s property,” etc., etc. This artful qualification +of the _common good_, serves as a complete defence of the “Glorious +Revolution,” which gave us effective parliamentary government. + +As Locke is of capital importance in our subject, those who wish to +study it thoroughly should at least read his monumental essay. Some +critics may object that we have over-valued Locke, seeing that he +was anticipated in many respects by Hobbes as well as by Milton and +other Republican writers. It is true that Hobbes, like Locke, was in +a sense Individualist. But his influence, for various reasons, was +much smaller. Besides, though Hobbes and Locke adopted many of the same +premises, they drew from them quite different conclusions. Locke argued +in favor of a free commonwealth, while Hobbes pointed to an absolute +monarchy. + +Locke’s victory over all opposing schools of thought was so complete +that Emancipation and Liberty became for more than a century after +his death the keynotes of English political philosophy. Under the +early Georges individual liberty was not only the admiration of all +intelligent foreigners, but it had gone quite as far as public opinion +approved. With the American revolution democratic reformers came to the +front. But all progress was stopped by the French Revolution. + +One of the few able men who wrote in nominal opposition to Locke’s +point of view was Bolingbroke, whose brilliant _Patriot King_ +(published in 1749) is probably more admired today than it was at the +time of his death. But Bolingbroke, though he had a more extended +view of the functions of Government than Locke, did not write in +strong opposition to his principles. His ideal, “a patriot king at the +head of a united people,” was capable of a more or less “democratic” +interpretation. + +The policy of Walpole, and indeed his successors, was _Quieta non +movere_, “Let sleeping dogs lie.” A politician might have said, “We +are all individualists now.” Tory Dr. Johnson and non-party Goldsmith +joined in composing the couplet: + + “How small, of all that human hearts endure, + That part which kings or laws can cause or cure!” + +In the same year that the _Patriot King_ was published appeared the far +more important _L’Esprit des Lois_ of Montesquieu, a revolutionary book +because it introduced the historical method. It helped to confirm the +prevalent mode of thought, because it held up the British Constitution +to the admiration of mankind. + +We may then take it for granted that among thinkers and writers there +was little effective opposition to Individualism in the eighteenth +century. + +In the economic sphere Hume, Tucker and Burke were all advocates of +free trade and industrial emancipation from red tape regulations. But +Adam Smith was the great architect. Individualism, already firmly +rooted in England, was made impregnable in economics for generations +by his _Wealth of Nations_, which appeared in 1776. At second hand +or otherwise this work is so well known that it would be waste of +time to dilate upon it. Until Adam Smith came into the field the +Individualistic practice in politics had not, as a rule, extended to +trade in spite of Walpole’s experiments in that direction. But within +seventy years the triumph of _laissez faire_ in economics was complete. +Pitt, the first great modern Tory statesman, absorbed Adam Smith’s +teaching and educated his party. This was a decisive factor; till +then the one check upon Individualism had been Tory hostility to the +Whigs--the political heirs of Locke. Henceforward the Tories, though +as a body inclined to Protection and State control of trade, could +be persuaded by leaders like Huskisson or Peel (however unwillingly) +to remove restrictions from commerce and industry; indeed, in late +Victorian days their leader, Lord Salisbury, and the bulk of his +Parliamentary followers remained Free Traders. Free Trade means the +absence of a Protective Tariff. Freedom of Trade means freedom not +only from tariffs but from restrictions and regulations of all kinds, +including those imposed by Trade Unions or combinations of employers, +as well as those imposed by Government. This robust growth of economic +Individualism was largely due to the seed sown by the _Wealth of +Nations_ and to the popular arguments of Cobden and the Manchester +School. + +It is impossible here to do more than glance at the important +developments of _laissez faire_ in France and the United States. +In France the movement for economic emancipation was led by the +Physiocrats, who by their contemporaries were called “Economistes.” +Many of their members, as Quesnay and Turgot, were great and +beneficent figures in the history of France. The zeal they displayed +for industrial and commercial liberty was natural in reflective men +contemplating the feudal servitude of the French people, who were, +like Rousseau’s Man, everywhere in chains. They rightly attributed +the poverty and misery of France to the obsolete regulations +which everywhere sterilized effort and enterprise. Writing in the +_Encyclopédie_, Turgot condemns “le malheureux principe qui a si +longtemps infecté l’administration du commerce, je veux dire la +manie de tout régler, et de ne jamais s’en rapporter aux hommes sur +leur propre intérêt.” The Physiocrats detected the fallacies of the +Mercantile Theory and the Balance of Trade. Adam Smith owed much to +them; but his judicious mind rejected their “crank” doctrine--that land +is the sole source of wealth. Unhappily for France, Turgot fell, and +instead of his wise reforms came revolutionary violence and the wars +that made Napoleon the military despot of France. Napoleon created +a new bureaucratic state, more efficient than the old monarchy but +hardly less subversive of freedom. Nevertheless Individualism revived +in France after Waterloo and found a brilliant protagonist in Frédéric +Bastiat, whose writings are a most lively exposure of the fallacies of +Socialism, Protectionism and Militarism. + +When we turn to the United States, we find there in Thomas Jefferson +the master Individualist--for ability and consistency he has few if any +rivals in the practice of that political creed. Having received the +pure doctrine of Locke, he found during his residence in France a kind +of laboratory in which he watched the French experiments in government. +In the end he was able to establish in the United States a form of +political thought which dominated it from the first decade of the +nineteenth century and still prevails.[8] This may be called a triumph +in observation and experiment, extremely rare in practical politics. +The American tariff, indeed, is contrary to Jefferson’s philosophy. But +it must be remembered that the United States constitutes the largest +and richest free trade area in the world with forty-eight states +enjoying complete liberty of exchange for all their products and a +maximum of freedom from economic restrictions. + +We must now turn to England and the Industrial Revolution which will +engage our attention more closely than its twin French sister. This +vast change, which lasted roughly from 1760-1846, is now described +in all text-books. England passed from home industries to factory +industries. The Individualist régime, which then prevailed, enabled her +to effect the change with comparative ease, and a period of wonderful +expansion followed. For the second half of the nineteenth century Great +Britain led the world in manufactures, commerce and shipping. Capital +accumulated. Wages rose steadily. All classes prospered. The eighteenth +century had been the age of optimists, and Adam Smith was one of +them. He believed that Heaven would help those who helped themselves, +and his anticipation of the prosperity which would follow commercial +freedom was realized in Victorian England. One of his doctrines was +that, if the individual trader were left to himself, the study of his +own advantage would lead him to a course of action which would also be +advantageous to society. Let him pursue his own interest, and he would +be “led by an invisible hand to promote an end which was no part of his +intention.” + +In the literature of Individualism after Locke, Bentham is perhaps +the leading figure; he was to the nineteenth century what Locke was +to the eighteenth, and he showed how an Individualistic conception of +society might be made the basis of wonderful improvements in public +administration. He was a strong advocate of public economy, and was +careful to insist that the functions of central and local authorities +should be limited to police, public health and other services which +do not lend themselves to voluntary effort. His small _Manual of +Political Economy_, published in 1798, puts the economic case in a +nutshell: “With the view of causing an increase to take place in the +mass of national wealth, or with a view to increase the means either +of subsistence or enjoyment, without some special reason, the general +rule is, that nothing ought to be done or attempted by government. The +motto, or watchword of government on these occasions, ought to be--_Be +quiet_;... The request which agriculture, manufacturers, and commerce +present to governments, is modest and reasonable as that which Diogenes +made to Alexander: ‘_Stand out of my sunshine._’ We have no need of +favour--we require only a secure and open path.” + +That Utilitarianism, Individualism, and Political Economy enjoyed so +long a reign, and even held sway at the Universities, was largely due +to the philosophy of John Stuart Mill, a very great man, who to all +his other gifts added a candour, rare in controversy, which secures +the confidence of the reader and makes him feel that he is not reading +propaganda but accompanying the author on a journey in search of truth. +Mill’s lucidity of thought and style helped to extend his influence, +and he soon took the place of Bentham as the leading exponent of +utilitarian Individualism. His virtues and unselfish public spirit +won him the title of “the Saint of Rationalism.” Among Mill’s books +_Political Economy_, _Representative Government_, and above all, _On +Liberty_, are the most important for our subject. They influenced, and +still influence, the views of intellectuals on the critical problem +of what should be the relationship under democratic institutions +between the people and their government. Mill’s analysis of the whole +subject provides a most valuable contribution to political and economic +science. There is a fine moral elevation of tone which lifts his +arguments and conclusions far above the level of mere party controversy +or the narrow and selfish interests of classes. The argument for free +speech and complete toleration, and for individual liberty in general, +has never been developed with such persuasive force as in Mill’s brief +but masterly treatise _On Liberty_. Among Mill’s contemporaries the +most brilliant of the writers who took part in this controversy was +Macaulay. There is no more crushing exposure in our literature of the +fallacies of State Socialism and of the theory that a government ought +to be extravagant and meddlesome than Macaulay’s essay on Southey’s +_Colloquies of Society_. It is worthy to be printed alongside Bastiat’s +unmasking of the French experiments in Communism. + +The most powerful political force on the side of Individualism in +the middle years of the nineteenth century was, of course, the +Manchester School under the leadership of Cobden and Bright, supported +by economists like Henry Fawcett and Thorold Rogers. It was equally +opposed to Protectionism, Militarism and Socialism. With its support +Gladstone introduced a severe economy into all departments of State and +instituted the financial control of an efficient Treasury Department on +the principles already laid down by Sir Robert Peel. + +Among the apostles of Individualism after the death of Cobden and +Mill were Herbert Spencer and his disciple Auberon Herbert. Herbert +Spencer’s _The Man versus the State_ is an effective pamphlet against +the Socialistic tendencies which began to permeate both the Liberal +and Conservative Parties in the ’Eighties and the ’Nineties of last +century. Among the politicians who aided this movement the most +conspicuous was Joseph Chamberlain. His Radical Programme was issued in +1885, and when he passed over to the Conservative Party he took with +him some of its items, including free education, which was carried by +Lord Salisbury’s Government. + +Meanwhile, a Socialist Party was being gradually formed under such +leaders as Hyndman, Morris and Keir Hardie. In 1889 there appeared +the _Fabian Essays_, which won many converts to a moderate and +progressive type of Socialism. Its most brilliant exponent was Mr. +Bernard Shaw; but it owed even more to the researchful industry +and incessant activity of Mr. and Mrs. Sidney Webb. A little later +appeared Blatchford’s _Merrie England_, which caught the popular +fancy and helped to turn many working class Radicals into Socialists. +But it was not until the Great War, with all the terrible suffering +and economic loss which accompanied and followed it, that British +industry and capital were at last confronted with a strong Labour +Party and threatened by an active group of Communists who aimed at +the expropriation of property and at the Marxian ideal known as the +“Dictatorship of the Proletariat.” Since then Socialist propaganda has +been very active among the working classes, and a considerable section +of the British Press has been inclined to compromise with its proposals +rather than to meet them and counter them by the principles and +arguments of Individualism, opposing free competition and enterprise to +monopolistic combinations and bureaucratic red tape. + + + + +THE FREE MAN’S LIBRARY + + + ACTON, LORD. _Essays on Freedom and Power._ Beacon Press. 1948. 452 pp. + +Lord Acton (1834-1902) is chiefly remembered today through a single +quotation: “All power tends to corrupt, and absolute power corrupts +absolutely.” But he was one of the most deeply learned men of his time, +and recognized as few have ever done the true nature and value of +liberty. It is, he declared, “not a means to a higher political end. It +is itself the highest political end.” + +His lifelong object was to write a great “History of Liberty,” but +he immersed himself so deeply in reading and research that he never +lived to complete it. Only two essays resulted from all this laborious +preparation: “The History of Freedom in Antiquity” and “The History of +Freedom in Christianity.” Both are included in this collection selected +by Gertrude Himmelfarb, who contributes an excellent introduction. In +the opinion of F. A. Hayek, the tradition of true individualism is most +perfectly represented in the nineteenth century in the work of Alexis +de Tocqueville in France and Lord Acton in England. + + + ACTON, LORD. _The History of Freedom and Other Essays._ Macmillan. + 1907. 638 pp. + +An earlier collection of Acton’s essays. + + + ADAMS, JOHN. _The Political Writings of John Adams._ Edited by George + A. Peek, Jr. Liberal Arts Press. 1955. 223 pp. + +John Adams’ enduring title to fame was his grasp of the principles of +republican conservatism. He “vindicated with vigor and consistency such +basic ideas of the American Constitution as the balanced and limited +powers of the government, the right of the minority to protection +against the tyranny of the majority and the inseparable connection +between liberty and property.... The heart of the second President’s +political philosophy is summed up in one brief sentence in his _Defense +of the American Constitution_. ‘Power is always abused when unlimited +and unbalanced.’”--William Henry Chamberlin, in _The Freeman_. + + + ALLEN, C. K. _Law and Orders._ London: Stevens. 1946. 385 pp. + +An inquiry into the nature and scope of delegated legislation and +executive powers in England. “In this scholarly study Dr. Allen, who +holds to the liberal view of the state, wrestles with the problem of +how a proper balance between the legislative and executive powers +in Britain’s government can be restored and maintained.”--_Foreign +Affairs._ The book is valuable for Americans because this problem of +balance has become even more serious for us than for Britain. + + + ALLEN, C. K. _Bureaucracy Triumphant._ Oxford University Press. 1931. + 156 pp. + +“This little collection of essays is highly instructive to both the +lawyer and legislator and while its references are solely to the +situation as it exists in England, its lesson is one that might well +be heard in the United States.”--S. H. Hofstadter, in _Columbia Law +Review_. + + + ANDERSON, BENJAMIN M. _Economics and the Public Welfare._ Van + Nostrand. 1949. 602 pp. + +An economic and financial history of the United States from 1913 to a +little beyond the end of World War II. I take the liberty of quoting +from my own foreword to the book: “[Anderson’s] _The Value of Money_ +[1917] is one of the classics of American economic writing.... The +present work is destined to take a similar rank among American economic +and financial histories. It is already the outstanding economic and +financial history for the period it covers.... Few economic histories +have ever interlaced theory and interpretation so completely and +successfully with the record of the facts.... Its sense of drama, its +unfailing lucidity, its emphasis on basic economic principles, its +recognition of the crucial roles played by outstanding individuals, +its realistic detailed description of the disastrous consequences +of flouting moral principles or of trying to prevent the forces of +the market from operating, combine to give this book a sustained +readability seldom found in serious economic writing.” + + + ANDREWS, MATTHEW PAGE. _Social Planning by Frontier Thinkers._ Richard + R. Smith. 1944. 94 pp. + +A satire on social planning and planners by an historical scholar. It +consists in large part of quotations from recent writings by so-called +“advanced thinkers.” + + + ANGELL, NORMAN. _The Great Illusion._ Putnam. 1911. + +Several years before the outbreak of World War I, Norman Angell +challenged the then almost universally accepted theory that military +and political power give a nation commercial and social advantages. +He contended that the wealth of our modern world is founded upon +credit and commercial contract which vanishes before an invading host +and leaves nothing to reward the conqueror, but involves him in its +collapse. His theme, in brief, was that nobody wins a modern war. “It +may be doubted whether, within it entire range, the peace literature +of the Anglo-Saxon world has ever produced a more fascinating or +significant study.”--A. S. Hershey, in _American Political Science +Review_, 1911. + + + ANGELL, SIR NORMAN. _After All: The Autobiography of Norman Angell._ + Farrar, Straus and Young. 1952. 370 pp. + +“Although Sir Norman is wholly unconscious of this, the picture is of +a rarely elevated and noble life. Besides the record of that life, +this book is enriched by Sir Norman’s reflections--veritable little +essays in some cases--on a wide variety of topics ... [including] The +Incredible Gullibility of Believers in Freedom under Socialism.”--Max +Eastman, in _The Freeman_. + + + ANGELL, NORMAN. _The Public Mind._ Dutton. 1927. 232 pp. + +“A stimulating book.... Its importance to Individualists lies in the +emphasis it indirectly gives to the desirability of restricting State +action to spheres in which popular passion and prejudice, and the +ability of politicians to exploit them can have least effect.”--PI. + + + ANSHEN, RUTH NANDA (ed.). _Freedom: Its Meaning._ Harcourt. 1940. 686 + pp. + +A symposium in which forty-one contributors have expressed their views +on what freedom means to them. The volume runs to over a quarter of a +million words. The contributions reflect little consistency with each +other in viewpoint or philosophy. + + + ARENDT, HANNAH. _Origins of Totalitarianism._ Harcourt. 1951. 477 pp. + +A search by a German-born author and scholar for the deeper roots of +anti-semitism, imperialism, and totalitarianism. Virginia Kirkus called +it “a highly serious and commanding study.” One reviewer objected to it +on the ground that “too much of her interpretation is taken from the +particular experience of Germany”; and another reviewer on the ground +that: “She attempts to give scholarly support to the increasingly +widely held dictum that Soviet Communism is nothing but Red fascism.” + + + ARISTOTLE. _Politics._ 330 B.C. Many editions. 337 pp. + +In his introduction to the 1920 Oxford edition (translated by Benjamin +Jowett), H. W. C. Davis reminds us that this classic embodies +“theories of perennial value, and refutations of fallacies which are +always re-emerging.” There is a brilliant answer to Plato’s proposals +to abolish private property and to communize wives and children. + + + ASHTON, E. B. _The Fascist: His State and Mind._ Putnam. 1937. 320 pp. + +“Helps one to understand the system of ideas ruling our enemies and the +differences which separate their minds from ours.”--F. A. Hayek. + + + ASHTON, T. S. _The Industrial Revolution._ Oxford University Press. + 1948. 167 pp. + +For at least a century (in part under the influence of Karl Marx) most +of the economic historians have portrayed the Industrial Revolution +as a catastrophe which caused the working class untold misery and +brought about a sort of economic and spiritual Age of Darkness. In this +remarkable little book Dr. Ashton, professor of economic history at +the University of London, with more careful scholarship presents the +Industrial Revolution as what it was--an achievement which, through the +application of science to industry and the increased use of capital, +led not only to a rapid growth of population but to a rise in the real +incomes of a considerable section of the working class. Dr. Ashton +stresses the intellectual and economic as well as the technical aspects +of the movement. (See also his contribution to _Capitalism and the +Historians_, listed under F. A. Hayek.) + + + AUSTIN, BERTRAM H., AND LLOYD, W. F. _The Secret of High Wages._ Dodd. + 1926. 124 pp. + +In 1925, at a time of great industrial depression in Britain, the +authors, two English engineers, came to the United States in an effort +to discover the secret of our unprecedented prosperity. Their inquiry +was mainly concerned with the causes of high wages in industry combined +with low cost of production. The book was originally a confidential +report, but was published following a suggestion from the City Editor +of the London _Times_. + + + BACKMAN, JULES. _Wages and Prices._ Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation for + Economic Education. 1947. 88 pp. + +An excellent statistical reference work on the levels and relationships +of wages, prices, costs and profits in recent years. The author points +out how these facts are ignored or misread by those who are trying to +fix or change wages and prices by force. The evils of price-control, +labor monopolies and currency inflation are dealt with incidentally. + + + BAGEHOT, WALTER. _Physics and Politics._ 1869. Several editions. + (Knopf. 1948.) 230 pp. + +An original and penetrating study of the impact of science and +invention on politics, and of political institutions on knowledge. +Bagehot shows how in the early history of mankind blind obedience to +usage and custom seemed necessary to social cohesion and survival, but +after the transition from the principle of status to that of contract +was finally achieved, it was liberty that ensured the greatest social +strength and progress. “As soon as governments by discussion have +become strong enough to secure a stable existence, and as soon as they +have broken the fixed rule of old custom, and have awakened the dormant +inventiveness of men, then, for the first time, almost every part of +human nature begins to spring forward.... And this is the true reason +of all those panegyrics on liberty which are often so measured in +expression but are in essence so true to life and nature. Liberty is +the strengthening and developing power.” + + + BAGEHOT, WALTER. _The English Constitution._ 1867. Oxford University + Press. 1933. 312 pp. + +This classic work was the first to make clear the real nature of the +British constitution in its modern development. That constitution is +not based, as Montesquieu thought, on the “separation of powers,” but, +on the contrary, on “the close union, the nearly complete fusion, +of the executive and legislative powers.” In this respect Bagehot +contrasted the British and American constitutions to the disadvantage +of the latter. As the preservation of ordered liberty depends upon the +existence of a sound political system, Bagehot’s book deserves the +close study of Americans as well as Englishmen. He was a brilliant +stylist as well as a brilliant thinker. + + + BAGEHOT, WALTER. _Economic Studies._ 1880. Stanford, Calif.: Academic + Reports. 1953. 236 pp. + +The essays in this book mainly elaborate classical English +_laissez-faire_ economics. They deal with Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, +“the late Mr. Mill,” and such subjects as “The Postulates of English +Political Economy” and “The Growth of Capital.” “Bagehot, Editor of +_The Economist_, was one of the finest thinkers and writers of his +time. He was always an advocate of individual and commercial freedom. +His best known books are on the _English Constitution_ and _Lombard +Street_.”--PI. + + + BAILWARD, W. A. _The Slippery Slope and Other Papers._ London: Murray. + 1920. 236 pp. + +“A collection of essays and articles written over a period of twenty +years during which the author was engaged in Poor Law and charitable +administration. By ‘the slippery slope’ is meant the path of least +resistance in dealing with social problems, that is, the path of +pauperism and Socialism.”--PI. + + + BAILWARD, W. A., AND LOCH, C. S. _Old Age Pensions._ 1903. + +“A well-argued case against old age pensions. Its interest is chiefly +historical, but it might well be read by students interested in the +history of ideas.”--PI. + + + BAKER, JOHN R. _Science and the Planned State._ Macmillan. 1945. 120 + pp. + +Dr. Baker, a lecturer in zoology at Oxford University, contends that +central planning and direction of scientific research do more to +inhibit than to promote the growth of true scientific knowledge and +discovery. + + + BARBER, THOMAS H. _Where We Are At._ Scribner’s. 1950. 255 pp. + +The author, who has been a lawyer, city official, and cowpuncher, +describes his book as “a guide for enlightened conservatives.” He urges +removal of all price-fixing, subsidies and special group privileges and +return to a free market economy. + + + BASTABLE, C. F. _The Theory of International Trade._ 1897, etc. + Macmillan. 197 pp. + +This short book, which first appeared in 1897, long held the field as +the standard exposition of the “classical” theory of foreign trade +and policy. It is balanced, vigorous and lucid, and uncompromisingly +defends freedom of trade. Bastable’s “principal conclusion as to +conduct” is that “Governments in their dealings with foreign trade +should be guided by the much-vilified maxim of _laissez faire_. To +avoid misinterpretation, let it be remembered that the precept rests +on no theory of abstract right, or vague sentiment of cosmopolitanism, +but on the well-founded belief that national interests are thereby +advanced, and that even if we benefit others by an enlightened policy, +we are ourselves richly rewarded.” + + + BASTER, A. S. J. _The Little Less._ London: Methuen. 1947. 161 pp. + +A witty and well-informed little book on “the political economy of +restrictionism.” It consists mainly of a satiric history of the +“lunatic years” in Great Britain between 1919 and 1939, when various +ingenious devices were introduced by which everybody expected to get a +little more for producing a little less. The story is told under the +separate chapter headings of Producing Less, Growing Less, Working +Less, Transporting Less, and Trading Less. There are also chapters on +The Politics of Restrictionism and The Political Economy of Freedom. + + + BASTIAT, FRÉDÉRIC. _Economic Sophisms._ 1843-1850. Many editions. 2 + vols. 548 pp. 564 pp. + +“Bastiat, a friend of Cobden, was opposed to all descriptions of public +waste and government interference. Both by his writings and by his +action as a politician, he waged unceasing war against Bureaucracy, +Protection and Socialism. The book cited above gained a great +reputation; it is very witty and written in an attractive style. The +Petition of the Candlemakers against the sun, which interfered with +their industry, is well known. Each short study attacks some economic +error, or pleads for the removal of some restrictions. The truth to be +brought out is often enforced by dialogue or some other lively method. +Bastiat was an optimist. His view was that the various human impulses +and activities would, under free competition and an honest and peaceful +government, result in steady progress and increasing prosperity and +happiness. This was the theme of his _Harmonies Économiques_, of which +only the first volume appeared owing to his untimely death. + +“His complete works with introductory biography were published in +France in 1855 shortly after his death. They include many brilliant +pamphlets and articles against the fallacies of State Socialism and +Communism, which were rampart in Paris in the last years of Bastiat’s +life.”--PI. + +“In _Sophismes Économiques_ we have the completest and most effective, +the wisest and wittiest exposure of protectionism and its principles, +reasonings, consequences which exists in any language. Bastiat was the +opponent of socialism. In this respect also he had no equal among the +economists of France.”--_Encyclopedia Americana._ + + + BASTIAT, FRÉDÉRIC. _The Law._ 1850. Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation for + Economic Education. 1950. 75 pp. + +A separate publication of a new translation (by Dean Russell) of one of +Bastiat’s most famous pamphlets. “Law,” Bastiat maintains, “is solely +the organization of the individual right of self-defense which existed +before law was formalized. Law is justice.” But the law has been +perverted, and applied to annihilating the justice it was supposed to +maintain. Protectionism, socialism and communism are all forms of legal +plunder. + + + BAUDIN, LOUIS. _L’Aube d’un Nouveau Libéralisme._ Paris: Librairie de + Médicis. 1953. 220 pp. + +An acute, scholarly, documented, but extremely readable account of +“the dawn of a new liberalism”--a liberalism resting economically on +faith in the free market and politically on individual freedom within +a proper framework of law and morals. On pages 144 to 150 the author +presents a useful survey of the literature of “neo-liberalism” and +mentions several French-language works not included in the present +bibliography. + + + BAUDIN, LOUIS. _Les Incas du Pérou._ Paris: Librairie de Médicis. + 1947. 188 pp. + +A shorter study of the same subject that Professor Baudin covered +so thoroughly in his _L’Empire Socialist des Incas_, in 1928. When +the Spaniards overcame the Incas of Peru they found that a socialist +society had existed there in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries +more totalitarian than perhaps any other known to history. Baudin +analyzes this society and shows the consequences of that total +socialization, many of which have remained with the native Indian +population to the present day--the complete suppression of family +sentiment, the immobilization of the individual, the disappearance +of initiative and foresight, the complete petrifaction of life, the +creation of a slave mentality. The book is written with great lucidity +and vigor. Professor Baudin has a final chapter discussing the lessons +of the empire of the Incas for our own time. + + + BEAULIEU, P. LEROY. _Collectivism._ London: Murray. 1908. 343 pp. + +“An important analysis and criticism of Collectivism. That progress has +always followed the substitution of individual ownership for collective +ownership is clearly brought out. The relatively simple example of +collective ownership in land is first dealt with and industrial +collectivism is then examined. Schäffle’s _Quintessence of Socialism_ +is taken as the only available source of information on the _practical +application_ of Collectivism, and yet Leroy Beaulieu succeeds in +proving its inherent incapability of performing its duties mainly by +quotations from the book itself.”--PI. + + + BECK, JAMES MONTGOMERY. _Our Wonderland of Bureaucracy._ Macmillan. + 1933. 290 pp. + +A study, by a former Solicitor General of the United States, of the +growth of bureaucracy in the federal government, and its destructive +effect upon the Constitution. + + + BENDA, JULIEN. _The Treason of the Intellectuals._ Morrow. 1928. 244 + pp. + +This celebrated book first appeared in France under the title _La +Trahison des clercs_. “That the intellectuals of the world have sold +out to utilitarianism, leaving their proper devotion to truth and +humanity, is the theme of Julien Benda’s scorching analysis of the +current leaders of thought. By taking on political passions, the +intellectuals have played the game of the state, espoused war and +conflict and lost that universalism which is their true reason for +existence.”--_World Tomorrow._ + +Greatly needed today is a study with a title and theme similar to +Benda’s, which would not only cover developments in the twenty-five +years since his book appeared, and describe the intellectual and +sometimes quite literal treachery of some present-day physical +scientists, but would cover the whole drift of our litterateurs and +other intellectual leaders over the last three-quarters of a century +into a sentimental socialism--including Bernard Shaw, H. G. Wells, and +the Webbs in England, Anatole France in France, and the corresponding +figures in Germany and America. It would be important to analyze +not merely individual figures but the mob psychology of our modern +intellectuals and the ease with which they were blown about by the +fashionable winds of doctrine. + + + BENHAM, FREDERIC, AND BODDY, F. M. _Principles of Economics._ Pitman. + 1947. + +A textbook intended for an introductory course, to provide “the simple +tools of modern economic analysis.” Considerable attention is also +given to the effects of government intervention upon a capitalistic +system. + + + BENN, SIR ERNEST. _Confessions of a Capitalist._ London: Hutchinson. + 1925. 287 pp. + +“A telling defense of individual initiative.”--_London Financial News._ +“A book which is unique in economic literature. Sir Ernest’s pen is +as vivid as his mind is fearless and independent.... He tells us the +most intimate details of his business.... The whole is accompanied by +a running line of argument on the fundamental problems of economics, +which is set out so skillfully as to be as entertaining and arresting +as the autobiographical details.”--Lionel Robbins. + + + BENN, SIR ERNEST. _The Return to Laisser Faire._ London: Ernest Benn. + 1928. 221 pp. + +An argument against the extension of governmental activity and +interference in England and a plea for a return to individualism. +Public aid to housing and the growing burden of bureaucracy are special +targets. Even reviewers hostile to the author’s thesis paid tribute to +“the entertaining style, the caustic wit, the arresting illustration.” + + + BENN, SIR ERNEST. _The State the Enemy._ London: Ernest Benn. 1953. + 175 pp. + +The author reviews the British experiment in state intervention and +socialism all the way from Lloyd George, who inherited a budget of +£100 million, to Attlee, who left it at £4,000 million, and sums up +the record of failure: “Nationalization has not brought the expected +smile to the face of the worker, full employment has not encouraged +production, the management of money has not improved its quality; +in fact, all the anticipations of the original Fabian Essays, the +bases of modern Socialism, have proved disappointing, if not entirely +fallacious.” The style is lively, witty and aphoristic. + + + BENTHAM, JEREMY. _Works._ Edited by John Bowring. 1838-1843. + Edinburgh: Tait. 11 vols. + +“A considerable amount of Bentham is still worthy of study. He may be +considered as the philosophic founder of modern British democracy. +He held that the State exists to promote the individual happiness of +the citizens who compose it and that ministers are the servants of +the electors. For our purposes, the more important works are: (1) _A +Fragment on Government_ (1776), (2) _Defense of Usury_ (1787), (3) _An +Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation_ (1789). As a +Utilitarian, an Individualist, and a reformer of laws and institutions, +he deserves more attention than he now receives. Bentham is, like +Locke, influential, but known chiefly through the work of his pupils +and disciples.”--PI. + + + BENTHAM, JEREMY. _Defense of Usury._ 1787. Many editions. 232 pp. + +Jeremy Bentham, whose reputation has hitherto been that of a moralist, +a founder of Utilitarianism, a logician, a great political and legal +philosopher and reformer, was also, it is now being discovered, an +outstanding economist. Until very recent years, by far the greater part +of Bentham’s economic work was completely unknown--locked up in chaotic +and illegible manuscripts. The Royal Economic Society commissioned Dr. +W. Stark to make a closer scrutiny of this material, which in 1952 was +published in three volumes under the title _Jeremy Bentham’s Economic +Writings_ (London: Allen and Unwin). + +The _Defense of Usury_, however, which is included in these volumes, +was published in 1787 and acquired immediate celebrity. Bentham was a +great admirer of Adam Smith, whom he called “the father of political +economy” and “a writer of consummate genius.” But he was not an +uncritical admirer, and in the _Defense of Usury_, which he published +eleven years after the appearance of _The Wealth of Nations_, he +ventured to take the master to task for his inconsistency in approving +so-called anti-usury laws while opposing government price-fixing in +practically every other field. + +“The liberty of bargaining in money matters,” wrote Bentham, is “a +species of liberty which has never yet found an advocate.” Yet “fixing +the rate of interest, being a coercive measure, and an exception to the +general rule in favor of the enforcement of contracts, it lies upon the +advocates of the measure to produce reasons for it.” Examining the +reasons that had been offered, Bentham rejected them as invalid, and +proceeded to explain the positive “mischiefs” done by the anti-usury +laws. He concluded that there is “no more reason for fixing the price +of the use of money than the price of goods.” + + + BENTLEY, ELIZABETH. _Out of Bondage._ Devin-Adair. 1951. 311 pp. + +In this autobiographical account Miss Bentley, an American college +girl, describes how she entered the Communist party, took part in its +secret underground for ten years, and later collaborated with the +Federal Bureau of Investigation after she left the party. Although +her story on its appearance was ridiculed by some reviewers as +“school-girlish” and “phoney,” many of her most startling charges have +been confirmed by later investigation. + + + BERGER-PERRIN, RENÉ. _Vitalité Libérale._ Paris: Éditions SÉDIF. 1953. + 93 pp. + +M. Berger-Perrin is Secretary General of _L’Association de l’Enterprise +à Capital Personnel_. “After a quarter of a century of the predominance +of authoritarian and collectivist ideas,” he writes, “liberal thought +today is reappearing with increased force and profundity.” To prove +this he has put together a little anthology of excerpts from more +than fifty writers--French, English, American, German, Norwegian, +Swiss, Dutch, Mexican, etc. These include not only economists, but +sociologists, historians, journalists, and businessmen. + + + BERLIN, ISAIAH. _Historical Inevitability._ Oxford University Press. + 1954. 79 pp. + +The main purpose of this lecture is to consider a tendency which has, +in the West, been growing since the eighteenth century, to regard human +history as the product of impersonal “forces” obeying “inexorable” +laws; with the implied consequence that individual human beings are +seldom responsible for bringing about situations for which they are +commonly praised or blamed, since the real culprit is “the historical +process” itself--which individuals can do little to influence. “A +magnificent assertion of the reality of human freedom, of the role of +free choice in history.”--London _Economist_. + + + BLUM, WALTER, AND KALVEN, HARRY, JR. _The Uneasy Case for Progressive + Taxation._ University of Chicago Press. 1953. 107 pp. + +“Progressive-tax theory has been due for an overhauling, and the +authors do a highly competent job.... The work is distinguished by +penetrating analysis, comprehensive coverage of sources, and excellent +documentation.... Rates high honors in the field.”--_Annals of the +American Academy of Political and Social Science._ + + + BÖHM-BAWERK, EUGEN VON. _Karl Marx and the Close of His System._ 1896, + etc. London: Unwin. 221 pp. + +Until the appearance of _Socialism_ by Ludwig von Mises (q.v.), this +was by far the best criticism of the economics of Karl Marx. For the +points that it covers--chiefly the fallacies of the Marxian labor +theory of value--it is still superb, unanswerable, and irreplaceable. + + + BÖHM-BAWERK, EUGEN VON. _The Positive Theory of Capital._ 1888. + (Macmillan. 1891.) 428 pp. + +One of the most brilliant and original contributions--if not the +most brilliant and original--ever made to the theory of capital and +interest. Böhm-Bawerk, declares the _Encyclopedia of the Social +Sciences_, “was at a very early age one of the first to accept the +teaching of Karl Menger, giving all his powers to the development +and the defense of the subjective theory of value: it is to him that +both the success and the formulation of the theory are largely due.” +According to Frank W. Taussig, _The Positive Theory of Capital_ “is a +landmark in the development of thought. As an intellectual performance, +there are few books on economics in any language that can be ranked +with it. One may not agree with all that is said, but the book bears +the unmistakable impression of a great mind.” + + + BOWLEY, A. L. _The Division of the Product of Industry. The Change in + the Distribution of the National Income, 1880-1913._ Oxford: Clarendon + Press. 1919. 1920. 60 pp. 27 pp. + +“The Socialist case obtains support primarily through the existence of +a widespread idea that wealth is so unfairly distributed that a large +and permanent improvement in the material condition of the working +classes could be obtained merely by means of a redistribution.... +These two works attempt to determine, by a careful examination of all +the existing relevant data, what the true position is. The following +quotations, although not fairly indicating the nature of Professor +Bowley’s conclusions, show the immense importance of these essays to +those who believe that social amelioration is to be sought along the +lines of redistribution. + +“Discussing the problem of an advance in the scale of wages, he says: +‘In the majority [of industries] no such increase as would make +possible the standards of living now urgently desired, and promised in +the election addresses of all the political parties, could have been +obtained without wrecking the industry.’ + +“As regards the change in distribution over the thirty-three +year period analyzed, he says: ‘The constancy of so many of the +proportions and rates of movement found in the investigation seems +to point to a fixed system of causation and has an appearance of +inevitableness.’--_The Change in the Distribution of the National +Income, 1880-1913._”--PI. + + + BOWLEY, A. L., AND STAMP, SIR JOSIAH. _The National Income._ Oxford: + Clarendon Press. 1924. 1927. 59 pp. + +“The general conclusion of this book is that comparing the years 1911 +and 1924, the real Social Income of [Britain] was very nearly the same +at the two dates, and that although real income per head had fallen +a little, distribution had altered slightly in favor of the manual +worker. After allowing for taxation, there was definitely less real +income available in the hands of the rich for saving or expenditure, +and whilst luxurious expenditure by the rich had diminished, a good +deal of income was available for cheaper amusements. The standard of +living of the employed working classes had clearly risen.”--PI. + + + BOWLEY, A. L. _Wages and Income in the United Kingdom Since 1860._ + Macmillan. 1938. 151 pp. + +“Professor Bowley is to be congratulated on publishing this short +résumé of a lifetime’s research into wages and incomes.... A +comprehensive and systematic guide.”--London _Economist_. “The best +reference on wage and employment indices is to the outstanding work of +A. L. Bowley.”--Joseph A. Schumpeter. + + + BRADFORD, GOV. WILLIAM. _Of Plymouth Plantation._ 1622. (Knopf. 1952.) + 448 pp. + +When the Pilgrim Fathers landed on the shores of Massachusetts they +established a communist system of land holding and cultivation, and +were soon brought to a state of famine. The governor of the colony, in +his contemporary account, describes how they finally decided that they +“should set corne every man for his owne perticuler ... and so assigned +to every family a parcell of land.” The result was an immediate +transformation in their habits of industry; and at the next harvest, +“instead of famine, now God gave them plentie ... so as any generall +wante or famine hath not been amongest them since to this day.” + + + BRANDT, KARL. _Reconstruction of World Agriculture._ Norton. 1945. 416 + pp. + +An exiled German scholar, now professor of agricultural economics at +the Food Research Institute of Stanford University, surveys the history +of world agriculture and food supply from the beginning of the first +European war to the present, and offers suggestions and programs for +libertarian agricultural policies in the postwar world. “This book, +by one of the world’s foremost agricultural economists, should be +required reading for all post-war planners.”--E. deS. Brunner, in the +_Political Science Quarterly_. + + + BRANT, IRVING. _Life of James Madison._ Bobbs-Merrill. 1941. 1950. 4 + vols. + +“A very comprehensive biography; thoroughly reliable as well as +readable.”--Felix Morley. “The third volume of Brant’s _Madison_ is a +magnificent study of one of our greatest statesmen at the climax of his +career ... and a startlingly original account of that much-discussed +document, the Constitution of the United States.”--Douglass Adair, in +the _New York Herald Tribune_. + + + BRESCIANI-TURRONI, CONSTANTINO. _The Economics of Inflation._ 1931. + London: Unwin. 1937. 464 pp. + +Inflation not only wipes out the purchasing power of savings but +always constitutes a threat to economic liberty. This is the most +comprehensive and authoritative account of the great German inflation +from 1914 to 1923. As Lionel Robbins writes in his foreword: “It was +the most colossal thing of its kind in history: and, next probably +to the Great War itself, it must bear responsibility for many of the +political and economic difficulties of our generation. It destroyed +the wealth of the more solid elements in German society: and it left +behind a moral and economic disequilibrium, apt breeding ground for +the disasters which have followed. Hitler is the foster-child of the +inflation.” + + + BRIGHT, JOHN. _Speeches on Questions of Public Policy._ Macmillan. + 1878. + +“Eloquent expositions of public policy on many subjects. The principles +are Individualistic, favoring peace, free trade and public economy on +the lines of his friend Richard Cobden.”--PI. + + +BROMFIELD, LOUIS. _The Farm._ Harper. 1933. 346 pp. + +A novel, probably in part autobiographical, dealing with the fortunes +of four generations of a family living on a farm in northern Ohio. It +begins in 1815 and ends a century later. “Surpasses many sociological +treatises in insight.”--Wilhelm Röpke. + + +BROMFIELD, LOUIS. _Pleasant Valley._ Harper. 1945. 302 pp. + +Partly autobiographical reminiscence, and partly an exposition of the +author’s theories of farming and farm life. He relates how, after many +years spent abroad, he returned to his native Ohio and there built up a +new home and a new way of life founded on the old ways of the pioneer +American farmer. Mr. Bromfield puts great stress on the virtue of +self-reliance in a climate of economic liberty. + + + BROMFIELD, LOUIS. _A New Pattern for a Tired World._ Harper. 1953. 314 + pp. + +“Vigorously written by an obviously sincere and devoted American, who +is neither isolationist nor suspected on any other score, but who +profoundly believes that the key to our future existence and our future +happiness lies in improving our economic status and the economic status +of our neighbors by achieving the ultimate in free trade.”--C. W. +Weinberger, in _San Francisco Chronicle_. + + +BROOKINGS, R. S. _Industrial Ownership._ Macmillan. 1925. 107 pp. + +“The Economic Emancipation of Labor” is suggested by the author as +an alternative title for this book. It deals principally with the +remarkable tendency toward diffusion in the ownership of property +taking place in the United States, a movement that Professor Carver +regarded as “an economic revolution.” + + + BROOKINGS INSTITUTION. _Economics and Public Policy._ Washington, D. + C. 1955. 157 pp. + +These are the Brookings Lectures for 1954 as delivered by four +American economists, Arthur Smithies, Joseph J. Spengler, Frank H. +Knight and Jacob Viner, and by two British economists, John Jewkes and +Lionel Robbins. Two of the lectures bear especially on the subject +of the present bibliography. Professor Knight’s lecture on “Economic +Objectives in a Changing World” is instructive, but rather for the +questions it raises than for those it answers. Professor Robbins’ +lecture on “Freedom and Order” is lucid and illuminating. + + + BRUTZKUS, BORIS. _Economic Planning in Soviet Russia._ London: + Routledge. 1935. 234 pp. + +An acute discussion, by an exiled Russian economist, of the +difficulties and problems of central economic planning. It is +especially valuable because the author combines theoretical insight +with a wide factual knowledge of Russian conditions. He explains, for +example, why the great Dnieprostroy dam and hydroelectric plant, the +prewar pride of Soviet Russia, was not justified economically. + + + BRYCE, JAMES. _The American Commonwealth._ Macmillan. 1888, etc. 2 + vols. 743 pp. 963 pp. + +A classic work on the American political and social system, written +half a century after de Tocqueville’s _Democracy in America_ and +surpassed only by that work insofar as their fields overlap. Viscount +Bryce declared that his purpose, unlike de Tocqueville’s, was less +to discuss the merits of “democracy” than “to paint the institutions +and people of America as they are.” In this he succeeded far beyond +any native observer of the time. His interpretations are made from the +standpoint of the liberal tradition. + + + BRYNES, ASHER. _Government Against the People._ Dodd, Mead. 1946. 265 + pp. + +“A scholarly and well written study of the growth and development of +the police systems in Russia, Great Britain and the United States as +illustrative of a basic factor making for war or peace in the modern +world.”--F. R. Dulles. The author contends that where people are free, +the police force is decentralized, limited in scope, and nonpolitical. + + + BUBER, MARGARETE. _Under Two Dictators._ Dodd, Mead. 1951. 331 pp. + +In 1925 the author and her husband, Heinz Neumann, deposed leader +of the German Communist party, went to Moscow to translate for the +Comintern. In 1937 her husband was arrested and she never saw him +again. She herself was arrested the next year. Her book is the account +of her sufferings in the Soviet slave camp of Karaganda, and in the +Nazi concentration camp at Ravensbruck, where she spent five years. In +1945 she was liberated by the American Army. “This book can destroy +the last outposts of the Soviet apologists in the West. It should be +read by all the fellow-travelers, the Stalinoids, the double-standard +‘liberals’ and the phoney ‘progressives’ who have acted as Stalin’s +stooges when humanity needed every decent man and woman to defend +itself against the onslaughts of those who thirst for concentrated +power.”--Peter Blake, in _The New York Times_. + + + BUCKLEY, WILLIAM F., JR. _God and Man at Yale._ Regnery. 1951. 240 pp. + +A recent Yale graduate examines and criticizes the teaching of religion +and economics at his university. As John Chamberlain sums up in his +Introduction, Mr. Buckley concludes that the values inculcated at +Yale “are agnostic as to religion, ‘interventionist’ and Keynesian +as to economics, and collectivist as applied to the relation of the +individual to society and government.” Of the five chapters in the +book, the most important for the purposes of this bibliography is the +second, “Individualism at Yale,” in which the author takes telling +quotations from the leading textbooks used in Yale undergraduate +economics courses to prove his case that the teaching is dominantly +collectivist. What broadens the significance of this chapter is the +probability that a like case could be made out against the economics +teaching in many other leading American universities today. + + + BUDENZ, LOUIS F. _The Techniques of Communism._ Regnery. 1954. 342 pp. + +“The present book,” declares the author in his Introduction, “is an +analytical and critical study of Communism. It deals with Communist +ideology, strategy, and ‘movement’ as presented by the Marxist-Leninist +classics themselves and by current Communist documents and +directives.... It analyzes Communist activities as the Communist is +instructed to carry them out.” + +Various chapters deal with the communist philosophy and apparatus; +communist phraseology (“Aesopian language,” involved “scientific” +argumentation, double-talk, definitions turned on their heads, and +the Big Lie technique); the strategy and tactics of communism; the +training of communists; the role of the communist press; and various +other methods of affecting public opinion and infiltrating unions, the +schools, minority groups, and government agencies. There is a final +chapter on “How to Fight Communism.” The book is vigorous, clear and +carefully documented. Every Congressman, high government official, and +newspaper editor ought to master the lessons it contains. + + + BUDENZ, LOUIS F. _This Is My Story._ Whittlesey. 1947. 379 pp. + +The former managing editor of _The Daily Worker_, the American organ of +the Communist party, describes how he joined the party in 1935, served +in various editorial capacities, became for six of his ten years with +the party a member of the Communist National Committee, broke and was +converted to Catholicism in 1945. + + + BUDENZ, LOUIS F. _Men Without Faces._ Harper. 1950. 305 pp. + +Here the former high-ranking communist, who returned to the Roman +Catholic Church in 1945, discusses the operations of the Communist +party in the United States, describes in detail the methods it +employed, and accuses it of forming a fifth column directly under +the control of Soviet Russia. In a chapter on “The Capture of the +Innocents” he explains how “some of our best minds are moved around by +the Communists like pawns.” “The master key to the Soviet conquest of +the United States,” he concludes, “might well be our own complacency.” + + + BUDENZ, LOUIS F. _The Cry Is Peace._ Regnery. 1952. 242 pp. + +An exposure of the Soviet “crusade for peace” and a criticism of +American “appeasement” policies. “This is by all odds one of the best +available books on the important subject of the Communist conspiracy +against the United States.”--W. H. Chamberlin. + + + BUER, MABEL C. _Health, Wealth and Population: 1760-1815._ London: + Routledge. 1926. 290 pp. + +“A critical contribution to the study of economic history. Its +importance is wider than the ... title would suggest, and it is a book +with which all students of social history should be acquainted. Miss +Buer holds that the Industrial Revolution has become the ‘villain of +the drama of economic history’ through the habit of ‘writing history +backwards’; she shows that the positive assertion at the end of the +period by Francis Place that the habits and conditions of the working +classes showed a great improvement on their condition half a century +previously, was amply justified.... The period was one of enterprise +and experiment in social betterment in many spheres, and one in which +philanthropy and benevolence ‘were never more assiduously preached’ and +practiced. This attitude is contrasted with the extreme callousness on +the part of the governing classes in the previous century.”--PI. + + + BURCKHARDT, JAKOB. _Force and Freedom: Reflections on History._ + Pantheon Books. 1943. + +Jakob Burckhardt (1818-1897), a Swiss historian and humanist, was one +of the great individualist philosophers of the nineteenth century. +His profound and searching mind foresaw the coming of collectivism. +“People today,” he wrote in 1875, “feel lost and they shudder if they +are not together in their thousands.” He predicted the coming of the +Mussolinis, Hitlers and Stalins: “My mental picture,” he wrote in a +letter in 1889, “of those terrible _simplificateurs_ who will one day +descend upon our old Europe is not an agreeable one. In my imagination +I can visualize these ruffians in the flesh.” The present book is the +first English translation of a collection of short pieces. It contains +a valuable introduction by James Hastings Nichols. “It is a book which +ranks among the classics of historico-political writing, comparable to +Edmund Burke, de Tocqueville and Fustel de Coulanges.”--Karl Lowith, in +the _Journal of Philosophy_. + + + BURGESS, JOHN W. _The Reconciliation of Government with Liberty._ + Scribner’s. 1915. 394 pp. + +A scholarly study of modern constitutional government in Europe and +America. The author, who was dean of the faculty of political science +at Columbia University, saw in the tendency to increase the authority +and functions of those holding public office a very real menace to +liberty. “We are further away today from the solution of the great +problem of the reconciliation of government and liberty,” he wrote in +1915, “than we were twenty years ago.” + + + BURGESS, JOHN W. _Recent Changes in American Constitutional Theory._ + Columbia University Press. 1923. + +Dr. Burgess takes the position that any movement contrary to limiting +the powers of government and defining and guaranteeing individual +liberty is in the wrong direction. The book traces the development of +constitutional law between 1898 and 1918. + + + BURKE, EDMUND. _Works._ Oxford University Press. 6 vols. + +“The man who to me seems to be one of the greatest representatives of +true individualism.”--F. A. Hayek. “To do Burke justice, it would be +necessary to quote all his works; the only specimen of Burke is, _all +that he wrote_.”--William Hazlitt. For individualists, however, the +most important and most representative of his works are: _Thoughts +on the Present Discontents_ (1770); address _To the Electors of +Bristol_ (1774); the speech on _Conciliation with America_ (1775); and +_Reflections on the French Revolution_ (1790). Even William Hazlitt, +who was vehemently opposed to Burke’s stand on the French Revolution, +said: “In arriving at one error, Burke discovered a hundred truths.” + + + BURNHAM, JAMES. _The Coming Defeat of Communism._ John Day. 1950. 278 + pp. + +The author believes that communism can and will be defeated, and +without large-scale war--if the western nations, and particularly the +United States, follow some such plan of action as he presents. Even +reviewers who refused to accept this plan acknowledged the skill and +brilliance of Burnham’s writing. + + + BURNHAM, JAMES. _The Web of Subversion._ John Day. 1954. 248 pp. + +A study based on examination of the records of Congressional +investigations since 1948 of communist underground networks in the U. +S. Government. “It would be less than just to call Mr. Burnham’s new +book a good digest of an enormous amount of material, deftly arranged, +and neatly presented. It is indeed that, to begin with--but it is also +a penetrating analysis which reveals the pattern of the fatal web +spread for us by traitors and their associates.”--Joseph McSorley, in +the _Catholic World_. + + + BYE, RAYMOND T. _Principles of Economics._ Crofts. 1941. 632 pp. + +A well-known college textbook that presents the free enterprise point +of view. + + + CAIRNES, J. E. _The Character and Logical Method of Political + Economy._ Macmillan. 1857. 229 pp. + +John Elliott Cairnes (1823-1875) in his day held an authority in +economics second only to that of John Stuart Mill, and is usually +regarded as the last of the English classicists. The book here listed +represents the part of his work that is still most alive; it deserves +far more study than it gets. Another leading work was _The Slave Power_ +(1862), in which Cairnes expounded the inherent disadvantages of slave +labor and helped to turn British opinion in favor of the North in the +American Civil War. He accepted _laisser faire_ in government economic +policy “not as based on a scientific doctrine ... but as the surest and +most practical rule of conduct.” + + + CALHOUN, JOHN C. _A Disquisition on Government._ 1851. (Included in + _Calhoun: Basic Documents_. State College, Pa.: Bald Eagle Press. + 1952. 329 pp.) + +Calhoun (1782-1850) openly defended slavery as a positive good, and +frankly repudiated the doctrine of human equality as expressed in the +Declaration of Independence. This fact has thrown into undeserved +neglect his brilliant defense of States’ rights and the rights of +minorities. “Calhoun was concerned with one of the permanent problems +of government; and whatever one may think of the practical results of +his logic, it should be recognized that the theoretical analysis which +he presented in his _Disquisition on Government_ was a contribution +to political theory of permanent importance. The protection of +minority rights had been one of the main objectives of the American +Constitution.... The powers of the Federal government must be limited, +and a minority section must be allowed to block action detrimental +to its interests.”--Henry Bamford Parkes, in _The United States of +America: A History_. + + + CANNAN, EDWIN. _Wealth._ 1914, etc. Staples Press. 292 pp. + +“One of the best expositions of the elements of economics ever +published. It is much more than a textbook; it is the result of +deliberate and original thought by a master economist able to see his +subject in perspective and distinguish the most essential and relevant +considerations.... It might well be made a sort of Individualist’s +bible, more especially because it does _not_ advocate Individualism or +any other system of social organization.... It is nevertheless true +that nearly all Collectivist proposals obtain support through the +existence of misconceptions which an understanding of this book would +dispel.”--PI. + + + CANNAN, EDWIN. _History of the Theories of Production and + Distribution._ London: King. 1924. 422 pp. + +“A critical account of the writings of the classical economists. The +study of an acute history of economic theory such as this will prove +useful to those who wish to acquire the ability to detect the many +fallacies that lurk in discussions of economic problems by politicians +and popular writers. Apart from this, the book is useful as a work of +reference and the summing up in the last chapter should be read by all. +The last sentence of the book is worth quoting as representing Prof. +Cannan’s views in 1903, when the second edition was published. ‘[The +economist] is certain to disagree frequently with both Socialist and +Individualist fanatics, who support and oppose changes, not on their +merits, but according to the opinion they have formed, often on wholly +insufficient grounds, as to their being movements towards or away from +their ideal.’”--PI. + + + CANNAN, EDWIN. _Money._ 1918, etc. Staples Press. 136 pp. + +This little work was projected as a supplementary chapter to the same +author’s _Wealth_. It is a model of lucidity and economic reasoning, +and particularly good in explaining the connection between monetary +policy and rising and falling prices. Although I would dissent from one +or two of its conclusions, it seems to me to be still the best book on +money of its length. It has gone through more than eight editions. + + + CANNAN, EDWIN. _An Economist’s Protest._ London: King. 1927. 438 pp. + +A collection of papers written over fourteen years. “Nothing that has +been published in recent years will do so much to clarify doctrine +and promote a grasp of essentials in Economics; while amateurs of +literature, who are commonly repelled by an economic title, will find +in the collection much that will hold its own among the classics of +controversial literature.”--London _Times Literary Supplement_. + + + CANNAN, EDWIN. _A Review of Economic Theory._ London: King. 1929. 448 + pp. + +A lively but authoritative history of economic theory. It begins with +the ideas of ancient and medieval philosophers and discusses the +doctrines of the classical economists and others up to the time of the +book’s publication. + + + CANNAN, EDWIN. _The Economic Outlook._ London: Unwin. 1912. 312 pp. + +F. A. Hayek writes of the essays in this book, as well as those in _An +Economist’s Protest_ (1927), that they “deserve, even now, renewed +and wider attention, and translation into other languages. Their +simplicity, clarity and sound common sense make them models for the +treatment of economic problems, and even some that were written before +1914 are still astonishingly topical.” Among the pupils of Edwin Cannan +who have since exerted considerable influence are Sir Theodore Gregory, +Lionel Robbins, F. C. Benham, W. H. Hutt and F. W. Paish. + + + CANNAN, EDWIN. _Coal Nationalisation._ London: King. 1919. 36 pp. + +“This is a précis of evidence given before the Sankey Commission. +Only parts were read aloud by the Chairman, who obviously failed to +grasp its importance and relevance. Professor Cannan concluded that +nationalization would not benefit the taxpayer, the consumers of +coal or the miners themselves. As he indicated, the Commission and +the Government had ‘apparently decided “that something must be done” +before finding out whether they knew of any remedy better than the +disease.’”--PI. + + + CARLSON, OLIVER. _Handbook on Propaganda._ Los Angeles: Foundation for + Social Research. 1953. 110 pp. + +The purpose of this handbook is “To make available to alert citizens +in all walks of life ... some basic facts about propaganda--what it +is--how it functions--and how to combat it.” There is a discussion +of the vehicles of propaganda, and separate chapters on nationalist +and internationalist, racist, government, collectivist and communist +propaganda. + + + CARR-SAUNDERS, SIR ALEXANDER M. _The Population Problem._ Oxford: + Clarendon Press. 1922. 516 pp. + +“This is thought by some to be the most important book dealing with +the problem of numbers of mankind that has appeared since the days of +Malthus.”--PI. + + + CARVER, T. N. _The Present Economic Revolution in the United States._ + Little, Brown. 1926. 270 pp. + +“Professor Carver foresees the beginning of a new economic revolution +in the world, which appears to be developing first in the United States +of America, as the Industrial Revolution came first in England at the +close of the eighteenth century. R. Boeckel and R. S. Brookings had +already called attention to this movement, but this is the work of the +Professor of Political Economy at Harvard.... ‘It is just as possible +[he writes] to attain equality under Capitalism as under any other +system,’ and in consequence, ‘The apostles of discontent are being +robbed of their thunder....’ This study of an Individualist society is +one of the most suggestive writings on Individualism that exists.”--PI. + + + CARVER, T. N. _Essays in Social Justice._ Harvard University Press. + 1915. 429 pp. + + ----. _Principles of National Economy._ Ginn. 1921. 773 pp. + +Other works which expound Professor Carver’s vigorous individualistic +free enterprise philosophy. + + + CASSEL, GUSTAV. _From Protectionism Through Planned Economy to + Dictatorship._ London: Cobden-Sanderson. 1934. 26 pp. + +This lecture, by an eminent Swedish economist who died in 1945, +is included in this list (in violation of my general rule against +including pamphlets) because it points out, with a persuasiveness, +power and compactness surpassed by no other writer, how “planned +economy,” long enough continued, must lead to despotism. “The +leadership of the State in economic affairs which advocates of Planned +Economy want to establish is, as we have seen, necessarily connected +with a bewildering mass of governmental interferences of a steadily +cumulative nature. The arbitrariness, the mistakes and the inevitable +contradictions of such policy will, as daily experience shows, only +strengthen the demand for a more rational coordination of the different +measures and, therefore, for unified leadership. For this reason +Planned Economy will always tend to develop into Dictatorship.” Cassel +explains this process step by step. “If we allow economic freedom and +self-reliance to be destroyed,” he goes on to point out, “the powers +standing for Liberty will have lost so much in strength that they will +not be able to offer any effective resistance against a progressive +extension of such destruction to constitutional and public life +generally.” + + + CATLIN, GEORGE. _The Story of the Political Philosophers._ Whittlesey. + 1939. 802 pp. + +Reviewing this book in _The New York Times_ (Jan. 7, 1940) I wrote: +“In dealing with successive political philosophers it presents their +biographies and their theories in judicious proportions. It is written +with wit and humor and contains some arresting characterizations. It is +learned, crowded, discursive, allusive, but it is not always clear.” +Felix Morley calls it: “An encyclopedic study, gracefully written and +useful to all who are interested in political theory.” + + + CECIL, LORD HUGH. _Liberty and Authority._ London: Edward Arnold. + 1910. 70 pp. + +“A brief and thoughtful plea for ordered liberty; the ideal is a +society held together not by coercion, but ‘by the spontaneous cohesion +of virtuous wills.’”--PI. + + + CHAMBERLIN, WILLIAM HENRY. _America’s Second Crusade._ Regnery. 1950. + 372 pp. + +The author describes this work as an attempt “to examine without +prejudice or favor the question why the peace was lost while the war +was won.” It is a brilliant and well-documented history of the blunders +and misconceptions that were responsible for Teheran, Yalta and +Potsdam, and led to a “peace” that mainly realized the aims of Russian +communism and totalitarianism at the expense of the aims, or of what +should have been the aims, of a democratic and freedom-loving America. + + + CHAMBERLIN, WILLIAM HENRY. _Collectivism: A False Utopia._ Macmillan. + 1937. 265 pp. + +“Mr. Chamberlin comes vigorously to the defense of democratic +institutions, with all their faults. He regards fascism and communism +as similar examples of a collectivist state, and argues that progress +is possible in the long run only on the basis of political liberty and +wisely controlled individual enterprise.”--_Springfield Republican._ + + + CHAMBERLIN, WILLIAM HENRY. _The Russian Revolution._ Macmillan. 1935. + 2 vols. 511 pp. 556 pp. + +“What Mr. Chamberlin, Moscow correspondent of _The Christian Science +Monitor_ from 1922 to 1934, has done with admirable clarity and +scrupulous objectivity is not so much to offer sensational new +judgments as to knit and co-ordinate a positively staggering amount of +information based on source material, much of which had not previously +been examined by scholars in this field, and to marshal the confused +events of 1917-1921 in orderly fashion, giving chapter and verse for +every important statement of fact or opinion.”--_Books._ + + + CHAMBERS, WHITTAKER. _Witness._ Random House. 1952. 808 pp. + +This is Whittaker Chambers’ own account of his life, of the +Hiss-Chambers trial, and of his connection with the Communist +party and his repudiation of it. It is powerfully and eloquently +written. Chambers joined the Communist party primarily for emotional +and quasi-religious reasons and left it because of his religious +conversion. This points to the one serious shortcoming of the book, +which is its failure to understand or to explain adequately the +_economic_ case against communism and in favor of freedom. + +“The name of the author, the theme of his work, the nature of our +times all conspire to make this volume one of the most significant +autobiographies of the twentieth century.”--Sidney Hook, in _The New +York Times_. + +“This is a great book; one of the greatest written by a contemporary +American.... Whittaker Chambers has composed an ‘_apologia pro vita +sua_’ ... [and] also one of the best and most readable accounts +of life both in the ‘open’ Communist Party and in its auxiliary +underground organizations.... The Communist Party, in America as in +every non-Communist country, is a criminal conspiracy, with its members +pledged to stop at nothing, espionage or sabotage, murder or treason, +which will advance the interests of the foreign power, the Soviet +Union, to which Communists everywhere are blindly subservient.”--W. H. +Chamberlin, in _Human Events_. + + + CHANCE, SIR WILLIAM. _The Better Administration of the Poor Law._ + London: Sonnenschein. 1895. 260 pp. + +“Sir William Chance has written several books on Poor Law +administration, all from an emphatically Individualist standpoint. In +the above he wrote: ‘The principles which underlie the grant of Poor +Relief which it--the Poor Law Relief Report of 1834--lays down are good +for all time. Had the Poor Law been administered since 1834 strictly on +those principles ... pauperism would probably have been reduced to a +negligible quantity.’”--PI. + + + CHODOROV, FRANK. _One Is a Crowd._ Devin-Adair. 1952. 176 pp. + +Reflections of an individualist. + + + CLAPHAM, J. H. _An Economic History of Modern Britain._ Cambridge + University Press. 1926. 623 pp. + +“An understanding of the _laissez-faire_ and early industrial period +is much needed. In this learned work Dr. Clapham, a leading authority, +exposes ‘the legend that everything was getting steadily worse for +the working man down to some unspecified date between the drafting of +the People’s Charter and the Great Exhibition.’ This legend seems to +have been largely responsible for a tendency to a kind of unconscious +Socialist bias in economic and social thinking, and it has, with a +few exceptions, been spread by economic history textbooks. Knowles’ +_Industrial and Commercial Revolutions in the Nineteenth Century_ is +the most notable exception. Dr. Clapham’s contribution represents the +culmination of a reaction which has come in recent years as a result +of modern historical research. (See also: GEORGE. _London Life in the +18th Century._ BUER. _Health, Wealth and Population (1760-1815)._ +TALBOT GRIFFITHS. _Population Problems in the Age of Malthus._ VAUGHAN +WILKINS. _Sidelights on Industrial Evolution._)”--PI. + +(See also in this bibliography T. S. ASHTON, F. A. HAYEK, etc.) + + + CLARK, COLIN. _Welfare and Taxation._ Oxford: Catholic Social Guild. + 1955. 80 pp. + +Dr. Clark, the eminent Australian statistician and economist, now +Director of the Institute of Research in Agricultural Economics at +Oxford, argues in this little book that the tax rate in Britain is +reducing incentives, productivity, and national income, and points out +that even those with lower incomes are really paying for their own +“free” social services. He concludes that we should “give the State, +not the maximum, but the minimum of powers and duties.... Concentration +of political power is always dangerous.... We should realize that, if +we go on building up the power of the State ... giving it more and more +control over every detail of our lives ... we create a State which will +not merely tax us to excess but eventually enslave us completely.” + + + CLARK, FRED G. _Magnificent Delusion._ Whittlesey. 1940. 152 pp. + +An analysis of present economic and social ills in America, based +on the thesis that we are in danger of losing our democracy through +over-insistence on humanitarianism, the idea that the government owes +all of us a living. “Mr. Clark has made an effective case.”--Nicholas +Roosevelt. + + + CLARK, F. G., AND RIMANOCZY, R. S. _How We Live._ Van Nostrand. 1944. + 39 pp. + +A short, clear, and vigorous primer on how the capitalist system works. +The authors emphasize the importance of capital accumulation--the +constant need for more and better tools to increase man’s ability to +utilize natural resources and so to increase his material welfare. The +same authors have written other primers: _Money, How to Be Popular +Though Conservative_, and _How to Think About Economics._ + + + CLARK, JOHN BATES. _The Distribution of Wealth._ Macmillan. 1899. 445 + pp. + +A work of epoch-making importance: a theory of wages, interest and +profits which seeks to show that “free competition tends to give +to labor what labor creates, to capitalists what capital creates, +and to entrepreneurs what the coordinating function creates.” It is +thus indirectly an answer to the socialist contention that under +competitive capitalism labor is “exploited” and “workmen are regularly +robbed of what they produce.” “It is not too much to say,” wrote the +economist Henry R. Seager in 1900, “that the publication of Professor +Clark’s _Distribution_ marks an epoch in the history of economic +thought in the United States. Its inspiration, its illustrations, +even its independence of the opinions of others, are American; but +its originality, the brilliancy of its reasoning and its completeness +deserve and will surely obtain for it a place in world literature.” + + + COBDEN, RICHARD. _Speeches on Questions of Public Policy._ London: + Unwin. 1908. 2 vols. + +“Cobden [1804-1865] was of all English statesmen the most powerful and +persuasive exponent of the Individualistic view of Government. See his +_Life_ by John Morley.”--PI. + + + COLE, FRANKLIN P. _They Preached Liberty._ Revell. 1941. + +Significant excerpts from the sermons of New England ministers during +the late Colonial period. + + + COLLINGWOOD, R. G. _The Idea of History._ Oxford University Press. + 1946. 339 pp. + +“With the death of R. G. Collingwood in 1943 British philosophy lost +one of its most distinguished minds. His most original work grew +out of his reflections on the special characteristics of historical +thinking.”--_Manchester Guardian._ + + + COMMUNIST INTERNATIONAL. _Blueprint for World Conquest._ Washington: + Human Events. 1946. 263 pp. + +This is designed to serve as a warning to anti-communists of the plans +and tactics that they must learn to combat. It contains the theses and +statutes of the Communist International, as adopted at the second world +congress at Moscow in 1920; the program of the Communist International +as adopted by the sixth world congress at Moscow on Sept. 1, 1928, and +the constitution and rules of the Communist International. There is an +introduction by William Henry Chamberlin. + + + CONSTANT, BENJAMIN. _De l’Esprit de Conquête._ 1813. Paris: Librairie + de Médicis. 1947. 68 pp. + +Benjamin Constant (1767-1830) was the author of a celebrated +autobiographical novel, _Adolphe_. He was the lover of the famous +Madame de Staël and later acquired an infatuation for Madame Récamier. +The literary and amorous side of his career has unfortunately +overshadowed his prophetic contributions in support of liberalism +and freedom of the press, especially his _De l’esprit de conquête et +de l’usurpation_, directed against Napoleon. In 1829 he wrote: “For +forty years I have defended the same principle: liberty in everything, +in religion, in philosophy, in literature, in industry, in politics; +and by liberty I mean the triumph of individuality, as much over the +authority that seeks to govern by despotism as over the masses who +claim the right to enslave the minority to the majority.” An English +translation of _Conquest and Usurpation_ was published by Reynal & +Hitchcock in 1941. + + + CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES. 1787. + +“The American Constitution,” wrote Gladstone, “is the most wonderful +work ever struck off at a given time by the brain and purpose of man.” +The first ten amendments, which constitute the Bill of Rights, are a +charter of human liberties which has served as a model to mankind. (See +HAMILTON, MADISON, FARRAND, NORTON.) + + +COOLEY, CHARLES HORTON. _Life and the Student._ Knopf. 1927. 273 pp. + +A volume of aphoristic wisdom on human nature, society, and letters +which deserves to be far more widely known than it is. It recalls the +notebooks of Emerson and Thoreau, and will stand comparison with them. +It is not a systematic defense or exposition of the philosophy of +individualism, but every page breathes the spirit of that philosophy. +Some individual paragraphs alone would justify including the book in +the present bibliography. For example: “There are three irrefutable +reasons why views that seem dangerous, unpatriotic or otherwise +abominable should be freely expressed. 1: Discussion is the only way to +modify or control them. 2: It is the only way to mobilize conservative +views in order to combat them intelligently. 3: They may be right.” + + + CORNUELLE, HERBERT C. _Mr. Anonymous._ Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton + Printers. 1951. 212 pp. + +A biography of William Volker, who rose from a penniless German +immigrant in 1871 to a millionaire businessman in 1906. What was most +remarkable about him, however, was not his rise from “rags to riches” +but his determination to live according to the Golden Rule. “A man +with money,” he declared, “is to be pitied if he cannot give it away.” +So firm was his attitude against any sort of public recognition of +his many selfless charities that it was not until after his death +in 1947 that “Mr. Anonymous” could be identified as William Volker. +Mr. Cornuelle’s story is written with simple directness and has +the readability and charm of an Horatio Alger novel. Indeed, the +real hero of this story resembles in many respects--in diligence, +industriousness, ambition, austere living, kindness, goodness, and +belief in the American system of opportunity--one of Alger’s fictional +heroes. + + + CORTNEY, PHILIP. _The Economic Munich._ Philosophical Library. 1949. + 262 pp. + +Philip Cortney is a prominent businessman (president of Coty, Inc., and +of Coty International) who has been a life-long student of economics. +This book falls into three main parts. The first is an analysis and a +rejection of the International Trade Organization Charter (signed by +the United States at Havana) on the ground that its ratification would +restrict international trade and undermine the individual competitive +system. The second part is an illuminating analysis of the causes +of the 1929 depression. The final part is an incisive refutation of +Keynesian fallacies. The author is not only an eloquent defender of +economic liberty but reveals a rare skill in dissecting the specific +policies and ideas that constitute the greatest threat to it. + + + COUNTS, GEORGE S., AND LODGE, MRS. N. P. _Country of the Blind: The + Soviet System of Mind Control._ Houghton Mifflin. 1949. 378 pp. + +A study of the way in which the Central Committee of the All-Union +Communist Party controls Russian cultural and intellectual life by +rigid surveillance and direction of literature, drama, music, science, +and education. Its long quotations from the actual texts of Committee +resolutions and directives make it heavy going at times, but supply the +authentic source material. + + + COWLING, DONALD J., AND DAVIDSON, CARTER. _Colleges for Freedom._ + Harper. 1947. 180 pp. + +A study of the purposes, practices and needs, and an evaluation of +the place of the private liberal-arts college in American life, and a +program for its independent survival. + + + COX, HAROLD. _The Capital Levy: Its Real Purpose._ Westminster: + National Unionist Association. 1923. 71 pp. + +“The Capital Levy has never been definitely renounced by the Labor +Party as an item of its program. If a favorable opportunity arises +in the future it may yet again become a live political issue. Mr. +Harold Cox’s book is largely a criticism of what is perhaps the most +formidable defense of the levy, namely, that by Dr. Hugh Dalton. +There is also a very useful chapter summarizing the experiences of +six foreign countries. The author’s conclusion is that ‘All six +countries tell the same story. In each case the levy was tried as a +means of escaping from a financial debt which threatened the nation +with bankruptcy. In no case have the results achieved justified the +departure from sound methods of finance.’”--PI. + + + COX, HAROLD. _Economic Liberty._ Longmans, Green. 1920. 263 pp. + +“A series of lucid essays by a thoroughgoing Individualist. The keynote +is found in the preface. The essays, it is claimed, are all inspired by +one purpose--the desire to defend economic liberty against the attacks +made upon it by men and women who think they can secure progress by +various schemes for curtailing freedom. ‘Liberty,’ it is admitted, +‘can be abused, but it is the business of the community to prevent +this abuse, not to destroy the liberty.’ And ‘It does not follow that +the best form of restraint is the employment of the power of the +State.’”--PI. + + + CREEL, GEORGE. _Russia’s Race for Asia._ Bobbs-Merrill. 1949. 264 pp. + +A warning--which proved to be completely in vain--that if the United +States, by sins of omission or commission, allowed the Chinese +communists to gain a victory over the National government of Chiang +Kai-shek, it would put Russia in a position of mastery over half the +world’s population. + + + CROCE, BENEDETTO. _Historical Materialism and the Economics of Karl + Marx._ Macmillan. 1914. 188 pp. + +A collection of essays on the philosophical aspects of Marxism. Marx +borrowed a great deal from Hegel, and yet reacted from him. The +distinguished Italian philosopher here tries to separate the true from +the false in Marx’s particular form of Hegelianism and anti-Hegelianism. + + + CROCE, BENEDETTO. _Politics and Morals._ Philosophical Library. 1945. + 204 pp. + +A collection of essays by a distinguished Italian philosopher. +Included are: _Liberalism as a Concept of Life_, _Free Enterprise and +Liberalism_, and _The Bourgeoisie: An Ill-defined Historical Concept_. +The last, a critique of a German book _The Bourgeois Mind in France_, +is particularly instructive. + + + CROSSMAN, RICHARD (ed.). _The God that Failed._ Harper. 1949. 273 pp. + +This is a collection of essays by former communists or communist +sympathizers explaining the history of their disillusionment. The +contributors include former “initiates”--Arthur Koestler, Ignazio +Silone, Richard Wright--and former “worshippers from afar”--André Gide +(presented by E. Starkie), Louis Fischer, and Stephen Spender. Some of +the contributions are more interesting psychologically than for any +light they throw on economic or political philosophy. Several of the +disillusioned communists have remained socialists. + + + CROWTHER, SAMUEL. _Time to Inquire._ John Day. 1942. 353 pp. + +This seeks to answer the question: “How can we restore the freedom, +opportunity, and dignity of the average man?” + + + CUNNINGHAM, W. _The Growth of English Industry and Commerce._ Vol. + 1: _Early and Middle Ages_. Fifth edition. 1922. Vol. 2: _Modern + Times._ Sixth edition. 1922: Part 1, _Mercantile System_; Part 2, + _Laissez-faire. The Industrial Revolution._ 1922. (A reprint of + sections from the _Mercantile System and Laissez-faire_.) Cambridge + University Press. 3 vols. 1,679 pp. + +“Standard works on economic history. Archdeacon Cunningham was one of +the founders of economic history as a regular branch of study in the +Universities. The most important of his other works are: _Progress +of Capitalism in England_ (second impression, 1925); and _Western +Civilization in Its Economic Aspects._ (1924. Fourth impression. 2 +vols.)”--PI. + + + CURTISS, WILLIAM MARSHALL. _The Tariff Idea._ Irvington, N. Y.: + Foundation for Economic Education. 1953. 80 pp. + +Dr. Curtiss carefully analyzes the principal arguments for protective +tariffs and disposes of them. He also points out that the protective +tariff philosophy is the source of a host of other political and +economic errors. + + + DALLIN, DAVID J. _The Real Soviet Russia._ Yale University Press. + 1944. 1947. 325 pp. + +An acknowledged authority, who was himself a member of the Moscow +soviet from 1918 to 1921, analyzes the communist tyranny. The first +edition appeared in 1944, when Russia was still America’s “ally” in +the war against Germany. Dallin tries to show the workings of the huge +apparatus of government, of the secret police, of the Army, and of +the party within the party of peasants and workers. He emphasizes the +contempt of the Russian leaders for human life and suffering. + + + DALLIN, DAVID J. _Soviet Espionage._ Yale University Press. 1955. 558 + pp. + +“Undoubtedly the major work on Soviet spy activities.”--Igor Gouzenko, +in _The New York Times_. + + + DALLIN, DAVID J., AND NICOLAEVSKY, BORIS I. _Forced Labor in Soviet + Russia._ Yale University Press. 1947. 331 pp. + +“A conscientiously documented and appalling report on slave labor +in the corrective camps that the Soviet secret police runs for the +government.”--_New Yorker._ + + + DARK SIDE OF THE MOON. Anonymous. With a preface by T. S. Eliot. + Scribner’s. 1947. 299 pp. + +An account, written anonymously, of what Soviet Russia did to the +Polish people when, as a result of the 1939 pact with Germany, the NKVD +entered Poland, arrested thousands, and deported them to labor camps in +Siberia. “One of the most affecting and important books published in +many years.... Revelation of how the Soviet pattern of life is imposed +upon a conquered people.”--Harry Schwartz, in the _Political Science +Quarterly_. + + + DAVENPORT, H. J. _The Economics of Enterprise._ Macmillan. 1913. 544 + pp. + +“One may glean from this book only a moderate reflection of one of +the greatest classroom teachers Cornell University ever had--one of +those rare persons, able to use the Socratic method masterfully. +Before concentrating on Economics, H. J. Davenport had first become +accomplished in English, mathematics, law and logic--a rich background +from which he taught. + +“A jealous guardian of economic discipline founded in logic, his work +strongly upheld the precepts of individualism. To him any such concept +as the ‘social organism’ was anathema. And from that base he went on to +develop the concept of the processes of the market at their best, in +terms of human freedom. He defined the science of economics as ‘little +more than a study of price and of its causes and its corollaries.’ +Price was, to him, central to all economics. And that meant price +freedom for _individuals_. Without freedom of pricing, therefore, +economics was not operative. He therefore disclaimed all theoretical +sympathies with the Socialists, whom he considered to be, in fact, the +ultraconservatives.”--F. A. Harper. + + + DE JAEGHER, RAYMOND J., AND KUHN, IRENE C. _The Enemy Within._ + Doubleday. 1952. 314 pp. + +An eyewitness account, by a Catholic priest, of the communist conquest +of China, covering the period of their methodic climb to power in North +China in the long years of war against Japan. “It makes a grisly story +and will come as a surprise to those who have the notion that Reds of +the Chinese species are less cruel than their cousins to the west; if +anything, according to Father de Jaegher, they are worse. The book +winds up with a discussion of the ill-fated Marshall mission to China, +a chapter that is certainly as depressing as any in the book.”--_New +Yorker._ + + + DEWAR, HUGO. _Assassins at Large._ Beacon. 1952. 203 pp. + +“This book sounds, in parts, like a collection of detective and mystery +stories. Actually it is a well-documented, though far from complete, +report on political murder and kidnapping cases perpetrated by Soviet +secret agents all over the world that have become known during the last +fifteen years.”--Vladimir Petrov, in _Annals of the American Academy of +Political and Social Science_. + + + DICEY, A. V. _The Law of the Constitution._ Oxford. 1885. + +“A classic study of English constitutional law. The eighth (1915) +edition (Macmillan), with its comprehensive and luminous introduction, +should be utilized. The chapter on ‘Parliamentary Sovereignty and +Federalism’ is especially important for American readers.”--Felix +Morley. “We are all servants of the laws,” wrote Cicero, “in order that +we may be free.” Dicey called attention to the modern threat to freedom +in the incursions that were being made into The Rule of Law. + + + DICEY, A. V. _Law and Public Opinion in England._ 1914. Macmillan. + 1948. 506 pp. + +“A work of fundamental importance. It traces the transition from the +old Toryism or ‘legislative quiescence’ to Benthamism or Individualism, +which was characteristic of the middle of the Nineteenth Century, +and the subsequent gradual reaction to Collectivism, from about 1870 +onwards.”--PI. It also discusses such questions as judicial legislation +and the right of association. + + + DODD, BELLA V. _School of Darkness._ P. J. Kenedy & Sons. 1955. 262 pp. + +The repentant ex-communist teacher, Bella V. Dodd, calls communism a +“school of darkness.” “This volume of experiences and confession has +more value than most books written by former Communists, because it +gives the clearest picture yet of how communism was able to recruit +intelligent, educated persons during the twenties and thirties.”--Irene +Corbally Kuhn, in _The Freeman_. + + + DOS PASSOS, JOHN. _The Grand Design._ Houghton Mifflin. 1949. 440 pp. + +The final volume of a trilogy, the first two volumes of which were +_Adventures of a Young Man_ (1939) and _Number One_ (1943). This novel +tells the story of the New Deal years in American life. Some of the +characters are evidently based on well-known figures. “_The Grand +Design_ is ... respectful of the inner core of New-Deal idealism, +contemptuous of the politics, confusion, jealousy, corruption, and +inefficiency which accompanied it.”--Orville Prescott in the _Yale +Review_. + + + EAST, EDWARD M. _Mankind at the Crossroads._ Scribner’s. 1923. 360 pp. + +An authoritative study of the population problem. + + + EASTMAN, MAX. _Reflections on the Failure of Socialism._ Devin-Adair. + 1955. 128 pp. + +A lucid and brilliant analysis of the fallacies of Marxian and Fabian +socialism. Mr. Eastman argues that socialism has failed over the last +century in every nation and in every form in which it has been tried. +He explains why political liberty depends upon a democratic competitive +market and the price system. His arguments are all the more persuasive +because of his personal history. He began as an extreme left-wing +Socialist. As editor of the _Masses_ and later of the _Liberator_, +he “fought for the Bolsheviks on the battlefield of American opinion +with all the influence my voice and magazine possessed.” This book +explains the reasons for his gradual disillusionment. The most powerful +chapter is “The Religion of Immoralism,” a devastating exposure of the +peculiarly mystical but systematic rejection of morality which “is the +one wholly original contribution of Karl Marx to man’s heritage of +ideas.” + + + EASTMAN, MAX. _Marxism: Is It Science?_ Norton. 1940. 394 pp. + +Mr. Eastman, once a Marxist, here argues that scientific socialism, +so-called, is not science but religion. “Max Eastman’s book is, as +readers of his earlier philosophical writings would expect, a work of +art.”--A. N. Holcombe, in _Books_. + + + EBON, MARTIN. _World Communism Today._ Whittlesey. 1948. 536 pp. + +A useful reference work which attempts to give a survey of communism in +every country in which it has been an important political factor. + + + ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES COMMISSION OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF + MANUFACTURERS. _The American Individual Enterprise System._ + McGraw-Hill. 1946. 2 vols. 1119 pp. + +These two volumes were prepared by a committee of fifteen authors, +about evenly divided between professional economists and business +executives. They were asked to submit to the National Association of +Manufacturers “a thorough analysis of the philosophy, operations and +achievements of the American economic system.” There are chapters on +the individual enterprise system, employment relations, agriculture, +savings and capital formation, money and credit, profit and loss, the +role of prices and price determination, competition and monopoly, +government regulation, public finance, business fluctuations, etc. +Among the authors were W. W. Cumberland, Willford I. King, Harley L. +Lutz, Ludwig von Mises, Murray Shields, Bradford B. Smith, Rufus S. +Tucker and Ray B. Westerfield. + + + EDMUNDS, STERLING. _The Struggle for Freedom._ Milwaukee: Bruce + Publishing Co. 1946. 309 pp. + +The history of Anglo-American liberty from the charter of Henry I +to the present day. “The author was for many years a lecturer on +constitutional law at St. Louis University. Professor Edmunds is +convinced that the American people have been losing control over their +lives and liberties. The Federal Government, in his opinion, with its +increasing use of boards and administrative law, constitutes a threat +to freedom.... Administrative boards rather than courts of law now +direct the lives of the American people.... The background material +which he presents in the field of constitutional law is perhaps +unsurpassed by that found in any other book.”--_The Commonweal._ + + + EINAUDI, LUIGI. _Greatness and Decline of Planned Economy in the + Hellenistic World._ Bern, Switzerland: A. Franke. 1950. 48 pp. + +Luigi Einaudi, the former President of Italy, is a distinguished +liberal economist. Out of a dozen books written by him, this is the +only one, to my knowledge, that has been made available in English. + + + EKIRCH, ARTHUR E., JR. _The Decline of American Liberalism._ Longmans, + Green. 1955. 401 pp. + +The author, Professor of History at the American University in +Washington, argues that the main trend since the American Revolution +has been to augment concentration of economic and state power and thus +whittle away individual freedom. + + + ELLIOTT, W. Y., AND MCDONALD, NEIL A. _The Western Political + Heritage._ Prentice-Hall. 1949. 1027 pp. + +“An excellent work of reference.”--_Human Events._ “This book ought +to find its way into the library of anyone who has any curiosity +about the origins and development of the struggle between tyranny and +freedom.”--_San Francisco Chronicle._ + + + EMERSON, RALPH WALDO. Essays on _Wealth_ and _Politics_. Many editions. + +Emerson was not only a strong individualist in the broadest sense of +the word, but a strong advocate of the free enterprise system (although +it was not known under that name in his time) and a strong advocate of +limited government. These two essays are outstanding illustrations, as +the following excerpt from _Politics_ will show: + +“This is the history of governments--one man does something which is to +bind another. A man who cannot be acquainted with me, taxes me; looking +from afar at me ordains that a part of my labor shall go to this or +that whimsical end--not as I, but as he happens to fancy. Behold the +consequence. Of all debts men are least willing to pay the taxes. What +a satire is this on government! Everywhere we think they get their +money’s worth, except for these. Hence the less government we have the +better--the fewer laws, and the less confided power.” + + + ERHARD, LUDWIG. _Germany’s Comeback in the World Market._ Macmillan. + 1955. 276 pp. + +An exposition by the German Economics Minister of Germany’s postwar +economic policies. Dr. Erhard describes how the stabilization of the +currency and the removal of price controls beginning in June of 1948 +brought the “miracle” of German recovery. “It was the initiation of +the market economy that awakened entrepreneurial impulses. The worker +became ready to work, the trader to sell, and the economy in general +to produce. In this way alone the conditions making possible a genuine +foreign trade were provided.” + + + ERNST, MORRIS L., AND LOTH, D. G. _Report on the American Communist._ + Holt. 1952. 240 pp. + +“The stated purpose of this book is to provide a better understanding +of Communism in America and to prevent the growth of party membership. +The authors interviewed nearly three hundred former Communists, asking +why they joined and why they left the party.”--_Library Journal._ + + + EUCKEN, RUDOLPH. _Socialism: An Analysis._ Scribner’s. 1922. 188 pp. + +“A philosophical analysis of Socialism by an eminent German +philosopher. This book is in two parts. The first consists of an +extraordinarily fair statement and explanation of Socialist ideals, and +the second part of an examination and rejection of those ideals. The +whole spirit as well as the methods of Socialism are here opposed.”--PI. + + + EUCKEN, WALTER. _This Unsuccessful Age._ London: Hodge. 1951. 96 pp. + +The author, a German thinker of stature, integrity and courage, +summarizes the experiences of the first fifty years of the age of +economic experiments. He points out the lessons that can be learned, +in particular, from the lengthy experiments in planning, government +direction, and price-fixing in Germany. He concludes that we can +now know at least how _not_ to attempt a solution of the problem of +economic power, how _not_ to try to achieve social security, and +how _not_ to “plan.” He particularly stresses that a policy of full +employment leads directly, through inflation, to a centrally planned +and therefore totalitarian society. There is an introduction by John +Jewkes of the University of Oxford. + + + EUCKEN, WALTER. _The Foundations of Economics._ London: Hodge. 1950. + 358 pp. + +The late Walter Eucken was, among German economists, the foremost +opponent of the Historical School. He contributed greatly to the +revival in Germany of interest in economic theory. The first German +edition of this book appeared in 1940; the present English translation +is based on the sixth German edition. The central theme is the dual +aspect of economic problems, which has led to a dual approach to +them--one historical, the other theoretical. The author attempts to +clarify the respective roles of these two methods. The excesses of +Nazism and of the early stringent controls in Germany after World War +II led Eucken to emphasize more and more the advantages and urgency of +a free market system. + + + FAIRCHILD, F. R., AND SHELLY, T. J. _Understanding Our Free Economy._ + Van Nostrand. 1952. 589 pp. + +Perhaps the best introduction to economics ever written for high school +students, and certainly the best in existence now. Even many adults +will find it an ideal elementary introduction to the subject. It is +outspoken and unapologetic in its defense of free markets and free +private enterprise as against government planning and socialism. + + + FAIRCHILD, FRED R., BUCK, W. S., AND SLESINGER, R. E. _Principles of + Economics._ Macmillan. 1954. 780 pp. + +A standard introductory college textbook. The 1954 edition has been “so +thoroughly rewritten and revised that, in the opinion of the authors, +it is virtually a new book.... It seeks understanding of the working +of the modern free economy, while acquainting the student also with +other economic systems and certain recent trends toward collectivism.” +Especially noteworthy are two chapters on “Government in Industry.” +These deal with such matters as price and wage controls, the Tennessee +Valley Authority, and agricultural subsidies. + + + FARADAY, W. B. _Democracy and Capital._ London: Murray. 1921. 314 pp. + +“A popular and exhaustive exposure of Socialism. It is argued that +Socialist movements are definitely retrogressive, as the trend of +social progress has been, in a juristic sense, away from status and +towards freedom of contract, and that ‘Our liberty has grown with the +idea of the inviolability of property and the increased individuality +of the man as opposed to the State.’”--PI. + + + FARRAND, MAX (ed.). _The Records of the Federal Convention._ Yale + University Press. 1937. 4 vols. + +“This is the definitive record of the Constitutional Convention, +supplementing Madison’s reports and correcting them wherever later +evidence warrants; indispensable for thorough study of American +governmental origins.”--Felix Morley. + + + FAWCETT, HENRY. _Manual of Political Economy._ Macmillan. 1883. 631 pp. + +“A textbook on the lines of Mill, but more severely +individualistic.”--PI. + + + FEDERALIST, THE. (See HAMILTON.) + + + FEDERICI, FEDERICO. _Der Deutsche Liberalismus._ Zurich: + Artemis-Verlag. 1946. + +A study of German liberalism. + + + FERGUSON, ADAM. _An Essay on the History of Civil Society._ 1767. + +“The spontaneous collaboration of free men often creates things which +are greater than their individual minds can ever fully comprehend. This +is the great theme of Josiah Tucker and Adam Smith, of Adam Ferguson +and Edmund Burke, the great discovery of classical political economy +which has become the basis of our understanding not only of economic +life but of most truly social phenomena.”--F. A. Hayek. + + + FERGUSON, JOHN M. _Landmarks of Economic Thought._ Longmans, Green. + 1938. 295 pp. + +A useful, readable and agreeable short history of economic thought, +stressing the contributions of the leading thinkers. Reviewing it in +_The New York Times_ of Oct. 30, 1938, I wrote: “Professor Ferguson +apparently intended his volume to serve both for the general reader +and as a textbook.... It has the virtues of ... straightforwardness, +balance, impartiality.” + + + FERRERO, GUGLIELMO. _The Principles of Power._ Putnam. 1942. 333 pp. + +This is the last book of a trilogy by the eminent Italian historian of +Rome. It contrasts “illegitimate” government, or government by fear (as +represented by Bonapartism and Fascism), with “legitimate” government, +or government in good faith (as represented by democracy and hereditary +monarchy). Ferrero’s thesis is that the “illegitimate” government must +seek to keep itself in power by military adventures, neurotic activity, +and coercion. Wilhelm Röpke calls this book “a true legacy to us.” + + + FETTER, FRANK A. _Economics._ Vol. I: _Economic Principles_. 523 pp. + Vol. II: _Modern Economic Problems_. 498 pp. Century. 1915. Revised + ed., 1922. + +Of Frank Fetter, Joseph Schumpeter writes: “Professor Frank A. Fetter +rose to a leading position in the first decade of this century. He +was primarily, though not exclusively, a theorist.... At that time +all serious theoretical endeavor had to start from the bases laid +by Jevons, Menger, and Walras ... [but] Fetter erected a building +that was his own, both as a whole and in many points of detail, such +as the theory of ‘psychic income.’ The vivifying influence upon the +American profession’s interest in theory of his critical exploits +cannot be evaluated too highly.” Vol. II makes practical application +of the theories treated in Vol. I to such matters as money, banking, +international trade, labor organizations, agricultural economics, +trusts, taxation, insurance, immigration, and similar topics. + + + FISHER, ALLAN G. B. _Economic Progress and Social Security._ + Macmillan. 1945. 362 pp. + +“Allan G. B. Fisher, well known New Zealand economist and professor +at the Royal Institute of International Affairs in London, has set +himself the difficult task of exploring the double impact of economic +change and of the quest for security upon economic policy, national +as well as international.... He shows that stability can be achieved +amidst change and security without loss of freedom, but the stability +as well as the security he offers are relative rather than absolute. +He discards the security of slavery as well as the stability of +immobility.”--_Weekly Book Review._ “A polished and mature effort +in the art of political economy.”--John Jewkes, in the _Manchester +Guardian_. + + + FISHER, ALLAN G. B. _The Clash of Progress and Security._ Macmillan. + 1936. 234 pp. + +“Professor Fisher’s thesis is briefly this: Material progress means +change, involving inconvenience and suffering for certain classes even +though it may benefit others. Resistance is generated among those who +suffer from change, so that the adjustments necessary, if progress is +to develop smoothly, are not made rapidly enough. In short, there is a +clash between progress and security.”--_Pacific Affairs._ “An admirable +and stimulating book, full of clear and concrete reasoning from start +to finish.”--London _Economist_. + + + FITE, WARNER. _Individualism._ Longmans, Green. 1924. 301 pp. + +Four lectures which discuss the conception of the individual, the +individual as a conscious agent, individuality and social unity, and +individual rights and the social problem. + + + FLEMING, HAROLD. _Ten Thousand Commandments._ Prentice-Hall. 1951. + (Paper-covered edition: Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation for Economic + Education. 1952.) 206 pp. + +The story of the antitrust laws, their history, their administration, +their complexities and contradictions, and the amazing court decisions +handed down about them. Mr. Fleming does not directly question either +past or present need for antitrust legislation, but he shows by the +record that within the framework of these laws there has operated an +administrative instrument of arbitrary power and hostility threatening +the very life of competitive enterprise in America. “The essential +purpose of all the variegated attacks has been to hamper the more +successful business for the benefit of the less successful business.... +What is left is merely a rule that the bigger companies almost +invariably are wrong on some count or other and the little companies +almost invariably right. The result is that nobody knows what is legal +and what isn’t. The law is what the government lawyers say it is. And +they are essentially interested not in _what_ is done, but in _who does +it_.” + + + FLINT, ROBERT. _Socialism._ Lippincott. 1895. 1908. 512 pp. + +Examining socialism in 1895, Professor Flint concluded that it “might +prove the reverse of a blessing to working men although those who are +pressing it on them may mean them well.” Reviewing the first edition, +the London _Athenaeum_ declared: “It is impossible for anyone to have +tried harder to be fair than Professor Flint.” F. J. C. Hearnshaw +declared it to be: “On the whole the ablest and most destructive +criticism of socialism ever written. The two editions (first, 1895; +second, 1908) differ considerably; both should be read and re-read.” + + + FLYNN, JOHN T. _The Road Ahead: America’s Creeping Revolution._ + Devin-Adair. 1949. 160 pp. + +John T. Flynn is one of America’s most powerful pamphleteers. The +central thesis of this book is that economic planning, social +insurance, deficit financing, and the nationalization of credit lead +step by step toward mass enslavement and the totalitarian state. This +tendency, he believes, has been shown empirically by the British +experience; it follows that the preservation of American freedoms and +institutions is inseparable from the preservation of a free capitalism. +The Americans for Democratic Action, he holds, are the present +equivalent of the British Fabians. They sincerely consider themselves +to be anti-communist; but their efforts to achieve the socialized +state through a process of gradualism must lead, if successful, to +dictatorship and the police state. + + + FLYNN, JOHN T. _As We Go Marching._ Doubleday. 1944. 272 pp. + +“Mr. Flynn’s thesis is that despite the many differences in the +character, customs, laws, traditions, and resources of the people of +Italy, Germany, and the United States, this country has been drifting +on the same currents and experimenting with the same political and +economic measures which resulted in the establishment of Fascism +abroad. Two-thirds of his book is a scholarly, sober, valuable +examination of the rise of Fascism in Italy and Germany, one-third is +an attempt to support his thesis by trying to prove that it not only +can happen here but already has happened.”--_New Yorker._ + + + FLYNN, JOHN T. _The Epic of Freedom._ Philadelphia: Fireside Press. + 1947. 127 pp. + +The story of the growth of freedom told simply and briefly for young +people of high-school age. + + + FLYNN, JOHN T. _The Decline of the American Republic._ Devin-Adair. + 1955. 224 pp. + +The American Republic, as the Founding Fathers conceived it, has been +declining with special rapidity, according to the author, since 1930. +A large part of this decline he attributes to the sapping of the +Constitution by a modern semantics that has distorted the plain meaning +of crucial clauses--so that the federal power to regulate commerce +between the states may be interpreted to mean the federal power to +regulate the pay and hours of an elevator operator who never leaves New +York City. “A very necessary book.”--John Chamberlain, in _The Freeman_. + + + FOERSTER, F. W. _Europe and the German Question._ Sheed. 1940. 474 pp. + +An analysis of German history by a Prussian exiled from his native +land long before World War I because of his unorthodox views. In his +introductory chapter the author declares: “This book is above all +intended to acquaint Germans living outside the Third Reich with +Germany’s authentic tradition and with its European mission. But it +also looks forward to a not too remote day when the Germans of the +Third Reich ... may learn from it the chain of sin and doom in German +history since Bismarck.” + + + FOUNDATION FOR ECONOMIC EDUCATION. _Essays on Liberty._ Irvington, N. + Y. Vol. I: 1952. 307 pp. Vol. II: 1954. 442 pp. + +Essays on various aspects of liberty. The subjects include government, +taxes, inflation, money, monopoly, price controls, subsidies, security, +competition, etc. Among the authors are: Maxwell Anderson, Sir Ernest +Benn, Arthur Bestor, Spruille Braden, Asa V. Call, Frank Chodorov, +Russell J. Clinchy, W. M. Curtiss, Richard L. Evans, Ben Fairless, F. +A. Harper, Henry Hazlitt, Bertrand de Jouvenel, Ed Lipscomb, Clarence +Manion, Ludwig von Mises, Ben Moreell, W. C. Mullendore, Mario Pei, Sam +Pettengill, Leonard E. Read, Dean Russell, Thomas J. Shelly, William +Graham Sumner. + + + FOWLER, THOMAS. _Locke._ Macmillan. 1880. 205 pp. + +“A concise biographical sketch. The author calls Locke, ‘Perhaps +the greatest, but certainly the most characteristic of English +philosophers.’”--PI. + + + FRIEDMAN, WOLFGANG. _Law and Social Change._ London: Stevens & Sons. + 1951. 322 pp. + +A legal study from a libertarian point of view. + + + GANDIL, CHR (ed.). _Moderne Liberalisme._ Copenhagen: Rosenkilde og + Bagger. 1948. 132 pp. + +In this Danish book, Mr. Gandil has attempted to reply to the question: +“What is liberalism?” (in the sense of individual liberty, as the word +is still understood on the European continent). “He himself has written +an introduction. Thereupon follows a chapter written by Dr. Thorkil +Kristensen, a former Danish Secretary of the Treasury. Then follows in +reprint form two lectures which were broadcast by Professor Wilhelm +Keilhau over the Norwegian radio immediately following the outbreak +of the war. In the final chapters a number of young Danish political +economists have taken extracts from neo-liberalist literature.... +Mr. Gandil’s introduction rates as one of the best chapters of the +book.”--Trygve J. B. Hoff, in _Farmand_ (Oslo). + + + GARRETT, GARET. _The People’s Pottage._ Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton + Printers. 1953. 174 pp. + +Garet Garrett, because of the accuracy of his knowledge, the quality +of his thinking, and the rare distinction of his style, was one of +the outstanding pamphleteers of our time. _The People’s Pottage_ is +made up of three pamphlets bearing on the same theme. _The Revolution +Was_, which appeared in 1944, propounded the thesis that under the +New Deal the social revolution, depriving the individual of essential +liberties and shifting power to the State, had already taken place. _Ex +America_, which appeared in 1951, continued this thesis, and explained +in particular how inflation is used to continue a statist regime +in power, and how it affects the attitude of the people. _Rise of +Empire_, which appeared in the following year, contends that the moral +and constitutional restraints on political power which distinguish a +republic from an empire have been all but obliterated. Despite this +pessimistic theme, the author concludes: “The people know that they can +have their Republic back if they want it enough to fight for it and to +pay the price. The only point is that no leader has yet appeared with +the courage to make them choose.” + + + GARRETT, GARET. _The Wild Wheel._ Pantheon Books. 1952. 220 pp. + +A fascinating but episodic account of the career of Henry Ford. The +thesis of the book is that what Ford accomplished in the early decades +of the twentieth century under a regime of _laissez faire_ could not be +duplicated today because of government interventionism. + +“If in this country, for both good and evil, free private enterprise +had its logical manifestations in a prodigious manner, so Henry Ford +was its extreme and last pure event.... It is easier to imagine +other Fords than it is to believe that another would be able to do +in this regulated world what Henry Ford did in his free world. He +would not be permitted to plow back his profits in that reckless +manner as capital.... You may like it better this way.... [But] if +_laissez-faire_ had not begotten the richest world that ever existed +there would have been much less for the welfare state to distribute.” + + + GARRETT, GARET. _The American Story._ Regnery. 1955. 401 pp. + +This was Garet Garrett’s last book. It is a brilliant historical essay +on America which lays special emphasis on the country’s achievements +in invention and productivity, but views the course of the last +twenty-five years pessimistically, and despairs of the future of +personal liberty and growth in the United States if recent political +tendencies continue. + + + GÉBLER, ERNEST. _The Plymouth Adventure._ Doubleday. 1950. 377 pp. + +A fictional account of the voyage of the Mayflower from England to +Cape Cod and of the first winter spent by the Pilgrims in New England. +The story is reconstructed from letters, journals and histories. This +account of the first Americans who risked their lives for freedom of +opinion will inspire all those who still believe in that ideal. + + + GEORGE, HENRY. _Protection or Free Trade._ 1886. Robert Schalkenbach + Foundation. 1946. 335 pp. + +The great majority of economists today regard the central tenet of +Henry George--a single tax on land--as untenable. Yet what he _thought_ +he was doing is revealed in a sentence in his preface to the fourth +edition of his famous _Progress and Poverty_ (1879). It was “to +unite the truth perceived by the school of Smith and Ricardo to the +truth perceived by the schools of Proudhon and Lasalle; to show that +_laissez-faire_ (in its full meaning) opens the way to a realization of +the noble dreams of socialism.” His book _Protection or Free Trade_, +which appeared seven years later, presents the case for free trade with +great eloquence and power: “He who follows the principle of free trade +to its logical conclusion can strike at the very root of protection; +can answer every question and meet every objection.... He will see in +free trade not a mere fiscal reform, but a movement which has for its +aim and end nothing less than the abolition of poverty, and of the vice +and crime and degradation that flow from it, by the restoration to the +disinherited of their natural rights and the establishment of society +upon the basis of justice. He will catch the inspiration of a cause +great enough to live for and to die for, and be moved by an enthusiasm +that he can evoke in others.” + +It is only fair to add that the present-day followers of Henry +George, still numerous, are (apart from the implications of their +single-tax-on-land theory) among the most zealous champions of a free +capitalism. + + + GIDE, CHARLES, AND RIST, CHARLES. _A History of Economic Doctrines + from the Time of the Physiocrats to the Present Day._ Heath. 1948. 800 + pp. + +A standard history by two French economists which first appeared +in English in 1915 and has been brought down to date by successive +editions and enlargements. Written with great lucidity in the original +French, it has also been fortunate in its English translators. A full +and very valuable history. Its excellent critical comments on various +theories are written from a liberal point of view. + + + GIFFEN, SIR ROBERT. _Economic Inquiries and Studies._ London: George + Bell. 1904. 461 pp. + +“A large number of economic essays by a well-known authority. Some of +them, such as _Protection for Manufacturers in New Countries_ and _The +Dream of a British Zollverein_, bear closely upon our subject. His +point of view is strongly Individualistic.”--PI. + + + GITLOW, BENJAMIN. _I Confess._ Dutton. 1940. 611 pp. + +A disillusioned ex-leader of the Communist party in the United +States gives a detailed account of its works, its personalities and +its relations with Moscow. There is an introduction by Max Eastman. +“A personal and political history of the utmost relevance for an +understanding of the American Communist party.... A fascinating story +for any one, and should be a positive boon for the annual crop of +innocents who are drawn into Communist peripheral organizations under +false pretenses.”--Sidney Hook. + + + GITLOW, BENJAMIN. _The Whole of Their Lives._ Scribner’s. 1948. 387 pp. + +“A former prominent Communist (head of the American Communist Party in +1929), the author describes world Communism with especial emphasis on +American Communism. Showing how it first started in this country among +various rival factions, he then demonstrates its penetration of earlier +liberal and Socialist groups and its emergence as a well-disciplined +party. With considerable attention to personalities, he describes the +American Communists, reveals their connection with Moscow, and flatly +states that American Communism is directly controlled by Russia. +Furthermore, he contends that it respects no American principles or +traditions in its zeal to make our country a Soviet vassal.”--_Library +Journal._ + + + GLIKSMAN, JERZY. _Tell the West._ Gresham Press. 1948. 358 pp. + +“Another eyewitness report on slave labor in the Soviet Union, this +time by a Polish lawyer and Socialist who was arrested, for reasons +he never fully understood, by the N.K.V.D. shortly after the invasion +of Poland and shipped off to a concentration camp to be ‘remolded’ +into a useful citizen by ‘productive work and suitable educational +approach.’ The remolding, Mr. Gliksman says, consisted of nothing more +than systematic starvation, ill treatment, and a losing battle to fill +hopelessly high daily work quotas; it killed many of his fellows and +would have killed him if amnesty had not been granted Poles willing to +fight the Germans.”--_New Yorker._ + + + GODWIN, WILLIAM. _An Enquiry Concerning Political Justice._ 1793. + Numerous editions. (Knopf. 1926.) 2 vols. 554 pp. + +“Godwin’s book, coming at a time of revolution, created much +revolutionary fervor. It was considered so dangerous that the +authorities thought of prosecuting the author, but Pitt pointed out +that ‘a three-guinea book could never do much harm among those who had +not three shillings to spare.’ Godwin says: ‘Since government even +in its best state is an evil, the object principally to be aimed at +is that we should have as little of it as the general peace of human +society will permit.’ Like many ‘anarchists,’ he believes in human +perfectibility; the disappearance of government would be no evil, he +thought, because the natural goodness of man, enhanced by progress, +would serve to keep him in the right way. This theory of human +perfectibility led him to demand the abolition of private property +and the dissolution of all governments. To us, Godwin is now chiefly +interesting for having inspired Shelley with his poetic dreams of +innocent man, who has never been perverted and made miserable by the +falsehood and tyranny of priests and kings, and who, if given freedom, +will be once more happy and innocent.”--PI. + + + GONZALEZ, VALENTIN R. _El Campesino._ Putnam. 218 pp. + +“‘El Campesino’ was a famous Communist Spanish general in Spain’s +Civil war. After the war he fled to Russia where he was at first +lauded as a hero, later fell into disfavor with the authorities, and +spent more than ten years in labor camps in Siberia before he made +his escape.”--_Book Review Digest._ “Campesino symbolized the highest +reach of communism’s romantic appeal. He suffered the worst horrors of +its awful reality. The contrasts make his book an ugly and convincing +testament.”--Michael Straight, in the _New Republic_. + + + GORDON, MANYA. _Workers Before and After Lenin._ Dutton. 1941. 524 pp. + +A detailed study of conditions among the laboring classes in Russia +from the 1890’s to the present, with statistics wherever they can be +obtained. The author, born in Russia and educated in the United States, +points out the fact that many Russian statistics are unreliable, and +cites discrepancies. Among the subjects covered are insurance, wages, +housing, dress, factory conditions, social security, education and +the condition of the peasants. “Manya Gordon has performed a genuine +service to the cause of historical truth by puncturing almost beyond +the possibility of revival the legend that, whatever may be its +defects, the Soviet regime represents a vast forward step, especially +for the masses.”--W. H. Chamberlin, in _The New York Times_. + + + GOUGH, G. W. _The Economic Consequences of Socialism._ London: Allan. + 1926. 178 pp. + +“A keen criticism of current Socialist proposals and particularly of +the writings of Mr. and Mrs. Sidney Webb and Mr. Tawney. Mr. Gough +merits the compliment of being compared with Mr. Hartley Withers in the +power of dealing with economic complexities in a light and readable +style. It is one of the best criticisms of Socialist theories that has +appeared in recent years.”--PI. + + + GOUZENKO, IGOR. _The Iron Curtain._ Dutton. 1948. 279 pp. + +Autobiography of the young Russian code clerk, attached to the Canadian +Soviet Embassy, who revealed to Canadian authorities the existence of +a plot to turn over atomic bomb secrets to Russian spies. “The entire +narrative is notable for its simplicity, humility, and candor. ‘We +have been impressed,’ said the Royal Commission appointed in Canada to +investigate this matter, ‘with the sincerity of the man, and with the +manner in which he gave his evidence.’”--Asher Brynes, in _The Saturday +Review of Literature_. + + + GRAHAM, F. D. _Social Goals and Economic Institutions._ Princeton + University Press. 1942. 273 pp. + +An attempt to describe the ethical, political, and economic policies +and institutions that would best embody liberal values. + + + GRAY, ALEXANDER. _The Socialist Tradition: Moses to Lenin._ Longmans, + Green. 1946. 523 pp. + +A scholarly, witty and unsympathetic survey, by the professor of +political economy at the University of Edinburgh, of socialist +thinking. “Professor Gray has made a unique contribution, even to the +already voluminous literature about socialism and socialists. The book +does not, as the author himself hastens to make clear in the prologue, +‘aim at being a history of socialist thought.’ Still less is it a +history of the socialist movement. Rather, it is a series of studies +of the ideas of certain individuals who stand high in the socialist +tradition.... Students of socialist thought will be interested by the +fresh viewpoint and the unquestionable depth of scholarship which +Professor Gray brings to his consideration of even the familiar +landmarks. His erudition is almost incredible, and he writes with grace +and charm enlivened by frequent splashes of wit.”--Hilden Gibson, in +the _American Political Science Review_. + + + GRIFFIN, CLARE E. _Enterprise in a Free Society._ Chicago: Richard D. + Irwin. 1949. 573 pp. + +“This book is a timely and useful addition to the literature of +American capitalism. Within its 573 closely printed pages of text, +containing more than 250,000 words, Professor Griffin has given +a systematic and scholarly treatment of enterprise in American +society--its functions, motivations, consequences and the environmental +conditions that facilitate it.”--N. H. Jacoby, in the _American +Economic Review_. + + + GROS, J. M. _Le Mouvement Littéraire Socialiste._ Paris. 1904. + +“This well-written book, almost exclusively confining itself to +France, deals with the aid which poets and other authors have given to +Socialism since 1830.”--PI. + + + GURIAN, WALDEMAR. _Bolshevism._ University of Notre Dame Press. 1952. + 189 pp. + +An introduction to Soviet communism. “Some excellent source +material--verified citations from the writings of Lenin and +Stalin--supplements and completes this highly valuable and instructive +work, which is at once scholarly and unpretentious.”--W. H. Chamberlin. + + + GUYOT, YVES. _Economic Prejudices._ London: Sonnenschein. 1910. 166 pp. + +“To a superficial reader this book might leave an impression of +M. Yves Guyot as a rather extreme doctrinaire free trader, but on +its appearance it received a great deal of praise from the British +Conservative Press.... The most valuable part of the book is its +analysis of current Socialist and Labor fallacies. It is written in the +form of a dialogue.”--PI. + + + GUYOT, YVES. _La Démocratie Individualiste._ Paris: Giard & Brière. + 1907. + +“As a champion of liberty M. Yves Guyot is a worthy disciple and +successor of Bastiat, although he is a little less optimistic than his +master. _La Démocratie Individualiste_ contains an excellent short +account of the evolution of Individualism, and a brief statement and +explanation of the doctrine.”--PI. + + + GUYOT, YVES. _Principles of Social Economy._ Scribner’s. 1892. 305 pp. + +“A live and original introduction to the study of the subject. It +is particularly valuable for its chapters on ‘State Intervention in +Economics’ and ‘The Province of the State.’”--PI. + + + HABERLER, GOTTFRIED VON. _The Theory of International Trade._ London: + Hodge. 1936. 408 pp. + +“This is a systematic treatise written primarily for the specialist.... +The author makes the most devastating attack on the whole +paraphernalia of tariffs, quotas, and exchange restrictions that has +come from the pen of any living writer.”--_Manchester Guardian._ “The +most important and comprehensive study of the subject since Taussig’s +_International Trade_.”--_New Statesman and Nation._ + + + HACKER, LOUIS M. _The Triumph of American Capitalism._ Simon & + Schuster. 1940. (Columbia University Press. 1947.) 460 pp. + +A study of the development of forces in American history to the end of +the nineteenth century. “Mr. Hacker has written a remarkable book. It +is not a systematic history of the economic development of the American +people ... [but] an interpretive study, much of it brilliant and all +of it suggestive.... At various points ... the author is tempted +into generalizations which will make all but the hardened economic +determinist blench ... but these passages ... do not greatly impair the +essential merit of his volume.”--Allan Nevins. + + + HAHN, L. ALBERT. _The Economics of Illusion._ New York: Squier + Publishing Co. 1949. 273 pp. + +In my introduction to this book I wrote: “Dr. Hahn enjoys an enormous +advantage as an analyst of Keynesian fallacies. As he has reminded +us himself: ‘All that is wrong and exaggerated in Keynes I said much +earlier and more clearly.’... There is no more important task for the +economic theorist today than to disentangle the network of confusion +and error that now goes under the name of the Keynesian Revolution. +Until this work has been thoroughly done, clarity and real progress +in economics will not be possible. There is no more sophisticated, +penetrating and thorough guide in this task than Albert Hahn.” + + + HAHN, L. ALBERT. _Wirtschaftswissenschaft des gesunden + Menschenverstandes._ Frankfurt-am-Main: Verlag Fritz Knapp. 1954. 280 + pp. + +The author describes a “model” of the economic process based on +neo-classical as opposed to Keynesian thinking. It is written as an +introduction to economics for students as well as a “minimum economics” +for educated businessmen. A French translation has appeared under the +title _Notions Pratiques d’Économie Politique_. (Paris: Librairie de +Médicis. 1954.) An American edition is in preparation. + + + HALÉVY, ÉLIE. _L’Ère des Tyrannies._ Paris: Gallimard. 1938. 249 pp. + +A discussion of “the era of despotisms.” English versions of two of +the most important essays in this volume will be found in _Economica_, +February, 1941, and in _International Affairs_, 1934. + + + HAMILTON, ALEXANDER; MADISON, JAMES; AND JAY, JOHN. _The Federalist._ + 1787. Many editions. (Random House. 1941.) 618 pp. + +A collection of eighty-five articles in defense of the American +Constitution. All but eight appeared originally in the New York press, +between October 1787 and May 1788. + +“It remains a classic commentary, not merely on American constitutional +law, but on the principles of government generally. Guizot said of +it that ‘in its application of elementary principles of government +to practical administration’ it was the greatest work he knew, and +Chancellor Kent declared it--quite justly--to be ‘equally admirable +in the depth of its wisdom, the comprehensiveness of its views, +the sagacity of its reflections, and the fearlessness, patriotism, +candor, simplicity and elegance with which its truths are uttered and +recommended,’”--_Encyclopaedia Britannica._ + +More than half of the articles were written by Hamilton. Madison’s +contributions “advocated a system of government in which democracy +should be reconciled with the security of private rights. He saw that +the central problem of democracy is not the maintenance of equality but +the preservation of liberty.”--William Carpenter in the _Encyclopaedia +of the Social Sciences_. + + + HANEY, LEWIS H. _History of Economic Thought._ Macmillan. 1911, etc. + 1949. 957 pp. + +A critical account of the origin and development of the economic +theories of leading thinkers in the leading nations. “Professor Haney, +in addressing himself to the truly colossal task of writing of the +totality of economic thought, has provided for the student by far the +most comprehensive text for the study of this subject now available in +the English language. By and large, the subject matter is well chosen +and well arranged.”--J. M. Ferguson, on third edition, in _American +Economic Review_, 1936. + + + HANEY, LEWIS H. _How You Really Earn Your Living._ Prentice-Hall. + 1952. 282 pp. + +This is intended to be “Every Man’s Guide to American Economics.” It +is an admirable introductory volume written with great clearness and +simplicity. In addition to chapters on such central problems as market +value, money, production and distribution, there is a chapter on public +vs. private enterprise, and two chapters on “Seven Ways to Lose Freedom +or Save It.” + + + HANEY, LEWIS H. _Economics in a Nutshell._ Macmillan. 1933. 213 pp. + +Most of these short discussions appeared originally in the author’s +column in the _New York Evening Journal_. They contain a condensed +statement of the principles of economics as taught to Professor Haney’s +classes in New York University. + + + HARPER, F. A. _Crisis of the Free Market._ New York: National + Industrial Conference Board. 1945. 83 pp. + +This study, while aimed particularly at the policy of control during +reconversion from a war to a peace basis, provides a simple exposition +of some of the fundamental facts and principles that form the framework +of a voluntary society and a free economy. + + + HARPER, F. A. _Liberty: A Path to Its Recovery._ Irvington, N. Y.: + Foundation for Economic Education. 1949. 159 pp. + +An analysis of the nature of individual liberty, a measurement of how +much remains, and a program to regain what has been lost. The author +explains how liberty in every other area rests on its preservation in +the economic sphere. + + + HARRIS, S. HUTCHINSON. _Auberon Herbert: Crusader for Liberty._ + London: Williams & Norgate. 1943. 382 pp. + +The biography of an individualist whose works are discussed in the +present bibliography. + + + HASKELL, HENRY J. _The New Deal in Old Rome._ Knopf. 1939. 269 pp. + +In his preface the author, editor of the _Kansas City Star_, says: +“To prevent any misconception let me say that this book is neither a +criticism nor a defense of the New Deal. It is an attempt to provide an +objective survey of instances of government intervention in the ancient +world. Many of these were so like experiments tried in the United +States in recent years that they may fairly be classed as New Deal +measures. I have tried to show what these experiments were, why they +were tried, and how they worked. Making allowance for the differences +between ancient and modern society, I have ventured to call attention +to certain warning signals from the past.” + + + HAYEK, FRIEDRICH A. _The Road to Serfdom._ University of Chicago + Press. 1944. 250 pp. + +Reviewing this book in _The New York Times_ of Sept. 23, 1944, I +wrote: “In _The Road to Serfdom_ Friedrich A. Hayek has written one of +the most important books of our generation. It restates for our time +the issue between liberty and authority with the power and rigor of +reasoning that John Stuart Mill stated the issue for his own generation +in his great essay, ‘On Liberty.’ It throws a brilliant light along the +direction in which the world has been heading, first slowly, but now +at an accelerative rate, for the last half-century. It is an arresting +call to all well-intentioned planners and socialists, to all those who +are sincere democrats and liberals at heart, to stop, look, and listen.” + +“Although,” Hayek writes, “we had been warned by some of the greatest +political thinkers of the nineteenth century, by de Tocqueville and +Lord Acton, that socialism means slavery, we have steadily moved +in the direction of socialism.... We are rapidly abandoning not +the views merely of Cobden and Bright, of Adam Smith and Hume, or +even of Locke and Milton, but one of the salient characteristics of +Western civilization as it has grown from the foundations laid by +Christianity and the Greeks and Romans. Not merely nineteenth- and +eighteenth-century liberalism, but the basic individualism inherited by +us from Erasmus and Montaigne, from Cicero and Tacitus, Pericles and +Thucydides, is progressively relinquished.” + + + HAYEK, FRIEDRICH A. _Individualism and Economic Order._ University of + Chicago Press. 1948. 271 pp. + +A collection of a dozen essays, some on various aspects of the +philosophy of individualism, and others on technical economic subjects. +For the purposes of this bibliography by far the most important +essay is the first: “Individualism: True and False,” which every +individualist who desires to avoid or combat confusion should study. +Other excellent essays deal with The Use of Knowledge in Society, +The Meaning of Competition, “Free” Enterprise and Competitive Order, +and Socialist Calculation. All of these essays bring great learning +and intelligence to bear upon economic and social issues of central +importance to our era. Every open-minded reader of this book will +find his own understanding of these questions enriched, clarified and +deepened. + + + HAYEK, FRIEDRICH A. _The Counter-Revolution of Science._ Glencoe, + Ill.: Free Press. 1952. 255 pp. + +This book is divided into two parts. The first is an acute and abstract +study of the essential differences in method required in the study of +the physical sciences on the one hand and the social sciences on the +other. An uncritical and slavish imitation in the social studies of the +methods, concepts and language of physics or engineering is condemned +by Professor Hayek as “scientism.” He goes on to show how “scientism” +produces as its logical corollaries collectivism, Marxism and other +forms of economic planning through centralized coercion. + +The second part of the book is historical. It gives an amusing as well +as enlightening account of the common origin of “scientism,” positivism +and socialism in the environment of the great engineering school of +Paris, the _École polytechnique_. It traces the intellectual histories +of Henri de Saint-Simon, Auguste Comte, and others, and shows how +their ideas gave birth to “the religion of the engineers,” merged +with German Hegelianism, led to Karl Marx (who borrowed heavily from +the Saint-Simonians as well as from Hegel), and is still seen in the +engine-room outlook and pseudo-science which today threaten to reverse +the historical trend toward greater freedom. + + + HAYEK, F. A. _John Stuart Mill and Harriet Taylor._ University of + Chicago Press. 1951. 320 pp. + +In his _Autobiography_, John Stuart Mill gave a highly extravagant +account of the moral and intellectual qualities of Mrs. Harriet Taylor, +who finally became his wife, and of her influence on his writings. +Until quite recently, little has been known of the facts behind +this tribute. But much of the correspondence between Mill and Mrs. +Taylor came into the hands of various libraries in 1922 and 1927, and +Professor Hayek (in 1951) gathered and published this material in the +present book. It indicates that Mrs. Taylor did exercise considerable +influence over the less technical aspects of Mill’s thought. Whether +this influence was on net balance for good or ill, the individual +reader can decide for himself. But the evidence is clear that it was +Harriet Taylor who was largely responsible for Mill’s retraction of +most of his opposition to socialism as expressed in the first edition +of his _Political Economy_, and for his far more sympathetic attitude +in the third edition. It was Michael St. John Packe’s ability to draw +heavily on the material in the present book that enabled him to add so +much to our knowledge of Mill in his admirable _Life of John Stuart +Mill_ (q.v.) published in 1954. + + + HAYEK, F. A. _The Political Ideal of the Rule of Law._ Cairo: National + Bank of Egypt. 1955. 79 pp. + +Professor Hayek, although internationally best known as an economist, +was by original training a lawyer. This book reprints lectures he +delivered at the invitation of the National Bank of Egypt. They begin +with an historical survey of the evolution of freedom and the Rule +of Law in Britain, France, Germany, and America. They emphasize such +safeguards of individual liberty as the generality, equality, and +certainty of the law. The final lecture discusses the decline of the +Rule of Law, particularly in England and the United States. + + + HAYEK, F. A. (ed.). _Capitalism and the Historians._ University of + Chicago Press. 1954. 194 pp. + +A provocative set of essays, several of which are brilliant, which +argue that capitalism, even in the days of the Manchester slums and +the child worker, was an immediate positive social good. The authors +hold--from actual case studies of the English worker, his work, and +his times--that the prevalent belief in the immediate evil of the +Industrial Revolution is a myth, perpetuated by a few historians and +intellectuals. The contributors are F. A. Hayek, T. S. Ashton, Louis +Hacker, W. H. Hutt, and Bertrand de Jouvenel. + + + HAYEK, FRIEDRICH A. (ed.). _Collectivist Economic Planning._ London: + Routledge. 1935. 293 pp. + +This is a collection of critical studies on the possibilities of +socialism by N. G. Pierson, Ludwig von Mises, George Halm, and Enrico +Barone. A central subject is the possibility of economic calculation +under socialism. Professor Hayek contributes an admirable introduction +on the “Nature and History of the Problem” and a final chapter on the +“Present State of the Debate.” + + + HAZLITT, HENRY. _Economics in One Lesson._ Harper. 1946. (Paperbound + 1952.) edition: Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation for Economic Education. + 222 pp. + +“Mr. Hazlitt writes strictly in terms of economics, urging upon his +readers to look not merely at the immediate but also at the larger +effects of an act or a policy.... [He] resents the travesty that many +of his fellow economists have made of their profession. And so he has +gone back patiently to first principles, proving once more that public +works must be paid for by taxes, that taxes discourage production, +that the invention of labor-saving machinery releases men to do other +productive things, that soldiers and bureaucrats live off the rest +of us, that tariffs make us collectively poorer, that exports must +be paid for by imports, that ‘parity’ prices in agriculture do not +solve the ‘farm problem,’ that you cannot produce for use except by +producing for the profit that will enable you to buy other things for +use, that government price-fixing increases the scarcity it is supposed +to alleviate, that inflation is a form of taxation that exempts no +one, that a still poverty-stricken world needs more ‘saving’ and not +more ‘spending,’ that unions defeat themselves when they press for an +uneconomic wage, and that the way to be sane is to look for the hidden +long-term effects of a proposition on the whole social fabric as well +as its effect here and now on Joe Doakes.”--John Chamberlain, in _The +New York Times_. + + + HAZLITT, HENRY. _The Great Idea._ Appleton-Century-Crofts. 1951. 374 + pp. + +This is written as a novel, set in the future, in a completely +communized world, from which every trace of the former capitalist +civilization has been removed; but in trying to solve their problems +the people of this world rediscover democracy and the free enterprise +system. I used this story-and-dialogue form because it seemed to me +not only the most effective way to dramatize the contrast between +communism and socialism on the one hand and capitalism or a free market +economy on the other, but the most effective way to explain some of the +fundamental and even abstruse problems involved in the choice. + +The theme of the book might also be stated in the form: If capitalism +did not exist, it would be necessary to invent it--and its discovery +would be rightly regarded as one of the great triumphs of the human +mind. + +The title of the British edition of the book is _Time Will Run Back_ +(London: Ernest Benn). + + + HAZLITT, HENRY. _Will Dollars Save the World?_ Irvington, N. Y.: + Foundation for Economic Education. 1947. 95 pp. + +A critical examination of the Marshall Plan, made when it was first +proposed. It analyzes the fallacies behind most of the American +inter-governmental “foreign-aid” programs, the controlist, statist or +socialist assumptions implicit in them, and their consequent tendency +to encourage and prolong controls, statism and socialism in the nations +receiving aid. A 48-page pamphlet, also by the present author and under +the imprint of the same publisher, makes a similar analysis of the +_Illusions of Point Four_ (1950). + + + HEARNSHAW, F. J. C. _A Survey of Socialism: Analytical, Historical, + and Critical._ Macmillan. 1929. 473 pp. + +“An unusually able student of the literature of liberty speaks of +Hearnshaw’s _A Survey of Socialism_ as the only thing of its kind in +existence. And were there many competitors, one would expect this to +be acclaimed the best. Written by an outstanding British historian in +a period when Britain had many and the United States had few, this +is a reference book on socialism which anyone fortunate enough to +possess a copy will want at his elbow. It treats persons, ideas, and +programs from the earliest ancient times. Its depth and thoroughness +reflect the forty years study of socialism which preceded its being +written. Starting as a socialist sympathizer, his study radically +altered his view to one of its most learned historical critics. He +makes socialism a tragic drama on a literary stage where important +personages from Moses onward take their places in the unfolding events +and concepts.”--F. A. Harper. + + + HEARNSHAW, F. J. C. _Democracy and Labor._ Macmillan. 1924. 274 pp. + +“A vigorous attack on Socialism chiefly on the grounds that it is +undemocratic. Democracy is held, rather optimistically, perhaps, to +be the most effective means of securing freedom. The author, who +is an eminent historian, is an Individualist of the Conservative +school defending existing society on the grounds that it is based on +Individualism. “It is becoming evident that the supreme issue of the +day is the issue of Socialism versus Individualism: of Authority versus +Freedom ... of the maintenance of the Existing Order versus Utopian +and Revolutionary Reconstruction.” The book is a sequel to and in some +respects a revision and abridgment of _Democracy at the Cross-Ways_, +published in 1918. It is often witty and epigrammatic.”--PI. + + + HECKSCHER, E. _Mercantilism._ Macmillan. 1935. 2 vols. 472 pp. 419 pp. + +An effort has recently been made (e.g., by the late Lord Keynes and +some of his disciples) to resuscitate mercantilism and to pretend that +the mercantilists were more nearly right than Adam Smith and their +other liberal critics. Anyone who is inclined to take this argument +seriously, or to believe in modern State “planning” (which is little +more than a revival of mercantilism) would do well to read this +book by a Swedish economic historian. Here is a passage concerning +French mercantilism during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries +(p. 173): “It is estimated that the economic measures taken in this +connection cost the lives of some 16,000 people, partly through +executions and partly through armed affrays, without reckoning the +unknown but certainly much larger number of people who were sent to +the galleys or punished in other ways. On one occasion in Valence, 77 +were sent to the galleys, one was set free and none were pardoned. +But even this vigorous action did not help to attain the desired end. +Printed calicoes spread more and more widely among all classes of the +population, in France as everywhere else.” + + + HEILPERIN, MICHAEL A. _The Trade of Nations._ Knopf. 1947. 1952. 302 + pp. + +Intended as a book for the intelligent layman interested in the +workings of the world economy, as well as a guide and reference for +the professional economist. “In contemporary economic literature +this book fills a niche that has been empty far too long. Michael +Heilperin presents a spirited and intelligent defense of economic +internationalism and its twin, free enterprise in international trade +and investment, and a refutation of both the traditional and the new +collectivist protectionism.”--_Fortune._ + + + HENDERSON, H. D. _Supply and Demand._ Harcourt, Brace. 1922. 181 pp. + +“The best short exposition of the standpoint of the modern ‘Cambridge +School’ of economists. It is a very clearly written text-book, and the +first chapter, ‘The Economic World,’ gets right to the heart of what +may be called the _Laissez-faire_-Socialist controversy. The existence +of an anti-Individualist bias may be suspected in his allusion to +attempts by some persons to glorify the existing system of society +whilst ‘plastering over’ such things as wastefulness in production, +sweating, unemployment and slums. A reference to Bastiat suggests that +Mr. Henderson has in mind those people who believe that the evils +referred to are largely caused or aggravated by irrational government +interferences with forces that he himself regards as fundamental.”--PI. + + + HERBERT, AUBERON. _A Politician in Trouble About His Soul._ Chapman & + Hall. 1884. + +“This publicist, who (as will be acknowledged by all who had the good +fortune to meet him) was one of the most charming personalities of +his day, deserves considerably more attention than he has received. +Accepting Herbert Spencer’s strict Individualist creed, Herbert gave +up his political career and devoted himself to its propagation in a +form so thorough that to his contemporaries he appeared as a modern +Don Quixote tilting at windmills. He long provided funds for a little +journal called _Free Life_, whose main tenet was voluntary taxation. +Auberon Herbert’s proposals were derided as ‘Anarchy plus a Policeman,’ +and they were too extreme for practical politics at a time when +Socialism had not become formidable or very mischievous. It may be, +however, that the spirit of Auberon Herbert will revive and inspire a +new generation in England. + +“_A Politician_ is a charmingly written dialogue in which a Member +of Parliament announces to his friends his intention of giving up +his political career and entering upon a crusade for ‘the perfect +creed of liberty which he found in the writings of Herbert Spencer.’ +Doubtless, the zeal of the new convert went far beyond that of his +master; Herbert admits this with his accustomed candor and urbanity. +‘Would Mr. Spencer, do you think, agree to all these applications of +his principle?’ asked Argus. ‘I fear that Mr. Spencer would dissent. +You must not regard him as responsible for any corollaries which I have +drawn.’”--PI. + + + HERBERT, AUBERON. _The Voluntarist Creed._ Oxford University Press. + 1908. 107 pp. + +“The swan-song of Auberon Herbert--the latter half was finished a few +days before his death. The first, ‘Mr. Spencer and the Great Machine,’ +was delivered in the Sheldonian Theatre at Oxford. The second, +‘The Great Machine,’ was addressed principally to the ‘workers.’ +He entreated his audience: ‘Don’t believe in suppressing by force +any form of evil--always excepting direct attacks upon person and +property.’ He declared that ‘these new bonds and restrictions in which +the nations of today have allowed themselves to be entangled’ merely +prepare ‘docile and obedient State-material, ready-made for taxation, +ready-made for conscription--ready-made for the ambitious aims and ends +of the rulers.’ He tells the wage-earners: ‘Property is the great and +good inducement that will call out your efforts and energies for the +remaking of the present form of society.’ No man has suffered more than +Auberon Herbert from his contempt of the Time Spirit, and, undoubtedly, +there was in his own day only a small audience for his creed. But the +battle is not over, and he showed a way to success. The ‘selfish’ +system of Bentham may repel sentimentalists and altruists. Auberon +Herbert aimed at giving Individualism a noble spiritual significance. +His writings are worthy of careful study, though he underestimated the +value and possibilities of the modern State as a means of organizing +public-spirited activity. In the eighteenth century the State was +regarded, with considerable justification, as hostile to liberty. +This was Herbert’s view, and since his death the extension of State +functions has made another revival of Individualism imperative in order +to save Democracy from itself.”--PI. + + + HERLING, ALBERT K. _The Soviet Slave Empire._ Funk. 1951. 230 pp. + +An exposé of slave labor in the U.S.S.R. and its satellite countries. +The report contains reprinted photostats of documents from the files +of the Russian secret police. The author is a Unitarian minister who +temporarily left his parish to devote himself to investigating this new +slavery. He became director of research for the commission of inquiry +into forced labor, which was set up in December 1948. + + + HERMANS, FERDINAND. _Democracy or Anarchy?_ University of Chicago + Press. 1940. (University of Notre Dame. 1951). 447 pp. + +This study presents the arguments against proportional representation +and in favor of majority rule. “What the conservatives have lacked up +to now has been a well-documented scholarly analysis of the failure +of proportional representation where it has been tried, and of the +appalling contribution which this gadget has made to the growth of +communism, fascism and other undemocratic phenomena. Professor Hermans, +who has long since been regarded as a leading authority in this field, +has now filled the gap by an excellent volume entitled _Democracy or +Anarchy?_”--Robert Moses, in the _Political Science Quarterly_. + + + HEWART OF BURY, LORD. _The New Despotism._ London: Ernest Benn. 1929. + 311 pp. + +By the “new despotism” the author, who at the time of the appearance of +this book in 1929 was Lord Chief Justice of England, means the danger +which threatens the institutions of self-government through the steady +encroachment of the executive upon the powers of the legislative and +judiciary. His book is a strong argument against bureaucracy--the +practice by which Parliament delegates wide powers of legislation +to government departments and commissions. “Lord Hewart’s new book +is a political event of first-rate importance.”--_Saturday Review._ +“Lord Hewart proves his case. He gives chapter and verse for all his +accusations.”--_Spectator._ + + + HEWES, THOMAS. _Decentralization for Liberty._ Dutton. 1947. 238 pp. + +“Mr. Hewes’ legal background, his obviously extensive studies of the +literature on liberty, much experience in public service, and keen +insight have enabled him to see clearly the great problem that Western +Civilization must solve if it is to survive. In terms understandable +to the layman he has described the principal features of this problem. +That accomplishment alone is a meritorious public service.”--American +Institute for Economic Research. + + + HIRST, FRANCIS W. _Early Life and Letters of John Morley._ Macmillan. + 1927. 2 vols. 327 pp. 285 pp. + +Morley’s “political doctrine,” writes Hirst, “unites the traditions +of the philosophical Radicals and of the Manchester School. Disciple +of Mill, biographer of Cobden, friend of John Bright, favorite and +most trusted colleague of Gladstone in his two last administrations, +he held in later years a unique position as the philosophic guide of +English Liberals.” As Morley was the disciple of Mill, Hirst was the +disciple of Morley; and Hirst has been himself described as “the most +distinguished Cobdenite spokesman and political philosopher of his +generation.” He died in 1953, in his eightieth year. He was editor of +the London _Economist_ from 1907 to 1916, honorable fellow of Wadham +College, Oxford, and governor of the London School of Economics. + + + HIRST, FRANCIS W. _Adam Smith._ Macmillan. 1904. 240 pp. + +A standard biography. + + + HIRST, FRANCIS W. _Life and Letters of Thomas Jefferson._ Macmillan. + 1926. 588 pp. + +A full biography of a great individualist statesman. + + + HOFF, TRYGVE J. B. _Economic Calculation in the Socialist Society._ + 1938. London: Hodge. 1949. 264 pp. + +This book by a distinguished Norwegian economist and editor originally +appeared in Norway in 1938 and was not translated into English until +1949. In it Dr. Hoff examines the crucial question whether economic +calculation is or is not possible in a completely socialist society. He +concludes, with Drs. Mises and Hayek, that it is not. “Very balanced +and fair.... It is a pleasure to read such a scholarly, clear and +patient exposition.”--H. D. Dickenson, in _The Economic Journal_. + + + HOFF, TRYGVE J. B. _Fred og Fremtid. Liberokratiets vei._ Oslo: H. + Aschehoug. 1945. 500 pp. + +This is a book by an eminent Norwegian economist, editor of the +magazine _Farmand_, published in Oslo. The book was written during +World War II, the last chapter in a German concentration camp. It is +a homage to Western culture and stresses the necessity of opposition +to collectivist and Asiatic ideals, to the extent that the latter are +fundamentally aggressive. + +The book is also a plea for a new liberalism to which Mr. Hoff gives +the name “liberocracy.” In his own words: “Liberocracy is the name of +an economic and political system representing the best in liberalism, +in democracy and the aristocratic form of rule. It does not pretend to +be something new; it is a new name for a new combination of old but +revised ideas. Liberocracy means the rule of the free by the free. Its +central idea is freedom--freedom for the individual, freedom of press, +freedom for science and art, freedom to choose and exchange goods and +services within and outside national borders.” + +The Norwegian title may be translated as _Peace and Future: The Way of +Liberocracy_. + + + HOFFER, ERIC. _The True Believer._ Harper. 1951. 176 pp. + +This carries the subtitle, “Thoughts on the Nature of Mass Movements.” +It is a scholarly, witty, epigrammatic, sometimes flippant but usually +penetrating analysis of fanaticism, particularly in the political realm. + + + HOLYOAKE, G. J. _Self-Help a Hundred Years Ago._ London: Swan, + Sonnenschein. 1888. 214 pp. + +“Deals with the various elementary forms of self-help, in which +the poor with the assistance of the well-to-do engaged during the +darkest days of the Industrial Revolution. The spirit of the plucky, +self-reliant man in adversity is still valuable, perhaps more necessary +than ever. In our time we are too much inclined to scoff at thriftful +industry. Yet may we not expect a finer character from one who rises by +these means from poverty than from one who applies for the dole as soon +as he sees the approach of trouble?”--PI. + + + HOOK, SIDNEY. _Heresy, Yes, Conspiracy, No._ Day. 1953. 283 pp. + +A treatise on the nature of liberal thinking and its place in American +life, particularly in academic circles. The author is opposed to +communism because it is secret and conspiratorial, but holds that +the outspoken leftist critic should not be silenced. “A balanced and +incisive contribution.”--E. N. Case, in _The New York Times_. + + + HOOVER, HERBERT. _American Individualism._ Doubleday. 1922. 72 pp. + +A short but vigorous and important book, arguing for American +individualism, “our most precious possession,” and against governmental +encroachment on personal freedom, initiative and enterprise. + + + HOOVER, HERBERT. _Challenge to Liberty._ Scribner’s. 1934. 212 pp. + +“The challenge to liberty is, briefly, regimentation. This, as Mr. +Hoover points out, is close kin to Fascism, Communism, Nazism and +Socialism in that it implies that the individual is the pawn of the +state.”--_Books._ + + + HOOVER, HERBERT. _Memoirs: The Great Depression._ Macmillan. 1951. 503 + pp. + +The third volume of ex-President Hoover’s memoirs covers the years +1929 to 1941. In it he reviews the great depression era and gives his +defense of his administration in Washington. “Mr. Hoover has turned +his pen to a great penetrating analysis of the causes of the great +depression, that economic catastrophe that nearly overwhelmed the +Western world in 1929 and the years immediately after. Unthinking or +malicious people have often dubbed this ‘Hoover’s depression,’ one of +the basest slanders of this century. The mountain of facts presented in +this book should do much to sound the death knell of this calumny.”--W. +H. Baker, in the _San Francisco Chronicle_. + + + HOPKINSON, AUSTIN. _The Hope of the Workers._ London: Martin + Hopkinson. 1923. 104 pp. + +“The point of view of one who has himself been successful as an +employer and is well known as an Individualist. In form a criticism of +the Socialist attitude and an exposure of Socialist fallacies, the book +is addressed as much to employers as to the work people of the country. +Mr. Hopkinson believes that the survival of Socialist fallacies has +been largely due to the fact that those who support the Individualist +system have failed to show clearly that ‘they do so, not for their own +selfish ends, but because it is the one system under which prosperity +and liberty can be secured to the people.’”--PI. + + + HUGHES, FRANK. _Prejudice and the Press._ Devin-Adair. 1950. 654 pp. + +A restatement of the principle of freedom of the press with specific +reference to the Hutchins-Luce commission. “_Prejudice and the Press_ +cannot be shrugged off. It presents a considerable body of authentic +material, with citations and some documentation, which goes to the +heart of the issues discussed in _A Free and Responsible Press_ and +which upsets many of the too facile generalizations of the group +responsible for that ‘report.’”--F. L. Mott, in the _New York Herald +Tribune_. + + + HUME, DAVID. _Essays Moral, Political and Literary._ 1741-2. Numerous + editions. 616 pp. + +Although Adam Smith referred to David Hume in his _Wealth of Nations_ +as “by far the most illustrious philosopher and historian of the +present age,” even professional economists seldom seem to recognize +the great intellectual debt that Smith owed to his older friend +Hume, not merely in general philosophy but in the special realm of +economics. These essays, published more than thirty years before _The +Wealth of Nations_, embody many important ideas which Adam Smith later +expanded and pushed further. The most important economic essays are +Of Commerce, Of the Balance of Trade, Of the Jealousy of Trade, Of +Money, Of Interest, Of Taxes, and Of Public Credit. In addition there +are political essays, Of the Liberty of the Press, Of the Independence +of Parliament, and Of Civil Liberty, that stand among the earlier +developments of the modern philosophy of individualism. Hume was hardly +less distinguished for the excellence of his literary style than for +the originality and acuteness of his ideas. + + + HUNOLD, ALBERT (ed.). _Die Konvertibilität der europäischen + Währungen._ Zurich: Eugen Rentsch. 1954. 336 pp. + +An anthology on the measures that can be taken to bring about a +return to freedom of currency convertibility. The contributors +include G. Haberler, P. Jacobson, W. Röpke, G. Carli, F. Collin, H. +Germain-Martin, H. Homberger, J. E. Meade, F. W. Meyer, S. Posthuma, +and F. A. Lutz. + + + HUNT, R. N. CAREW. _Marxism: Past and Present._ Macmillan. 1955. + +“It is a worthwhile endeavor to put the claims of Marxism through the +wringer of factual analysis. This is what a British scholar, Mr. R. +N. Carew Hunt, has now done with conspicuous success.... One Marxian +dogma after another is fairly stated, examined and dismissed with +the reasoned verdict: disproved or unprovable. From this searching +examination a very deflated Marx emerges, stripped of all pretension to +be recognized as a seer of the shape of things to come, or even as a +reasonably accurate guesser.”--William Henry Chamberlin. + +The author pronounces this final judgment on utopianism in general +and Marxism in particular: “It is easy enough to attack any economic +system, as it is certain to contain features which are open to +criticism, and to make large promises of replacing it by a new order of +ideal harmony. But in an imperfect world no such order is attainable. +‘It is a disease of the soul,’ says a Grecian sage, ‘to be in love with +impossible things.’” + + + HUNT, R. N. CAREW. _The Theory and Practice of Communism._ Macmillan. + 1951. 231 pp. + +“The book falls into three sections. The first deals with the basis of +Communist theory as laid down by Marx and Engels, which is still the +official creed of the movement. The second covers the development of +the European labor movement in the Nineteenth Century, with special +reference to Marxist influence upon it and to the cross-currents of +opinion which arose by way of reaction to his doctrines.... The third +brings us to the period when the revolutionary movement begins to be +shaped by Russia, which has since directed it, and deals with the +attempts by Lenin and Stalin to apply Marxist principles to the changed +conditions of the present century.”--From the Foreword. “With a single +demurrer, I recommend _The Theory and Practice of Communism_ as a book +that every man of politics, and every one prone to get into political +arguments, ought to carry in his pocket.”--Max Eastman, in _The New +York Times_. + + + HUNTER, EDWARD. _Brain-Washing in Red China._ Vanguard Press. 1951. + 311 pp. + +The calculated destruction of men’s minds. “One of the largest and +most important jobs confronting the initial band of Chinese Communists +was to subject their citizens to ‘brainwashing’ in order to rid them +of ‘imperialist poison’ and to qualify them for their position in the +‘new democracy.’... The author interviewed at length returnees from +the mainland to Hongkong, and his story is a horribly incredible one +of exploitation of human nature, destruction of individualism, and +intellectual conquest.”--_Library Journal._ “Mr. Hunter points up the +basic issue of the struggle between Communism and democracy--that +is, that Communism means the end of individual freedom. He says that +we must find means of checking the psychological offensive of the +Communist world if we ourselves are to be safe from brain washing and +brain changing.”--A. T. Steele, in the _New York Herald Tribune_. + + + HUTT, W. H. _The Theory of Collective Bargaining._ 1930. Glencoe, + Ill.: Free Press. 1954. 150 pp. + +This is a short but lucid and penetrating “history, analysis and +criticism of the principal theories which have sought to explain +the effects of trade unions and employers’ associations upon the +distribution of the product of industry.” As Ludwig von Mises writes +in his preface to the 1954 edition: “Professor Hutt’s brilliant essay +is not merely a contribution to the history of economic thought. It +is rather a critical analysis of the arguments advanced by economists +from Adam Smith down and by the spokesmen of the unions in favor of +the thesis that unionism can raise wage rates above the market level +without harm to anybody else than the ‘exploiters.’ As such it is of +utmost use not only to every student of economics but to everybody who +wants to form a well-founded opinion about one of the most vital as +well as most controversial political issues of our age.” + + + HUTT, W. H. _Plan for Reconstruction._ Oxford University Press. 1943. + 328 pp. + +Appearing during World War II, this presented Professor Hutt’s project +for victory in war and peace. “It is a careful and sound analysis of +all forms of restrictionism, and it is a skilful discussion of some of +the most important economic evils of our era.”--B. F. Hoselitz, in the +_American Journal of Sociology_. + + + HUXLEY, ALDOUS. _Brave New World._ Doubleday. 1932. 311 pp. + +A chilling satirical novel on the “brave new world” of the future, when +human liberty, dignity and individuality will have been systematically +destroyed by “scientific conditioning.” + + + HUXLEY, ALDOUS. _Ends and Means._ Harper. 1937. 386 pp. + +This book, which combines lucidity and insight with mysticism and +confusion, has a mixed value for the individualist. Reviewing it in +_The New York Times_ of Dec. 12, 1937, I wrote: “_Ends and Means_ +rests on the premise ... that the end cannot justify the means, +for the simple reason that the means employed inevitably determine +the nature of the ends produced. Hence Huxley is opposed to all +efforts to achieve a better world through the method of violence.... +He is against the ‘capitalistic system,’ or at least he thinks he +is.... Yet he fails to realize how much more opposed he is to the +real alternative to capitalism.... ‘State Socialism,’ he recognizes +explicitly at one point, ‘tends to produce a single centralized, +totalitarian dictatorship, wielding absolute authority over all its +subjects through a hierarchy of bureaucratic agents.’ The political +road to a better society, he tells us, on the other hand, is ‘the +road of decentralization and responsible self-government.’ But this +comes pretty close to being a definition of private enterprise in the +economic field.” + + + HYDE, DOUGLAS. _I Believed._ Putnam. 1950. 312 pp. + +Autobiographical account of how the author became a communist, worked +hard for many years in the British Communist Party, and then left the +party and became a convert to Catholicism. “This book is one of the +most interesting and revealing of the score or so of confessions by +ex-Communists.”--Freda Utley, in the _Chicago Sunday Tribune_. + + + JEFFERSON, THOMAS. _The Declaration of Independence._ 1776. 1 p. + +This is the most famous short statement in existence of the principles +of political liberty (with the possible exception of Magna Charta +[1215], if the two can be compared). Certainly, nothing bearing on +those principles is more often quoted than the second paragraph of the +Declaration, beginning: “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that +all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with +certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the +pursuit of Happiness.” Although Jefferson drew up the Declaration, it +was slightly amended by Adams and Franklin. + + + JEFFERSON, THOMAS. _The Life and Selected Writings of._ Many editions. + (Modern Library. 1944. 756 pp.) + +Every student of human liberty should know something of the philosophy +and writings of Jefferson (in addition to the Declaration of +Independence, here listed separately). There are several collections +and many selections. The volume listed above gives the _Notes on +Virginia_ and the _Autobiography_ virtually complete, and allots the +greatest amount of space to the letters. Jefferson was a staunch +champion of limited government and the diffusion and decentralization +of powers. He favored (p. 323) “a wise and frugal government, which +shall restrain men from injuring one another, which shall leave +them otherwise free to regulate their own pursuits of industry and +improvement, and shall not take from the mouth of labor the bread it +has earned. This is the sum of good government.” + + + JEVONS, W. STANLEY. _The Theory of Political Economy._ 1871. Numerous + editions. + +A work of epoch-making importance. John Maynard Keynes writes of it: +“Jevons’s _Theory_ is the first treatise to present in a finished +form the theory of value based on subjective valuations, the marginal +principle and the now familiar technique of the algebra and diagrams +of the subject. The first modern book on economics, it has proved +singularly attractive to all bright minds newly attacking the +subject;--simple, lucid, unfaltering, chiselled in stone where Marshall +knits in wool.” + + + JEVONS, W. STANLEY. _The State in Relation to Labor._ 1882. Macmillan. + 174 pp. + +In this book Jevons takes a cautious, intermediate position regarding +state intervention: “The all-important point,” he explains in the +preface, “is to explain if possible why, in general, we uphold the +rule of _laisser-faire_, and yet in large classes of cases invoke the +interference of local or central authorities.... The outcome of the +inquiry is that we can lay down no hard-and-fast rules, but must treat +every case in detail upon its merits.” But in his _Primer on Political +Economy_, published in 1878, he wrote, for example: “There is no reason +whatever to think that trades unions have had any permanent effect in +raising wages in the majority of trades.” + + + JEVONS, W. STANLEY. _The Coal Question._ 1865. Macmillan. 383 pp. + +This bears the subtitle: “An enquiry concerning the progress of +the nation, and the probable exhaustion of our coal mines.” It is +significant as foreseeing far in advance a physical condition which, +when it developed, was attributed to the wastefulness of private +competition and led to Britain’s futile nationalization of the coal +mines. + + + JEWKES, JOHN. _Ordeal by Planning._ Macmillan. 1948. 248 pp. + +The most forthright and powerful attack on government economic planning +that has appeared in England since Hayek’s _Road to Serfdom_. While it +lacks some of the philosophic penetration and depth of Hayek’s book, +it is more explicit and concrete. Its style is lively, sparkling, and +witty. Professor Jewkes was a wartime member of the British bureaucracy +and has seen central economic planning from the inside. “The planned +economy,” he concludes, “must finally destroy the very instruments +of free speech.... This is no accident.... It is due to the logical +incompatibility of a planned economy and freedom for the individual.... +There is no end to this process of seeking to cure the evils of +planning by more planning except a totalitarian economy of the Russian +type.” + + + JOSEPH, H. W. B. _The Labor Theory of Value in Karl Marx._ Oxford + University Press. 1923. 176 pp. + +Professor Joseph holds that the theory which finds an objective measure +of value for things in the labor embodied in them is fundamentally +false. The author is well known as a logician. The late L. Susan +Stebbing called his _Introduction to Logic_ “by far the best systematic +exposition of the traditional logic.” James Bonar wrote of the present +book in _The Economic Journal_: “It is not censure but commendation +that in showing [that Marx’s theory is false] Mr. Joseph follows +the lines of many predecessors, especially Böhm-Bawerk, that model +of conscientious thoroughness.... The book is sane and helpful. Its +discussions give good training in Applied Logic.” + + + JOUVENEL, BERTRAND DE. _The Ethics of Redistribution._ Cambridge + University Press. 1951. 91 pp. + +Deliberately putting aside the argument that current government efforts +to redistribute incomes reduce or destroy incentives, Baron de Jouvenel +seeks to deal with the subject on purely ethical grounds. Would +total equalization of incomes, he asks, even if it did not reduce +production, be good or desirable? Or does justice demand individual +rewards proportionate to the value of individual services? In an acute +and original discussion, de Jouvenel shows not only how disappointing +(in Great Britain, for example) the results of a further redistribution +of incomes would be, but how redistribution has turned out to mean in +effect “far less a redistribution of free income from the richer to +the poorer, as we imagined, than a redistribution of power from the +individual to the State.” + + + JOUVENEL, BERTRAND DE. _On Power._ Viking Press. 1949. 421 pp. + +“M. de Jouvenel, a French journalist and historian, who finished this +book in exile during the war, maintains that all power is corrupt, no +matter what political philosophy it is dedicated to. Even revolutions, +which break up special privilege in the name of the common good, are +the products of a desire for power, he believes, and the iniquities +of power cannot be prevented by putting philosophers, scientists, and +‘men of good will’ in high office, for as soon as they are on top, they +become politicians.... The book is not a tract, but a fully considered +line of thinking, and has caused a great deal of comment in Europe. An +important book, brilliantly written.”--_New Yorker._ + + + KALME, ALBERT. _Total Terror._ Appleton-Century-Crofts. 1951. 310 pp. + +An account of the fate of the three Baltic countries--Estonia, Latvia +and Lithuania--under the Nazis and the Russian communist regime. + + + KANTOROWICZ, HERMANN U. _The Spirit of British Policy, and the Myth of + the Encirclement of Germany._ Oxford University Press. 1931. 541 pp. + +The primary purpose of this scholarly and thorough book by an eminent +German jurist is to disprove the notion of the “encirclement” of +Germany through the operations of British diplomacy as a cause of World +War I. + + + KAPLAN, A. D. H. _Big Enterprise in the Competitive System._ Brookings + Institution. 1953. 269 pp. + +A careful statistical study which throws a brilliant light on the +question of bigness, monopoly, “oligopoly” and competition in American +industry. Dr. Kaplan shows, for example, that of the 100 largest +industrial firms in the United States in 1909 only 36 stayed in the +list of the 100 largest for 1948. “The top is a slippery place,” and +no safeguard against the hazards of competition. Dr. Kaplan points +out that the attitude of the American public toward “big business” +is oddly inconsistent. Individually, as investors, employees, and +consumers, the people support and promote the growth of big business +enterprises. But collectively they regard “big business” with distrust. + + + KASENKINA, OKSANA. _Leap to Freedom._ Lippincott. 1949. 295 pp. + +Autobiography of the Russian teacher, Oksana Kasenkina. “Her story +of the first faint glimmering of the idea of breaking away from the +soul-crushing tyranny which surrounded her, of the slow growth of her +hope and determination, of her first abortive attempt to pull free and +of her final desperate plunge from a window of the Soviet Consulate +into the courtyard below, and into the welcoming arms of America, make +up the best part of the book. Even though you know that she did escape, +the suspense at the end is terrific.”--Oriana Atkinson, in _The New +York Times_. + + + KEETON, G. W. _The Passing of Parliament._ London: Ernest Benn. 1952. + 208 pp. + +G. W. Keeton is dean of the Faculty of Laws at University College, +London. During the past seventy years, he points out, the British +Parliament, although still nominally supreme, has conferred on +government departments and agencies increasingly wide powers of +lawmaking. The jurisdiction of the courts and the legislative powers of +the House of Lords have been seriously curtailed. Party discipline has +intensified, so that a government may rely upon a firm majority in the +House of Commons to give legal force to almost any measure it proposes. +The Rule of Law has been gravely undermined. It is Professor Keeton’s +thesis that, in consequence of these developments, the sovereignty +of Parliament is in danger of becoming a fiction, and that all the +necessary machinery for Cabinet dictatorship already exists. This +scholarly and cogent book is a worthy successor to _The New Despotism_ +written by Lord Hewart (q.v.) more than twenty years ago. + + + KEEZER, DEXTER MERRIAM, and associates. _Making Capitalism Work._ + McGraw-Hill. 1950. 316 pp. + +A program for preserving freedom and stabilizing prosperity. The volume +is the joint product of several members of the economics department +of the McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. Its own declaration of purpose +is: “This book is written from a definite point of view and with a +clear-cut purpose. The point of view is that capitalism is the best way +to economic life for the United States of America. The purpose is to +explain that point of view and present a series of steps which, in the +view of the authors, must be taken to give capitalism the promise of a +prosperous future in the United States.” + + + KELLER, THE REV. EDWARD A. _Christianity and American Capitalism._ + Chicago: Heritage Foundation. 1954. 92 pp. + +Father Keller examines socialism, capitalism, big government and big +labor, and restates the case for the American economic system. + + + KELSEN, HANS. _The Political Theory of Bolshevism._ University of + California Press. 1948. 60 pp. + +A critical analysis of the political theory of bolshevism. “The purpose +of this study is to show the paradoxical contradiction which exists +within bolshevism between anarchism in theory and totalitarianism +in practice, and to defend the true idea of democracy.”--From the +Introduction. + + + KELSEN, HANS. _The Communist Theory of Law._ Frederick A. Praeger. + 1955. 203 pp. + +“Hans Kelsen is one of the world’s leading authorities on legal theory +and international law.... He begins with an analysis of the Marx-Engels +theory of state and law that is positively brilliant.... Kelsen’s +analysis of the logical contradictions in historical materialism +and its application to state and law has, so far as I know, no +equal.”--Bertram D. Wolfe, in _The New York Times_. + + + KEMMERER, E. W. _The A B C of Inflation._ Whittlesey House. 1942. 174 + pp. + +An excellent little book on the causes and consequences of monetary +inflation, although the threat of inflation to liberty was not as clear +when this book was written as it has since become. + + + KIEKHOFER, WILLIAM H. _Economic Principles, Problems and Policies._ + Appleton-Century-Crofts. 1951. + +A standard college textbook. + + + KING, WILLFORD I. _The Keys to Prosperity._ Constitution and Free + Enterprise Foundation. 1948. 242 pp. + +Dr. King believes that most of the keys that unlock the gates to +prosperity were found by Adam Smith in _The Wealth of Nations_. +Additional “keys” have been discovered since that time. Yet “a great +tangle of misconceptions and fallacies” has buried many of them “so +deeply that it has required a trained eye to detect them.” Dr. King +attempts here to disentangle the fallacies from the economic truths in +order that the reader may find the “keys to prosperity.” He writes with +lucidity and statistical authority. + + + KINTNER, WILLIAM R. _The Front Is Everywhere._ University of Oklahoma + Press. 1950. 274 pp. + +“The author, now at Fort Leavenworth, started research for this book +while doing graduate work at Georgetown University. He believes that +an overruling military purpose shapes every aspect of Communist +organization. Kintner endeavors to prove his point by examining the +history of the Marxist movement from origins to era of Lenin and +Stalin. The volume contains some significant observations, based on +wide acquaintance with Communist literature.”--_Library Journal._ + + + KIRK, RUSSELL. _The Conservative Mind._ Regnery. 1953. 458 pp. + +In my Introduction to this bibliography I call attention to the +compatibility of an intelligent conservatism with a vigorous defense +of freedom. Russell Kirk recognizes this. “Political liberalism before +the middle of the nineteenth century,” he writes, “was conservatism of +a sort: it intended to conserve liberty.” The present book analyzes +the conservative spirit and philosophy as exemplified in a series +of writers from Edmund Burke to George Santayana. “The author of +_The Conservative Mind_ is as relentless as his enemies, Karl Marx +and Harold Laski, considerably more temperate and scholarly, and in +passages of this very readable book, brilliant and even eloquent.... +Against the Hegel-Marx-Laski axis he analyzes and describes the +affirmative tradition of Burke, de Tocqueville and Irving Babbitt.”--G. +K. Chalmers, in _The New York Times_. + + + KNIGHT, FRANK H. _Risk, Uncertainty and Profit._ Houghton Mifflin. + 1921. 381 pp. + +In his preface, Professor Knight declares: “The particular technical +contribution to the theory of free enterprise which this essay purports +to make is a fuller and more careful examination of the role of the +_entrepreneur_ or enterpriser, the recognized ‘central figure’ of the +system, and of the forces which fix the remuneration of his special +function.” + +“The outstanding fact about Professor Knight’s book is that the author +has made a contribution to the theory of profit that no student of +the subject can afford to neglect.”--G. P. Watkins, in the _Quarterly +Journal of Economics_. + + + KNIGHT, FRANK H. _The Ethics of Competition, and Other Essays._ + Harper. 1935. 363 pp. + +A collection of eleven important essays by Professor Knight, brought +together by a group of his former students. It includes a bibliography +of his writings from 1915 to 1935. “Professor Knight ... manages in +the course of this volume to throw original and arresting light on +almost every corner of the contemporary economic problem. One page +after another in his book is filled not merely with great wisdom and +subtlety, but with constant aphoristic sentences that strike the reader +at once with their pertinence and truth.... It is ... because Professor +Knight is an economic theorist of the first rank and a believer in +personal and political liberty, that his criticism of the existing +economic system is so extremely valuable. He also has the great merit +of seeing the philosophical background clearly, and not falling back, +like some economists, on philosophical solecisms while professing to +eschew philosophy altogether.”--London _Times Literary Supplement_. + + + KNIGHT, FRANK H. _Freedom and Reform._ Harper. 1947. 409 pp. + +Essays in economic and social philosophy. “Knight’s personal influence, +through his teaching, exceeds even the influence of his writings. It is +hardly an exaggeration to state that nearly all the younger American +economists who really understand and advocate a competitive economic +system, have at one time been Knight’s students.”--F. A. Hayek. + + + KNOWLES, LILIAN C. A. _Industrial and Commercial Revolutions in Great + Britain during the Nineteenth Century._ Dutton. 1921. 420 pp. + +“The best general economic history of England in the nineteenth and +early twentieth centuries. On the question of the interpretation of +State intervention during this period, its attitude may be described as +‘neutral.’”--PI. + + + KOESTLER, ARTHUR. _Darkness at Noon._ Macmillan. 1941. 267 pp. (Also + Modern Library. 1946.) + +A powerful novel based on the famous Moscow trials. It centers about +a former People’s Commissar who has followed certain practices for a +cause that seemed of supreme importance, and now finds himself victim +of his own methods. In portraying the psychology of a loyal communist, +the novel illuminates not only Russia but the conflict between the +individual and the State. + + + KOESTLER, ARTHUR. _The Yogi and the Commissar._ Macmillan. 1945. 247 + pp. + +A collection of sixteen essays. These essays contain the shrewd and +sometimes brilliant insights of a former communist--and the confusions +of one who still remains a socialist. + + + KORNER, EMIL. _The Law of Freedom as the Remedy for War and Poverty._ + London: Williams & Norgate. 1951. 2 vols. 562 pp. 663 pp. + +This work, translated from the original German, contains much +that seems to me confused and crotchety, but also much that +is illuminating. “Korner offers stimulating viewpoints to +those who adhere to L. Mises’, F. A. Hayek’s and L. Robbins’ +doctrines of economic freedom or to H. C. Simons’ _Positive +Program of Laissez-faire_ and reject Marxism as well as Keynesian +economics.”--Theo Surányi-Unger, in _The American Economic Review_. + + + KRAVCHENKO, VICTOR. _I Chose Freedom._ Scribner’s. 1946. 496 pp. + +“About two months before D-Day on the beaches of Normandy, a frightened +member of the Soviet Purchasing Commission deserted his post in +Washington and placed himself under the protection of the people of the +United States. He was Victor Kravchenko, long a member of the Communist +party, an engineer, a factory director and for a time an official in +the Council of Peoples Commissars of the Russian Soviet Federative +Socialist Republic, by far the largest of the republics constituting +the U.S.S.R. Kravchenko was not frightened of shell-fire but of the +long arm of Soviet law dealing with a renegade. He escaped, however, +and in _I Chose Freedom_ he and his translator have described his life +in the Soviet Union, his views of the Soviet régime and the events that +prompted him to desert.”--_Weekly Book Review._ “It is, I believe, the +most remarkable and most revelatory report to have come out of the +Soviet Union from any source whatsoever.”--Dorothy Thompson, in the +_Saturday Review of Literature_. + + + KRAVCHENKO, VICTOR. _I Chose Justice._ Scribner’s. 1950. 458 pp. + +“A sequel to _I Chose Freedom_. The author describes his successful +libel suit against _Les Lettres Françaises_, a Parisian Communist +magazine which had called his book a fake.”--_The New York Times._ “The +world is indebted to the author for material which should settle once +for all every honest doubt as to the Kremlin’s determination to destroy +human liberties.”--_Catholic World._ + + + KROPOTKIN, PRINCE. _Mutual Aid._ London: Heinemann. 1904. 348 pp. + +“The Anarchists are Individualists of a somewhat perverse kind. So +extreme an Individualist as Auberon Herbert was very careful to +disclaim any connection with Anarchy. Kropotkin--who was considerably +influenced by the farm-loving Fourier--advocated the extreme +Individualism which threw off all restraint, and arrived, through +Anarchy, at Communism. But the goal is ‘free Communism untrammelled +by the State.’ In economics a good time is coming.... In social life +and politics there is to be the enjoyment for all of the same liberty. +All contracts--above all, marriage--are void unless ‘voluntarily and +frequently renewed.’ With almost incredible optimism, the Anarchists +held that sovereign Reason coupled with the inherited instinct of +solidarity impelling men towards mutual aid (this seems to have +been Kropotkin’s own and comparatively commonsense contribution) +would be sufficient to control human passions. Government would be +quite unnecessary. There is a myth that the philosopher Empedocles, +to prove some philosophical principle, threw himself into Etna and +perished. Much the same fate befell poor Kropotkin. Believing that his +principles had triumphed in Russia, he hurried to his native land in +the expectation of seeing the world’s great age begin anew. He soon +discovered that, as the Jacobins were said to have no need of chemists, +so the Leninites had no use for philosophers, and he died in poverty +that almost amounted to starvation.”--PI. + + + KRUTCH, JOSEPH WOOD. _The Measure of Man._ Bobbs-Merrill. 1954. 261 pp. + +This is a well-written and closely reasoned book. It is a significant +and hopeful sign that Joseph Wood Krutch, whose background has +been mainly that of a literary and dramatic critic, and who has no +special knowledge of economics and politics, should have arrived by +an independent route at much the same conclusions as those of F. A. +Hayek in _The Counter-Revolution of Science_ (q.v.). Although the two +writers show no knowledge of each other’s work, Krutch, like Hayek, +has become profoundly critical of the mechanistic, “conditioning” +and “engineering” point of view toward man and society: he answers +the arguments of the mechanists not on emotional or mystical, but on +scientific and rational, grounds. Historically he shows how nineteenth +century thought, under the influence of Darwin, Marx, Freud, and +their followers, left us the heritage of materialism, mechanism and +determinism that has played into the hands of the totalitarians. Krutch +contends that man is capable of making independent choices and value +judgments and of freely choosing what he will do. + + + KÜHNELT-LEDDIHN, ERIK MARIA VON. _Liberty or Equality._ Caldwell, + Idaho: Caxton Printers. 1952. 395 pp. + +“The book is an exploration of certain interconnected hypotheses, +of varying generality, about contemporary politics. The first set +of propositions to be examined is: That the impulse of ‘democracy’ +(popular government) is the pursuit of equality, and that this leads +unavoidably (and has in fact led) to collectivism and on to oppressive +totalitarianism; and that ‘liberalism’ is the pursuit of liberty and is +an incompatible mate for ‘democracy.’... The second proposition: That +‘monarchy’ is a more serviceable manner of government than ‘democracy’ +and likely to be more ‘liberal.’... The third: That the political +temper of Catholic nations is more ‘liberal’ than that of Protestant +nations.”--_Spectator._ “The book is uneven--sometimes naive, sometimes +poorly thought out, and sometimes exasperatingly repetitious. But its +genuine insights make it worth reading, despite its weaknesses.”--W. P. +Clancy, in _Commonweal_. + + + LACOUR-GAYET, JACQUES, and LACOUR-GAYET, ROBERT. _De Platon à la + Terreur._ Paris: Éditions SPID. 1948. 268 pp. + +This is a short history of the philosophy and practice of State +economic planning and price controls “from Plato to the Terror.” It +contains chapters on Plato and the planned economy, the price-fixing +edicts of the Roman Emperor Diocletian, reflections on the “just price” +of medieval theory, the search for economic liberty in France from +1789 to 1791, the enormous inflation of the French currency, and its +culmination in the dreadful Law of the Maximum (price control), which +made the situation far worse and abolished liberty. + + + LACOUR-GAYET, JACQUES (ed.). _Vingt Ans de Capitalisme D’État._ Paris: + Éditions SPID. 1951. 302 pp. + +A critical examination by nine writers of “twenty years of State +capitalism” in France. The authors show the deleterious consequences +of the nationalization of various industries in the period from 1930 +to 1950. The contributors are: André Armengaud, Louis Baudin, Jacques +Chastenet, Pierre Fromont, Emile Mireaux, Marcel Pellenc, André Thiers, +Daniel Villey and Jacques Lacour-Gayet. + + + LACOUR-GAYET, JACQUES (ed.). _Monnaie d’Hier et de Demain._ Paris: + Éditions SPID. 1952. 226 pp. + +Essays by five distinguished French economists on the vicissitudes of +French money in recent years and on the necessity for returning to an +international gold standard. Charles Rist writes on the experience of +1926 and the franc of today. Jacques Rueff writes on the reasons for +returning to a gold standard. Alfred Pose writes on monetary stability +and gold money. And Edmond Giscard d’Estaing writes on commerce and the +need for an international money. + + + LACY, MARY G. _Food Control During Forty Centuries._ _Scientific + Monthly_, June, 1923. 14 pp. + +Mary G. Lacy was librarian of the Bureau of Agricultural Economics +of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. This paper on the results of +government efforts to control food prices through the centuries was +reissued in pamphlet form by Swift & Co. in 1933. Although compact, it +is remarkably comprehensive and carefully documented, and deserves to +be far better known. Mary Lacy also compiled in 1926 (with Annie M. +Hannay and Emily L. Day), _Price-fixing by Governments, 424_ B.C. _to +1926_ A.D. + + + LANE, ARTHUR BLISS. _I Saw Poland Betrayed._ Bobbs-Merrill. 1948. 344 + pp. + +The author was appointed United States ambassador to Poland in July +1944 and took up his duties while the Potsdam conference was still +in session, July 1945. He retired in 1947, after nearly two years of +frustration, to “tell the story as I had seen it.” “For the sake of the +American share in the history of the post-war years, one is sorry that +the analysis of Soviet plans, the pattern for ideological conquest, +were not presented to the public during the last days of the war. But +since Lane was a career diplomat, that was impossible. He has done his +best. It is very good.”--Drew Middleton, in _The New York Times_. + + + LANE, ROSE WILDER. _The Discovery of Freedom._ John Day. 1943. 262 pp. + +A discussion of man’s struggle against authority. Mrs. Lane argues (1) +that progress depends on a minimum of governmental control; and (2) +that the only true control is individual and that individual control is +in accord with religious faith. The book is eloquent and stimulating +and covers a wide range of subjects. + + + LANE, ROSE WILDER. _Give Me Liberty._ Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton + Printers. 1945. 56 pp. + +An expansion of an article that originally appeared in _The Saturday +Evening Post_. Mrs. Lane vividly describes her friendliness with +communists in New York, her encounters with socialist bureaucracies +in Europe, and her observations and discussions with simple villagers +and primitive communists in Russia during the early years of the +Soviet regime. She tells how she came to understand the rarity and the +supremely precious values of personal freedom. + + + LE BON, GUSTAVE. _The Psychology of Socialism._ London: Unwin. 1909. + 489 pp. + +“This brilliant work by a convinced opponent of Socialism is based +on the view that the best way to fight it and expose it is to make a +scientific examination of it.... ‘Hitherto psychologists has disdained +to study it.’... The book abounds in epigrammatic apothegms.... ‘All +that has gone to make the greatness of civilization [he insists]: +sciences, arts, philosophies, religions, military power, etc., has +been the work of individuals, not of aggregates.... The peoples among +whom Individualism is most highly developed are by this fact alone +at the head of civilization, and today dominate the world.’... The +theories of Socialism and its history are subjected to a penetrating +analysis. Le Bon seems to fear that it will be victorious, and thus, he +thinks, bring about the destruction of modern civilization.... Le Bon’s +other works are _The World in Revolt_, 1921; and _The Crowd_, 16th +impression, 1926.”--PI. + + + LECKY, W. E. H. _Democracy and Liberty._ Longmans, Green. 1896. 2 + vols. 1169 pp. + +“Of all English publicists Lecky was the most fit to take the place +vacated by John Stuart Mill. He differed from Mill in most of his +political and philosophical views, but he has the same candor and +delight in learning. This discursive treatise is not one of his best +works, but it has many wise comments on modern democracy, and the +chapters on Socialism and Labor Questions should be studied. There is +no systematic attack upon Socialism, but Lecky’s intellectual attitude +is Individualistic. He observes that ‘Socialism is essentially opposed +to Free Trade and international commerce.’ As democracy is hasty and +impatient, it may make changes in a collectivist direction. ‘But +proposed changes which conflict with the fundamental laws and elements +of human nature can never, in the long run, succeed. The sense of right +and wrong, which is the basis of the respect for property and for the +obligation of contract; the feeling of family affection, on which the +continuity of society depends, and out of which the system of heredity +grows; the essential difference of men in aptitudes, capacities, and +character, are things that never can be changed, and all schemes and +policies that ignore them are doomed to ultimate failure.’”--PI. + + + LEVINE, ISAAC DON. _Stalin._ Cosmopolitan Book. 1931. 421 pp. + +The first clear and complete account of the life of Stalin to appear +in English, published when the Russian dictator was still an enigmatic +figure to the Western world. The author’s thesis is that “if it was +Lenin who conceived the Communist party as a military order ... it is +to Stalin that is due the lion’s share of the credit or onus of forging +this order into an army of steel.” The book gives a portrait of Stalin +that is “vivid, graphic, intelligent and convincing.... Moreover, it +portrays Bolshevism infinitely better than most of the books on Russia +do.”--Alexander Nazaroff, in _The New York Times_. + + + LHOSTE-LACHAUME, PIERRE. _Réhabilitation du Libéralisme._ 1950. Paris: + Éditions SÉDIF. 320 pp. + +The liberalism that this French economist wants to see restored is the +traditional kind which demanded that the state should not encroach on +“liberty of thought, of speech and of the press, private ownership of +the means of production and a free market.” Felix Morley writes: “The +epic struggle of today, as M. Lhoste-Lachaume sees it, is between true +liberalism and communism. The parliamentary socialists, among whom he +includes many Americans who would resent the description, will in the +long run be taken over by communism. When people get the habit of +living on subsidies, and expecting ‘social security’ from government, +they tacitly become the fellow-travelers of the communists.” The book +is the first of a contemplated trilogy, and has not yet been translated +into English. + + + LHOSTE-LACHAUME, PIERRE. _The Keystone of Liberty._ Paris: Éditions + SÉDIF. 1954. 79 pp. + +The French title of this book is _La Clef de Voute de la Liberté_. It +presents the English text on each left-hand page, and the French on +each right-hand page, of an article that appeared originally in the +British quarterly, _The Owl_, in September 1953. The book discusses +the liberal era of the nineteenth century, the gradual giving up +of traditional liberal principles, and the necessity of a “liberal +renovation” which would recognize the beneficial effects of the free +market and avoid “the blind alley of democratic socialism.” The +author believes that the world’s present choice is between either a +“spiritualist liberalism” or a totalitarian materialism. There is an +eight-page appendix presenting an extensive bibliography of recent +books in French, German, Italian, Dutch, and English which support a +free society and a free economy. + + + LIBRARY OF CONGRESS LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE. _Communism in + Action._ U. S. Government Printing Office. 1946. 141 pp. + +A documented study and analysis of communism in operation in the Soviet +Union. House Document No. 754. There is a foreword by Congressman +Everett M. Dirksen. + + + LINDBLOM, CHARLES E. _Unions and Capitalism._ Yale University Press. + 1949. 267 pp. + +This is a strange book, written by an associate professor of economics +at Yale University, a declared “liberal” (in the recent American +sense, as opposed to “conservative”), yet which states the menace of +present-day big unionism with far more power and clarity than most +conservative economists have dared to state it. Professor Lindblom’s +thesis, in his own words, “is that unionism and the private enterprise +economy are incompatible.... Unionism is destroying the competitive +price system.... The strike ... paralyzes production, and it is +dramatic. But the real labor problem is its aftermath.... For if wage +disputes call a halt to production temporarily, their settlement may +disorganize it permanently. Unionism will destroy the price system +by what it wins rather than by the struggle to win it. It sabotages +the competitive order, not because the economy cannot weather the +disturbance of work stoppages but because it cannot produce high output +and employment at union wage rates.” His grim conclusion is, in sum, +that “union monopoly destroys the price system because it produces ... +waste, unemployment, inflation, or all combined ... to a degree which +the economy cannot survive.” + + + LINK, HENRY C. _The Rediscovery of Morals._ Dutton. 1947. 223 pp. + +A discussion of what is wrong with the world of today and its people, +and what can be done about it. Problems of race and class conflict +are given special attention. The author takes our educational system +to task for its lack of emphasis on morals, and advocates a return to +Christian morality. + + + LIPPER, ELINOR. _Eleven Years in Soviet Prison Camps._ Regnery. 1951. + 310 pp. + +“A gently nurtured Dutch girl studying medicine in Berlin in 1931 +was deeply touched by the miseries of the German unemployed, and at +Hitler’s ascendancy transferred her loyalties to the Soviet Union. From +1937-1948 she was a political prisoner held without trial for the bulk +of her hideous, subhuman imprisonment at Kolyma in Siberia.”--_Library +Journal._ + + + LIPPMANN, WALTER. _The Good Society._ Little, Brown. 1937. 402 pp. + +Reviewing this book in _The New York Times_ of Sept. 26, 1937, I +wrote: “No more powerful and thorough indictment” of the fallacies of +collectivism and of a managed economy “has been written in America.” +The latter part of the book is marred by an inconsistent support of an +apparently Keynesian type of “monetary management.” But the first half +is as penetrating as it is eloquent. Mr. Lippmann contends that it is +governmental coercion that is creating the very chaos it purports to +conquer. He insists that a managed economy must mean a censored and +managed opinion. He concludes that the consequences of collectivism +must be regimentation, censorship, militarism, war, despotism, +impoverishment, and barbarism, and that the only hope of mankind lies +in the restoration of liberal doctrine. + + + LOCKE, JOHN. _Two Treatises of Civil Government._ 1690. Many editions. + (Everyman’s Library. 1924.) 242 pp. + +The historical importance of these two works in the history of +individualism is enormous. (For a discussion, see the introductory +essay to this list, “Individualism in Politics and Economics.”) + + + LOCKE, JOHN. _An Essay Concerning Human Understanding._ 1690. Many + editions. + +“This work, which is a landmark in the history of philosophy, does not +bear directly upon Individualism; but some of the earlier chapters +at least should be carefully studied, in order that the reader may +grasp Locke’s general principles, which guided politics in England +and the United States for some 200 years. It bases all knowledge and +practice on experience.... As Sir James Mackintosh said: ‘Few books +have contributed more to rectify prejudice--to diffuse a just mode of +thinking--to excite a fearless spirit of inquiry--and yet to contain +it within the boundaries which nature has prescribed to the human +understanding.’ This ‘fearless spirit of inquiry’ was subversive of the +faith in established laws and governments and was a necessary equipment +for those who, in the latter part of the eighteenth century, began +their attack upon obsolete institutions. It was thus a preliminary to +Individualism, to voluntary instead of compulsory co-operation--to use +the phraseology of Herbert Spencer.”--PI. + + + LOCKE, JOHN. _Considerations on the Lowering of Interest._ 1691. + Several editions. 138 pp. + +“Here Locke anticipated many of the arguments of the better-known work +_On Usury_ by Bentham, i.e., his position was _laissez-faire_.”--PI. + + + LUTZ, HARLEY L. _Guideposts to a Free Economy._ McGraw-Hill. 1945. 206 + pp. + +A series of essays on federal fiscal policy, taxation, and public +expenditures that give a rounded understanding of our journey along +two divergent roads of fiscal policy--one leading to a controlled +economy and the other to the strengthening of the enterprise system and +individual freedom in a free economy. “Professor Lutz has written such +a book as will give true liberals no end of satisfaction and cause the +national planners acute anguish.”--G. R. E., in the _Christian Science +Monitor_. + + + LUTZ, HARLEY L. _A Platform for the American Way._ + Appleton-Century-Crofts. 1952. 114 pp. + +The author, who was Professor of Public Finance at Princeton for +nearly twenty years, is distinguished for his clarity and logic and +his vigorous defense of the free enterprise system. His thesis in this +book is that “we are both drifting and being steered into some form of +the national socialist state.” He regards the Right to Own as a basic +human right, and he here offers “a program and a way of life to all who +believe in freedom and who want to remain free here in America.” + + + LUTZ, HARLEY L. _Public Finance._ Appleton-Century. 1936. 940 pp. + +A solidly reasoned textbook pointing to the dangers in deficit +financing and reaffirming the case for balanced budgets and other +“orthodox” fiscal practices. + + + LYONS, EUGENE. _Assignment in Utopia._ Harcourt, Brace. 1937. 658 pp. + +The author writes of his years of growing disillusionment in Russia, +where he served as an American newspaper correspondent from 1928 to +1934. He describes among other things the famine of 1932-1933, and +some of the causes of it. “An important book--vivid, sincere and full +of factual and of psychological interest.”--London _Times Literary +Supplement_. + + + LYONS, EUGENE. _The Red Decade._ Bobbs-Merrill. 1941. 423 pp. + +A study of the activities of communists and fellow-travelers in the +United States during the decade from 1930 to 1940. “The facts are +fabulous, and Lyons relates them with a gusto that rises at times +almost to hilarity. He has a gift of slashing satire, and no fear +of calling foolish acts and famous people by their exact names. But +besides that, and somewhat surprisingly combined with it, he possesses +sympathetic understanding.”--Max Eastman, in _The New York Times_. + + + MACAULAY, LORD. _Selections from Writings and Speeches._ 1853. Many + editions. + +“Among Macaulay’s Essays the most notable for our purposes is on +Southey’s _Colloquies on Society_. Among the speeches should be read +that on the Ten Hours Bill (1846), in which he takes the modern view +that in some cases it may be the duty of the State to protect labor. +That on the Corn Laws (1845) is a vigorous statement of the Free +Trade position. Another noteworthy speech is on the People’s Charter +in 1842. To Macaulay the Chartists appeared as the Communists appear +to most people today. He was convinced that their object was the +nationalization of the land and the abolition of private property. He +says: “The doctrine of the Chartist philosophers is that it is the +business of the government to support the people. It is supposed by +many that our rulers possess, somewhere or other, an inexhaustible +storehouse of all the necessaries and conveniences of life, and, from +mere hard-heartedness, refuse to distribute the contents of this +magazine among the people.... Is it possible to believe that the +millions who have been so long and loudly told that the land is their +estate and is wrongfully kept from them, should not, when they have +supreme power, use that power to enforce what they think their rights? +What could follow but one vast spoliation?’”--PI. + + + MCCARRAN, SISTER M. MARGARET PATRICIA. _Fabianism in the Political + Life of Britain._ Chicago: Heritage Foundation. (Catholic University + of America Press.) 1952. 612 pp. + +The Fabian Society, which later, through the membership of Bernard +Shaw, Beatrice and Sidney Webb, H. G. Wells and others, came to +exercise an enormous intellectual influence for socialism out of all +proportion to its numbers, was originally founded in 1883 by a few +obscure young people in London with the object of “reconstructing +society in accordance with the highest moral possibilities.” This is a +highly critical but encyclopedic reference work on the history of the +society and its activities. + + + MACCUN, JOHN. _Six Radical Thinkers._ London: Arnold. 1907. 268 pp. + +“The articles on Bentham and Cobden are worth notice.”--PI. + + + MACEOIN, GARY AND ZOMBORY, AKOS. _The Communist War on Religion._ + Devin-Adair. 1951. 264 pp. + +“Today few Americans are complacent about the threat Communism +constitutes to the things they hold dear.... But we are still hazy +about the essence of the Communist threat. The essential threat is +to truth and freedom: that is, the freedom of men to be men, free +to choose, free to move, to speak, to think--free to worship God. +Wherever the Communists have seized power, they have destroyed these +freedoms, wading through seas of human blood.... This book tells +that story as illustrated in the persecution of religion in every +Communist-controlled country.”--From the Introduction. + + + MACINNES, HELEN. _Neither Five Nor Three._ Harcourt, Brace. 1951. 340 + pp. + +“A group of attractive, intelligent, well-intentioned New Yorkers +who create, edit and publish an influential popular magazine called +‘Trend’ suddenly wake up to the fact that their magazine has been +infiltrated, quietly and with devilish cleverness, that its columns +are now being used subtly to disparage and undermine faith in +everything American.”--_New York Herald Tribune._ “It is good, exciting +reading.”--Edmund Fuller, in the _Saturday Review of Literature_. + + + MACKIEWICZ, JOSEPH. _The Katyn Wood Murders._ London: Hollis & Carter. + 1951. 252 pp. + +A former member of the Polish underground, who went to Katyn while the +Polish Red Cross was investigating the discovery of the mass graves, +describes his experiences and his beliefs about the crime. “The book is +as fascinating as a detective story and deserves the widest possible +audience as a final, conclusive exposure of Soviet responsibility for +an atrocious butchery. This responsibility was hushed up far too long +because of the supposed necessity of appeasing Stalin during the war +years.”--W. H. Chamberlin, in the _Chicago Sunday Tribune_. + + + MADISON, JAMES. _Reports of Debates in the Federal Convention._ 1787. + Several editions. 3 vols. + +The basic source book on the actual framing of the American +Constitution. + + + MAINE, SIR HENRY SUMNER. _Popular Government._ Holt. 1886. 261 pp. + +“Including the famous essay on the ‘Constitution of the United States.’ +The careful student will also familiarize himself with Maine’s _Ancient +Law_.”--Felix Morley. + + + MALLOCK, W. H. _A Critical Examination of Socialism._ Harper. 1907. + 303 pp. + +“Mallock was a brilliant critic. This book in substance consists +of lectures delivered in the United States in 1907. It is an able +attack upon Socialism. He rightly begins with Marx, pointing out the +main error of his theory of labor--the leaving out of consideration +_directive ability_.”--PI. + + + MALLOCK, W. H. _Social Reform as Related to Realities and Delusions._ + Dutton. 1915. 391 pp. + +“The primary purpose of this book is to illustrate the ‘mischievous +delusions’ by which popular opinion is vitiated in questions of social +reform owing to the general lack of knowledge and understanding of the +structure and functioning of the social system.... The immense material +advance which the nineteenth century has witnessed is constantly +emphasized. Strangely enough, most of the specific delusions to which +Mallock drew attention in 1914 still seem to persist almost as much as +they did when the book was published.”--PI (in 1927). + + + MALLOCK, W. H. _Democracy._ 1924. 213 pp. + +“A ruthless exposure of the fallacies lurking in the term ‘democracy.’ +The present edition is an abridgment of an earlier and very much larger +work entitled _The Limits of Pure Democracy_. [London: Chapman & Hall. +1918. 397 pp.]”--PI. + + + MALLOCK, W. H. _Property and Progress._ Putnam. 1884. 248 pp. + +“A criticism of Henry George’s _Progress and Poverty_ (1882). Also +somewhat out of date, even as George is out of date. But the Georgian +theory of land is historically important and still has its influence on +a certain type of Radical.”--PI. + + + MALTHUS, THE REV. THOMAS R. _An Essay on Population._ 1798, etc. Many + editions. (Everyman’s Library. 2 vols. 315 pp. 285 pp.) + +This book has perhaps been “refuted” more often, and denounced and +ridiculed more often, than any other. Yet it is one of the world’s +great seminal works. In the scientific field it helped to inspire +Darwin’s theory of evolution. And in the economic field, if its +influence has been unfortunately less than it should have been, it has +given birth to an enormous body of controversial literature. The form +in which Malthus stated his theory in his first edition was certainly +extreme and erroneous. Yet he was the first to seize and document a +great and sobering truth. This is that, unless restrained, population +tends to increase up to the limits of the means of subsistence. Because +he overlooked many technical and scientific possibilities, Malthus’s +personal pessimism has not been justified by events. But it does +not follow that his proposition, in its most general form, has been +disproved by events, as it has been so often fashionable to believe. +The rising standard of living in the Western world has been at least +partly the result of deliberate population restraint (even if in the +form of birth control rather than of the sexual “continence” that +Malthus advocated). Where this population restraint still does not +exist, as in India, China, and other parts of the Orient, the lesson of +Malthus is only too plain today. An important corollary of his theory +is that schemes of social reform and “redistribution of wealth” are not +only futile but pernicious when they neglect the effect upon population +growth. + + + MANDEVILLE, BERNARD. _The Fable of the Bees._ 1705. (Ed. by F. B. + Kaye. Oxford. 1924.) + +“The decisive importance of Mandeville in the history of economics, +long overlooked or appreciated only by a few authors (particularly +Edwin Cannan and Albert Schatz) is now beginning to be recognized, +mainly thanks to the magnificent edition of the _Fable of the Bees_ +which we owe to the late F. B. Kaye. Although the fundamental ideas of +Mandeville’s work are already implied in the original poem of 1705, the +decisive elaboration and especially his full account of the origin of +the division of labor, of money, and of language occur only in Part II +of the _Fable_ which was published in 1728.”--F. A. Hayek. + + + MANION, CLARENCE. _The Key to Peace._ Chicago: Heritage Foundation. + 1950. 121 pp. + +This bears the subtitle: “A Formula for the Perpetuation of Real +Americanism.” The author, dean of the law school of Notre Dame +University, believes that the only possible formula for peace was +discovered by the Founding Fathers when they wrote the Declaration +of Independence and framed the American Constitutional system. The +basic American principle, he declares, is “an uncompromising and +uncompromised demand for the freedom and independence of the individual +man.” + + + MARKHAM, REUBEN HENRY. _Rumania Under the Soviet Yoke._ Meador. 1949. + 601 pp. + +“There is no better informed or more responsible writer on Balkan +affairs than Mr. Markham. He was a European correspondent for the +_Christian Science Monitor_ for twenty years, and for _The Christian +Century_ for a shorter period, and during the war he served as +deputy director of the Office of War Information. He knows the +people, the languages, the history and (so far as anyone can) the +present conditions in the Balkan states. In the 600 pages of this +volume he surveys Rumania before and during the Hitler regime and +recites in detail the course of events since the beginning of Soviet +domination.”--_The Christian Century._ “Mr. Markham’s book is one +of the strongest and best documented indictments of the system of +political communism flourishing under the ever-lengthening shadow of +Moscow.”--_Christian Science Monitor._ + + + MARSHALL, ALFRED. _The Principles of Economics._ 1890. Often + reprinted. Macmillan. Eighth edition, 1920. 871 pp. + +“This book has had an immense influence and will remain a standard work +for many years to come. It shows a pronounced reaction from the severe +Individualism of most of the early economists, and, whilst no one would +belittle its value in focussing and clarifying earlier thought, one +may doubt whether the ultimate verdict of economists will regard the +reaction that it heralded as entirely good.”--PI. + + + MARTIN, EVERETT DEAN. _Liberty._ Norton. 1930. 307 pp. + +The author seeks to arrive at the meaning of liberty partly through +the method of historical survey. He discusses the Grecian conception, +the contributions of Christianity and the Renaissance, of Rousseau, +Voltaire, and others. In reviewing this book in _The Nation_ of June +18, 1930, I wrote: “It is with misgivings that one approaches Everett +Dean Martin’s _Liberty_. These misgivings soon dissolve, however, +before the flow of Mr. Martin’s eloquence, his gift for felicitous +and forcible statement, his attractive historical summaries, his +broad, humane culture, his shrewd analysis and unfailing clarity. His +_Liberty_ is not perhaps a profound book or a remarkably original one, +but it is none the less admirable. For in spite of the great existing +classics, and of the fact that much of his argument is necessarily +repetition, Mr. Martin has done a task that greatly needed to be done.” + + + MENGER, KARL. _Principles of Economics._ Glencoe, Ill.: Free Press. + 1950. 328 pp. + +This epoch-making book, “one of the great landmarks in the development +of economic thought,” as Frank H. Knight calls it, had to wait +seventy-nine years before it appeared in the present (or any other) +English translation. The “Austrian School,” of which Menger was the +founder, was a fountainhead of classical liberalism on the European +continent. F. A. Hayek, who calls Menger’s _Principles_ “the best +introduction to the understanding of the theory of value which we +possess,” has also pointed out that Menger was “among the first in +modern times consciously to revive the methodical individualism of Adam +Smith and his school.” + + + MIKOLAJCZYK, STANISLAW. _The Rape of Poland._ Whittlesey. 1948. 309 pp. + +“The author, formerly Premier of Poland and head of the now suppressed +Peasants’ Party, witnessed what he calls the betrayal of his country +from every political level, starting as a common soldier during the war +in Poland.... After the war, he was helpless, even as a leader of one +of the great parties, to avert the violent destruction of his country’s +democratic processes and finally had to flee in disguise. He believes +that the Soviets were resolved from the first to annihilate Poland and +says flatly that they killed fifteen thousand Polish officers in the +woods around Katyn, near Smolensk, and that they purposely delayed +giving help to General Bor during the Warsaw uprising until it was too +late.... This book, heavily documented and written without fireworks, +is a pretty powerful indictment.”--_New Yorker._ + + + MILL, JOHN STUART. _Utilitarianism._ 1861. _On Liberty._ 1859. + _Representative Government._ 1861. Many editions. (Dutton. 1950.) 532 + pp. + +“Three short but vital works. The first is outside our immediate +purpose, being ethical, but it should be read; it reveals the mind of +Mill perhaps better than any other of his works. + +“_On Liberty_ may be called the Individualist’s textbook. It is a +plea for allowing scope to individual character and action--even +eccentricity is better than convention. Its whole argument should be +carefully studied. There is also a concise and useful statement towards +the end: ‘The objections to government interference, when it is not +such as to involve infringement of liberty, may be of three kinds. +The first is when the thing to be done is likely to be better done by +individuals than by the government.... The second ... in many cases, +though individuals may not do the particular thing so well, on the +average, as the officers of government, it is nevertheless desirable +that it should be done by them, rather than by the government, as a +means to their own mental education. + +“(Thus juries, ‘free and popular local and municipal institutions,’ and +‘the conduct of industrial and philanthropical enterprises by voluntary +associations,’ are valuable on this principle as well as in themselves.) + +“‘The third and most cogent reason for restricting the interference +of government is the great evil of adding unnecessarily to its power.’ +Gladstone, with most of our Victorian statesmen, disliked increasing +the functions and expenditure of the State. He came to regard with +dismay the vigorous growth of the Income Tax, his own child, which he +had adopted from Peel, its actual father. He sometimes likens it to a +sword of excessive sharpness which is a dangerous weapon to entrust to +a minister. He writes to Cobden in 1864 (Morley’s _Gladstone_, Book V, +Chapter iv): ‘I seriously doubt whether it [the spirit of expenditure] +will ever give place to the old spirit of economy, as long as we have +the income tax.’ The income tax was then sevenpence in the pound, and +within fifteen months was to fall to fourpence, and a little later to +twopence! + +“Mill’s book _On Liberty_ gives the pure doctrine of Individualism. His +excellent _Representative Government_ does not bear so closely upon our +subject. The present Master of Balliol (Mr. A. D. Lindsay) remarks: +‘It reflects strikingly Mill’s curious political position, combining +as it does, an enthusiastic belief in democratic government with most +pessimistic apprehensions as to what the democracy was likely to do.’ +This is due to Mill’s Individualism, for he saw that individual freedom +might incur great danger from majority rule in a Democracy. It led +him to attach much importance to such schemes as Hare’s Proportional +Representation, which he hoped would protect minorities against +tyrannical ignorance.”--PI. + + + MILL, JOHN STUART. _Autobiography._ 1873. Many editions. (Columbia + University Press. 1944. 240 pp.) + +“All who study Individualism or any kind of economic or political +science must devote much careful consideration to Mill. This +autobiographical masterpiece is too well known to require much comment. +It shows the influences to which Mill was subjected, his reactions, and +his invincible candor. It is pardonable to repeat that Mill’s great +object was not to found a sect but to discover truth, as far as it is +discoverable.”--PI. (See also PACKE, MICHAEL ST. JOHN.) + + + MILL, JOHN STUART. _Principles of Political Economy._ 1848. Many + editions. 1013 pp. + +“Mill wrote this work at a time when Individualism had reached its +zenith, and its triumph was largely due to the efforts of his spiritual +and actual fathers, Bentham and James Mill. Thus this most important +work is, in the main, an exposition of Individualism. But J. S. Mill +here aims at stating his opponents’ case, and so has given Socialists +the opportunity of citing him in their favor. In I, I, sec. 3, he +makes an amazing observation: ‘If, therefore, the choice were to be +made between Communism [Socialism] with all its chances, and the +present state of society with all its sufferings and injustices; if +the institution of private property necessarily carried with it as a +consequence, that the produce of labor should be apportioned as we now +see it, almost in an inverse ratio to the labor--the largest portions +to those who have never worked at all, the next largest to those whose +work is almost nominal, and so in a descending scale, the remuneration +dwindling as the work grows harder and more disagreeable, until the +most fatiguing and exhausting bodily labor cannot count with certainty +on being able to earn even the necessaries of life; if this, or +Communism, were the alternatives, all the difficulties, great or small, +would be but as dust in the balance.’ + +“Again, Mill was so dominated by the Malthusian theory, that he was +ready to adopt stringent Government measures to check overpopulation, +e.g., by ‘a great national measure of colonization.’ (II, XIII, sec. 4.) + +“Again we have his celebrated apology for occasional Protection when +duties ‘are imposed temporarily (especially in a young and rising +nation) in hopes of naturalizing a foreign industry, in itself +perfectly suitable to the circumstances of the country.’ (V, X, sec. 1.) + +“But the general spirit of the book is very strongly _laissez-faire_. +The foregoing passages are exceptional. The following sentence is +representative: ‘The grounds of this truth are expressed with tolerable +exactness in the popular dictum, that people understand their own +business and their own interests better, and care for them more, than +the government does, or can be expected to do.’ (V, XI, sec. 5.) +Throughout his life Mill believed, as he tersely expresses the truth +in _Liberty_, that everyone ought to be allowed to do as he likes, +provided that he does not make himself a nuisance to his neighbor. +His candid mind brought forward numerous exceptions, but he steadily +maintained his rule.”--PI. + + + MILLAR, FREDERICK. _Socialism: Its Fallacies and Dangers._ London: + Watts. 1907. 1923. 96 pp. + +“This little shilling work was written to warn the public of the +dangers of Socialism. It has chapters to show that it means material +and national decay, the abolition of family life, its impossibility, +etc. The writer has a healthy dislike of all kinds of Government +interference. ‘To attack wealth, to menace the free accumulation of +private property, is like cutting open the bellows to see where the +wind comes from. In this matter of wealth it comes from self-interest, +and, therefore, the more you seek politically to prevent the free, +unfraudulent, and unaggressive expression of self-interest, the less +wind you will have to blow your fire, and consequently the worse off +you will be.”--PI. + + + MILTON, JOHN. _Areopagitica._ 1644. Many editions. + +This written oration against censorship is the noblest of Milton’s +tracts, and one of the great documents on liberty. It is rich in +magnificent sentences: “As good almost kill a man as kill a good book: +who kills a man kills a reasonable creature, God’s image; but he who +destroys a good book kills reason itself.”... “Who ever knew Truth put +to the worse in a free and open encounter?” John Morley, in an article +in the _Fortnightly Review_ (August, 1873) wrote: “[John Stuart] Mill’s +memorable plea for social liberty was little more than an enlargement, +though a very important enlargement, of the principles of the still +more famous speech for liberty of unlicensed printing with which Milton +enobled English literature two centuries before.” + + + MISES, LUDWIG VON. _Human Action._ Yale University Press. 1949. 889 pp. + +Reviewing this book in _Newsweek_ of Sept. 19, 1949, I wrote: “_Human +Action_ is, in short, at once the most uncompromising and the most +rigorously reasoned statement of the case for capitalism that has yet +appeared. If any single book can turn the ideological tide that has +been running in recent years so heavily toward statism, socialism and +totalitarianism, _Human Action_ is that book. It should become the +leading text of everyone who believes in freedom, in individualism, and +in the ability of a free-market economy not only to outdistance any +government-planned system in the production of goods and services for +the masses, but to promote and safeguard, as no collectivist tyranny +can ever do, those intellectual, cultural, and moral values upon which +all civilization ultimately rests.” + + + MISES, LUDWIG VON. _Socialism._ 1936. Yale University Press. 1951. 599 + pp. + +Reviewing this book in _The New York Times_ of Jan. 9, 1938, I wrote: +“This book must rank as the most devastating analysis of socialism yet +penned. Doubtless even some anti-socialist readers will feel that he +occasionally overstates his case. On the other hand, even confirmed +socialists will not be able to withhold admiration from the masterly +fashion in which he conducts his argument. He has written an economic +classic in our time.” + + + MISES, LUDWIG VON. _The Theory of Money and Credit._ 1935. Yale + University Press. 1953. 493 pp. + +“In continental circles it has long been regarded as the standard +textbook on the subject.... I know few works which convey a more +profound impression of the logical unity and the power of modern +economic analysis.”--Lionel Robbins. + +It may seem strange to include any work on money and credit in a +bibliography concerned primarily with individual liberty. But Professor +Mises shows here as elsewhere how mistaken monetary policies lead to +the destruction of liberty. As F. A. Hayek has written, Mises “has +been working since the early twenties on the reconstruction of a +solid edifice of liberal thought in a more determined, systematic and +successful way than anyone else.” + + + MISES, LUDWIG VON. _Omnipotent Government._ Yale University Press. + 1944. 291 pp. + +In this book Professor von Mises provides an economic explanation of +the international conflicts which caused both World Wars. He shows that +economic nationalism and the trend toward economic self-sufficiency +are the necessary outcome of present-day policies of government +intervention in the private enterprises of citizens. He supports his +analysis with an interpretation of the historical facts which both gave +rise to Nazism and prevented Germany and the rest of the world from +stopping until it was too late to do so without a frightful cost in +blood and terror. + + + MISES, LUDWIG VON. _Bureaucracy._ Yale University Press. 1944. 125 pp. + +Reviewing this book in _The New York Times_ of Oct. 1, 1944, I wrote: +“The main thesis of Professor von Mises is that bureaucracy is merely +a symptom of the real disease with which we have to deal. That disease +is excessive State domination and control. If the State seeks excessive +control over the economic or other activities of the individual it is +bound to need a bureaucracy to do it, and this bureaucracy is bound to +function in a certain way.... Professor von Mises’ penetrating analysis +is closely reasoned.... Published on the day after F. A. Hayek’s +_The Road to Serfdom_, [it] once more calls attention to the ironic +fact that the most eminent and uncompromising defenders of English +liberty, and of the system of free enterprise which reached its highest +development in America, should now be two Austrian exiles.” + + + MISES, LUDWIG VON. _Planning for Freedom._ South Holland, Ill.: + Libertarian Press. 1952. 174 pp. + +This is a collection of twelve addresses and essays which supplement +and present in simpler and shorter form the analyses of Professor von +Mises in his great works on _Human Action_ and _Socialism_. Readers +without a special background in economic theory will find these essays +not only rewarding in themselves but an excellent introduction to von +Mises’ work. The essays are: Planning for Freedom; Middle-of-the-Road +Policy Leads to Socialism; Laissez-Faire or Dictatorship; Stones Into +Bread, the Keynesian Miracle; Lord Keynes and Say’s Law; Inflation and +Price Control; Economic Aspects of the Pension Problem; Benjamin M. +Anderson Challenges the Philosophy of the Pseudo-Progressives; Profit +and Loss; Economic Teaching at the Universities; Trends Can Change; +and The Political Chances of Genuine Liberalism. + + + MISES, LUDWIG VON. _Liberalismus._ Jena: Gustav Fischer. 1927. 175 pp. + +This is a discussion of Liberalism (in the traditional sense of the +term), of the political basis, economic policy and foreign policy +appropriate to it, and of its probable future. There is an appendix on +the literature of liberalism. + + + MISES, LUDWIG VON. _Kritik des Interventionismus._ Jena: Gustav + Fischer. 1929. 136 pp. + +Five collected essays discussing interventionism, restrictionism, price +control, and the economic theories behind these policies. + + + MOLEY, RAYMOND. _How to Keep Our Liberty._ Knopf. 1952. 339 pp. + +Raymond Moley, contributing editor of _Newsweek_ magazine and professor +of public law at Columbia University, created and headed the famous +Brains Trust of Franklin D. Roosevelt’s first campaign for the +Presidency and later was a major architect of the early New Deal. His +opposition to later developments in national policy culminated in this +lucid and vigorous, but admirably organized and carefully thought-out, +“conservative manifesto.” “Today the people of this nation,” he writes, +“are presented with a choice between two forms of political and +economic life. One form is that of our traditions, in which individual +liberty prevails and is guarded by ‘the long, still grasp of law.’ The +other is the dominance of the state in human affairs. My purpose here +has been to present a plan for political action for those who do not +wish to go down the road to socialism.” Mr. Moley’s book combines rich +scholarship with the readability of first-rate journalism. + + + MONTESQUIEU, BARON DE. _The Spirit of Laws._ 1748. Many English and + French editions. 2 vols. + +The Baron de Montesquieu (1689-1755) published his famous _L’Esprit des +Lois_ in 1748. The _Encyclopaedia Britannica_ declares that it “may be +almost certainly ranked as the greatest book of the French Eighteenth +Century.” The political writer George Catlin thinks it “dull and +prolix.” To Montesquieu, however, is due the classical formulation of +the doctrine of checks and balances, and of the division of powers. + +Lytton Strachey writes of it in his _Landmarks in French Literature_: +“It is enough to say that here all Montesquieu’s qualities--his power +of generalization, his freedom from prejudices, his rationalism, his +love of liberty and hatred of fanaticism, his pointed, epigrammatic +style--appear in their most characteristic form. Perhaps the chief +fault of the book is that it is too brilliant.... Montesquieu’s +generalizations are always bold, always original, always fine; +unfortunately, they are too often unsound into the bargain.... He +believed he had found in [the English constitution] a signal instance +of his favorite theory of the beneficial effects produced by the +separation of the three powers of government--the judicial, the +legislative, and the executive; but he was wrong. In England, as +a matter of fact, the powers of the legislative and the executive +were intertwined. This particular error has had a curious history. +Montesquieu’s great reputation led to his view of the constitution +of England being widely accepted as the true one; as such it was +adopted by the American leaders after the War of Independence; and its +influence is plainly visible in the present constitution of the United +States. Such is the strange power of good writing over the affairs of +men!” + + + MONTGOMERY, GEORGE S., JR. _The Return of Adam Smith._ Caldwell, + Idaho: Caxton Printers. 1949. 160 pp. + +“This book is intended to serve as a little prayer for the awakening +or--symbolically--for the return of Adam Smith.” And it speculates +upon how Adam Smith would probably feel and think about our present +institutions. Mr. Montgomery discusses the merits and demerits of +government-run business and re-evaluates such terms as “reactionary,” +“laissez faire,” and “robber baron.” He also points out vigorously the +socialist and collectivist implications in many present-day textbooks, +and particularly in some articles in the fifteen-volume _Encyclopaedia +of the Social Sciences_. + + + MORGAN, CHARLES. _Liberties of the Mind._ Macmillan. 1951. 252 pp. + +A collection of essays and addresses, some previously published +elsewhere, several in the London _Times Literary Supplement_. The +theme of the essays is what the author sees as the imminent danger of +the loss of freedom of mind and moral choice, of individuality and +identity, by the majority of mankind. “There can be scarcely a more +important task than that which this book attempts, and perhaps no more +encouraging and hopeful sign than that one of the greatest contemporary +masters of English prose should be impelled to undertake it.... All +that the mere student of these problems can do is to testify to the +importance of the book and to acknowledge that here certainly the +artist sees much to which the expert tends to be blind.”--F. A. Hayek. + + + MORLEY, FELIX. _The Power in the People._ Van Nostrand. 1949. 293 pp. + +In this scholarly, thoughtful and often brilliant book, Mr. Morley +attempts to present a unified study of the origin of the political +ideas on which our nation was founded, and how they have developed. +“This is a remarkable book, nobly written and profoundly thought out. +It is also, at least to this reviewer, sui generis, an account of the +founding and development and significance of the American Republic +which is unique as far as my acquaintance with the literature on the +subject goes.... There is a fire in it which no survey of the past as +the past could kindle. _The Power in the People_ is a Tract for the +Times, concerned with what is of paramount importance for us today, at +this precise moment in our history.”--Edith Hamilton, in _The Saturday +Review of Literature_. + + + MORLEY, JOHN (VISCOUNT). _The Life of Richard Cobden._ 1881. London: + Unwin. 1903. 985 pp. + +The outstanding biography of the great Free Trader and leader of the +Manchester School. + + + MORLEY, JOHN (VISCOUNT). _The Life of William Ewart Gladstone._ + Macmillan. 1911. 3 vols. + +A masterly biography of the great nineteenth century liberal statesman. + + + MORLEY, JOHN (VISCOUNT). _Voltaire._ Macmillan. 1872. 365 pp. + +“Morley’s _Voltaire_ fully appreciates the influence of Locke and +English Individualism upon Voltaire.”--PI. + + + MOSCA, GAETANO. _The Ruling Class._ McGraw-Hill. 1939. 514 pp. + +This is an English translation, with some reorganization of the +material, from the 1923 edition of the work of the eminent Italian +political philosopher first published in 1895. The Italian title is +_Elementi di Scienza Politico_. It contains an illuminating chapter +on the political character of collectivism. “This work, already a +classic in Europe, deserves the widest attention in America.”--_Foreign +Affairs._ “The picture Mosca gives of the ruling class, of politics +and of political behavior is one which students in these fields cannot +afford to neglect.”--A. T. Mason, in the _Survey Graphic_. + + + MUSSATTI, JAMES. _The Constitution of the United States._ Van + Nostrand. 1956. 173 pp. + +A short, simple and admirably organized statement of the basic +principles of the American Constitution. Its intent is to explain +to the layman the philosophies, motives, and actions of the framers +of that great document. It is accompanied by full bibliographic +references, and a study guide prepared by Thomas J. Shelly. + + + MUTHESIUS, VOLKMAR. _Müssen wir arm bleiben?_ Frankfurt a. M., + Germany. 1952. + +A discussion by a courageous and outspoken German liberal, who is +devoted to the principles of the free market, of the postwar problems +of his country. + + + NEWBURY, FRANK D. _The American Economic System._ McGraw-Hill. 1950. + +Designed as a textbook on the basic institutions and principles of the +American economic system. Among those institutions and principles the +author stresses private property; individual freedom of choice and +action; individual responsibility for success or failure; free and +active competition; and the principle of economic rewards proportional +to economic contribution. + + + NEWCOMB, SIMON. _Principles of Political Economy._ Harper. 1886. + +Schumpeter says of Simon Newcomb: “He was an eminent astronomer who +also taught, and wrote on, economics but not enough to acquire the +influence he deserved. His _Principles of Political Economy_ is +the outstanding performance of American general economics in the +pre-Clark-Fisher-Taussig epoch. His presentation was masterly and +highly suggestive, also original in several points.” + +His rugged individualism and his vivid illustrations are often +reminiscent of Bastiat. He emphasizes the “let-alone principle” and +the “keep-out principle”: “The one claims that the government should +not stop the citizen from acting; the other that it should keep out of +certain fields of action.” + + + NICHOLSON, J. S. _The Revival of Marxism._ Dutton. 1921. 145 pp. + +“A ruthless criticism and exposure of Marxism. Marx’s writings are +shown to have contributed nothing of tangible value to the world’s +knowledge. Insofar as they are original they are false.”--PI. + + + NOCK, ALBERT J. _Our Enemy, the State._ 1935. (Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton + Printers. 1946.) 209 pp. + +The author develops the theme that the State is founded on conquest +and confiscation and tends to devour civilization. He foresaw +“ever-increasing corruption, inefficiency and prodigality” under State +domination which will lead us to impoverishment and “a system of forced +labor.” Some of Nock’s ideas were extreme and tended toward anarchism. +But his style combined urbanity with vigor. + + + NORTH, SIR DUDLEY. _Discourses upon Trade._ London. 1691. + +“He exposes the fallacies of the Mercantile Theory and is an +advocate--one of the earliest--of Free Trade.... ‘A nation in the +world, as to trade, is in all respects like a citizen in a kingdom, or +a family in a city.’ Therefore trade between nations ought to be left +free and not loaded with restrictions, as is the present practice of +rulers. The following sentence might have been written by Fawcett or +any of his fellow economists: ‘There can be no trade unprofitable to +the public, for if any prove so, men leave it off, and whenever traders +thrive, the public, of which they are a part, thrive also.”--PI. + + + NORTON, THOMAS J. _The Constitution of the United States._ 1922. (New + York: America’s Future. 1951.) 319 pp. + +An elementary reference work, designed not for the legal profession +but “to make accessible to the citizen ... such a knowledge of the +Constitution of the United States as will serve in emergency as a +‘first line of defense.’” The text of the Constitution is printed in +bold-face type, followed by a note to every line or clause “that has +a historical story or drama back of it” or that otherwise calls for +interpretation in the light of court decisions. The book has been +kept up-to-date by numerous printings. “I know of no book which so +completely and coherently explains our form of government.”--James M. +Beck, former Solicitor General of the United States. + + + NORTON, THOMAS J. _Undermining the Constitution._ Devin-Adair. 1950. + 351 pp. + +“The author, who in the twenties published a standard commentary on +the constitution, calls his new commentary a ‘history of lawless +government’ and cites case after case to support his charge that +‘clever, irresponsible men’ have been doing their best to demolish +the Constitution and popular government along with it. As examples +of how the intent of the writers of the Constitution has been +‘demolished,’ Mr. Norton discusses such matters as the TVA, the +agricultural adjustment act, the national labor relations act, the +child labor law, the assumption by Washington of much police power +originally held by the several states, the influence of the Supreme +Court in creating new laws, and the loss of congressional power to the +executive.”--_Springfield Republican._ + + + NUTTER, G. WARREN. _The Extent of Enterprise Monopoly in the United + States, 1899-1939._ University of Chicago Press. 1951. 169 pp. + +A careful and detailed statistical study. Professor Nutter concludes +that there is no basis for the impression that there has been a +significant increase in monopoly in the United States since about 1900. + + + NYARADI, NICHOLAS. _My Ringside Seat in Moscow._ Crowell. 1952. 307 pp. + +“A report on a most melancholy mission to Moscow, written by the last +non-Communist Finance Minister of Hungary. Mr. Nyaradi went to Russia +in 1947 to negotiate with the Kremlin a two-hundred-million-dollar +Russian claim against his government.... He got it reduced, but it +took him seven months to do so, and by that time the Communists had +infested his government and the claim had become academic.”--_New +Yorker._ “From one point of view this book can be read as a rollicking +account of Moscow life, with its strange contrasts between the abysmal +poverty of the many and the sybaritic life of the rulers.... More +important, however, Nyaradi gives us a glimpse of some key figures +in the Politburo and near Politburo levels of Soviet life.”--Harry +Schwartz, in _The New York Times_. + + + ONEAL, JAMES, AND WERNER, G. A. _American Communism._ Dutton. 1947. + 416 pp. + +“A revision and extension of Oneal’s same title published in +1927 by the Rand School. To the original thirteen chapters now +slightly revised, Werner adds nine, covering events since original +publication.... The original sections are careful and judicious, the +latter, somewhat less so; but the documented whole adds up to a clear +picture of the development of Communism in the United States which the +authors insist is not a political party in our sense but an agency of +the Russian Dictatorship.”--_Library Journal._ + + + OPPENHEIMER, FRANZ. _The State._ Huebsch. 1922. 302 pp. + +“This brilliant political study is simultaneously readable, brief and +profound.”--_Felix Morley._ + + + ORME, ALEXANDREA. _Comes the Comrade._ Morrow. 1950. 376 pp. + +Beginning with Dec. 22, 1944, this diary of a Polish woman, “Lida,” +married to a Hungarian aristocrat, covers the days to March 28, 1945. +During that time the Russians were supposed to have “liberated” that +section of Hungary. At first Lida had welcomed the Russians, but as +it became apparent that their ideas of liberation were very crude, +she devoted all her time and intelligence to the task of keeping one +step ahead of them. “If one can imagine a group of Roman patricians +caught by an invading flood of Goths and Vandals one can appreciate the +situation which Mrs. Orme describes with courage, wit and vivacity.... +There could hardly be a better close-up view of the Soviet overrunning +of Eastern Europe.”--W. H. Chamberlin, in the _Chicago Sunday Tribune_. + + + ORTON, WILLIAM AYLOTT. _The Liberal Tradition._ Yale University Press. + 1945. 317 pp. + +This bears the subtitle: “A Study of the Social and Spiritual +Conditions of Freedom.” “In an era that speaks so glibly and so +hopelessly of the inevitability of collectivization, Professor +Orton casts a favorite-son vote for freedom.”--H. T. Maguire, in +_Commonweal_. + + + ORTON, WILLIAM AYLOTT. _The Economic Role of the State._ University of + Chicago Press. 1950. 192 pp. + +A discussion of the basis and limitations of government action. John +Chamberlain writes: “Orton’s view is that the best society is the +one in which people put their reliance on the voluntary action of +autonomous non-state social groups. He brings us back to the central +lack of modern man, which is philosophy. He himself is evidently in +accord with the Catholic philosophy of economics and government. But he +is so persistently oblique in his phraseology that he often leaves the +reader in doubt as to how he would apply Catholic philosophy in given +instances.” + + + ORWELL, GEORGE. _Nineteen Eighty-Four._ Harcourt, Brace. 1949. 314 pp. + +A satirical novel about a future time when men and women living in a +collectivist society are constantly spied upon through “telescreens,” +and drilled by a Thought Police into thinking that war is peace, that +ignorance is strength, and that freedom is slavery. Orwell was the +foremost satirist of our time. _Nineteen Eighty-Four_ portrays with +classic power and finality the intellectual paralysis and spiritual +depravity that a totalitarian regime imposes. But except for its vivid +picture of the dreadful end-results for consumers, it leaves the +determining _economic_ aspect of such a totalitarian society virtually +blank. + +Orwell in an earlier book (_The Lion and the Unicorn: Socialism and +the English Genius_; Secker & Warburg: 1941) had argued for a special +“English socialism.” With his increasing disillusionment he ceased to +be a communist sympathizer, and, in the end (some time after writing +_Animal Farm_), even to be a socialist. In _Nineteen Eighty-Four_ he +ridiculed his own former ideas by his sarcastic references to “Ingsoc” +(the short name in his collectivist society for English socialism). +But so bitter and complete had been Orwell’s previous hatred of +“capitalism” that he never came to understand the real nature and +effects of free private enterprise. This, I think, is why _Nineteen +Eighty-Four_ could only end on a note of utter despair. Yet the book +presents an unforgettable picture of what collectivism leads to. + + + ORWELL, GEORGE. _Animal Farm._ Harcourt, Brace. 1946. 118 pp. + +The animals on Mr. Jones’s farm stage a successful revolution and +take the place over. The revolution begins to go wrong--yet ingenious +excuses are always forthcoming for each perversion of the original +doctrine. This fable is the vehicle for a brilliant satire on the +actual course of the Russian communist revolution up to the time when +_Animal Farm_ appeared. Unfortunately, much in this satire implies +the familiar socialist view that the Russian revolution was perhaps a +necessary method of putting a great ideal into effect, but that the +revolution was “betrayed” by Stalin through selfishness and abuse +of power and a return to capitalist ideals. These implications spoil +the satire for individualists and believers in free enterprise. In +_Nineteen Eighty-Four_ Orwell was to become far more disillusioned with +socialism than he is here. + + + PACKE, MICHAEL ST. JOHN. _The Life of John Stuart Mill._ Macmillan. + 1954. 567 pp. + +An admirable biography of the great nineteenth century liberal +economist and philosopher. It carries the reader along like a +first-rate novel, yet Mr. Packe never invents conversations or inner +thoughts, but supplies documentation for all his statements. Readers +of Mill’s _Autobiography_ will find Mr. Packe’s book an almost +indispensable supplement; it throws entirely new light on Mill’s life +and character, and supplements the material in the _Autobiography_ at a +hundred points, while repeating surprisingly little. “For eighty years +after his death,” writes F. A. Hayek in a preface, “no satisfactory +biography of Mill has been available. In many ways, the unique value +of his own description of his intellectual development has increased +rather than diminished the need for a more comprehensive account of the +setting against which it ought to be seen. Until recently, the material +on which such a picture could be based was not available.... There may +still be details to be filled in here and there; but on the whole I +feel that Mr. Packe has given us the definitive biography of Mill for +which we have so long been waiting.” + + + PAINE, THOMAS. _Common Sense._ 1776. Many editions. 129 pp. ----. _The + Rights of Man_, 1791. Many editions. 389 pp. + +“Paine’s _Common Sense_ helped to inspire the Declaration of +Independence, while _The Rights of Man_ raised a great outcry among +the admirers of the British Constitution. He was a bold champion of +individual as well as of national independence.”--PI. + + + PAINE, THOMAS. _The Complete Writings of Thomas Paine._ Edited by + Philip S. Foner. New York: The Citadel Press. 1945. 2 vols. + +These two volumes contain, among other writings, both _Common +Sense_ and _The Rights of Man_. “At once the fullest, the most +inexpensive, and the most usable edition of Paine that has yet been +published.”--Allan Nevins, in _The New York Times_. + + + PALGRAVE, R. H. INGLIS (ed.). _Dictionary of Political Economy._ + Macmillan. 1918. 3 vols. 2,525 pp. + +“An indispensable work of reference. The article on Individualism +should be studied.”--PI. + + + PALMER, CECIL. _The British Socialist Ill-fare State._ Caldwell, + Idaho: Caxton Printers. 1952. 656 pp. + +A study of the shortcomings of the British welfare state, which +examines the State’s challenge to individual liberties, nationalized +medicine, and the nationalization of industries and utilities. The +author was a former British publisher and lecturer, and was the +organizer of the Society of Individualists. He died in January 1952. + + + PALYI, MELCHIOR. _The Dollar Dilemma._ Regnery. 1954. 208 pp. + +In this vigorous, well-informed and penetrating book, the author +argues that American dollar aid to Europe and elsewhere has done +more harm than good. He contends that it has financed socialism, +planned and directed economies, excessive social security and wealth +distribution systems, the destruction of incentives and the promotion +of inefficiency. Dr. Palyi was born in Hungary but since 1933 has lived +in America, where he has been active as a research economist. + + + PALYI, MELCHIOR. _Compulsory Medical Care and the Welfare State._ + Chicago: National Institution of Professional Services. 1949. 156 pp. + +An analysis based on a special study of governmentalized medical care +systems on the continent of Europe and in England. + + + PARKES, HENRY BAMFORD. _Marxism: An Autopsy._ Houghton Mifflin. 1939. + 300 pp. + +Reviewing this book in _The New York Times_ of April 7, 1940, I wrote: +“Mr. Parkes’s autopsy ... cannot compare in depth, penetration and +rigor of thought with von Mises’ masterly refutation of socialism, to +the extent that the two volumes cover similar ground. But it is an +important volume and one of the ablest direct replies to Marxism ever +to appear in America.... In his attempt to formulate a constructive +program Mr. Parkes is less happy.” + + + PATERSON, ISABEL. _The God of the Machine._ Putnam. 1943. 292 pp. + +The author argues that only free men, in a free economy of private +property, can maintain “the long circuit of energy” that makes +civilization work. Collectivism, she contends, does not and cannot +work. The book is acute, pungent, epigrammatic, full of original +insights and sometimes powerfully eloquent. (The chapter “The +Humanitarian with the Guillotine” is an outstanding example.) But +much of the thinking and style of the work are marred by a persistent +and obsessive effort to write of man’s economic, political and moral +problems on the analogy and in the vocabulary of the flow of electrical +energy. + + + PATON, WILLIAM A. _Shirtsleeve Economics._ Appleton-Century-Crofts. + 1952. 460 pp. + +A highly successful effort, by an eminent accountant and professor of +economics at the University of Michigan, to present “a common sense +survey” of economics in easily understandable terms. “The central +proposition of this book,” declares the author, “is very simple: We +can’t consume any more than we produce and only through increased +production is a higher standard of living possible. This has an +important corollary: We must be everlastingly on our guard to check +those influences and developments that tend to limit and discourage +production. Among such is ‘social legislation’ which emphasizes +diversion only, without regard to what happens to output.” + + + PERCY OF NEWCASTLE, LORD. _The Heresy of Democracy._ Regnery. 1955. + +The author, a British statesman and scholar, shows how democracy, +in the sense of a temporary majority sentiment, may be corrupted +and frozen into totalitarian forms. His book deals with such basic +questions as the growth of state power, the relation of the individual +to the state, and the dangers of demagogic mass manipulation. “It +is possible,” he warns, “for multiplied legislation, whether by Act +of Parliament or dictatorial decree, to destroy the very conception +of law.... Under the best laws much governed men are less free than +lightly governed men. For, whenever the law converts (as it often must) +an obligation to a fellow-citizen into an obligation to the state it +substitutes a claim to obedience for the give-and-take of mutual rights +and duties between individuals.” + + + PETROV, VLADIMIR. _Soviet Gold._ Farrar, Straus & Young. 1949. 426 pp. + +“A sixteen-year-old boy writes his political thoughts into a diary. +Three years later a lady friend turns against him and plants +anti-Soviet books in his room. The young fellow is caught in the net of +the vast purges of the mid-1930’s. Terror-stricken ex-friends denounce +him. It all adds up to a fat NKVD dossier, a six-year sentence to heavy +labor, and an odyssey that leads through the prisons of Leningrad to +the labor camps and gold mines of Siberia. That’s what happened to +Vladimir Petrov. That is the story he tells.”--_Saturday Review of +Literature._ + + + PETROV, VLADIMIR. _My Retreat from Russia._ Yale University Press. + 1950. 357 pp. + +In his earlier book, _Soviet Gold_, the author gave an account of +his six years in the forced labor camps in Siberia. In the present +volume he describes his activities after his release at the time of +the outbreak of the war. He worked his way back to his home in Russia +proper, where he discovered that as an ex-prisoner he was no longer +considered a trusted citizen. Thence he fled through Central Europe +into American-occupied Italy. + + + PETTENGILL, S. B. _Jefferson, the Forgotten Man._ America’s Future, + Inc. 1938. 249 pp. + +“Mr. Pettengill is a member of Congress from Indiana and one of those +Democrats who, enthusiastic in their support of the first New Deal, +looked with misgiving on the second; his attitude toward the third +New Deal is one of dismay. In a vigorous style, with ample reference +to Jefferson’s principles and precepts and to those of other eminent +mentors, including the President himself, he explains this.”--W. M. +Houghton, in _Books_. + + + PETTY, SIR WILLIAM. _A Treatise on Taxes._ 1662. Many editions. 75 pp. + +“This and Petty’s other works are of much historical interest. Like +North, later in the century, Petty anticipated Adam Smith in his +exposition of Free Trade.”--PI. + + + PHILBRICK, HERBERT A. _I Led Three Lives._ McGraw-Hill. 1952. 323 pp. + +“The now-it-can-be-told story of Herbert Philbrick, ‘Citizen, +Communist, Counterspy,’ who testified before Judge Medina against The +Eleven after nine years of conspiracy, uncertainty, and deliberate +penetration into the Communist Party.”--Virginia Kirkus. “The real +significance lies in the clarification it brings to Communist purposes +and achievements through indirect infiltration.”--E. B. Canham, in the +_New York Herald Tribune_. + + + PICK, FRANZ. _Black Market Yearbook._ 1951, etc. Pick’s World Currency + Report. 160 pp. + +Since 1951 Dr. Franz Pick has published a yearbook on world blackmarket +prices and trading in currencies and gold. His book is dedicated “to +the more than 2,000,000,000 victims of inflation, who, for obeying +the law, have been punished by the law.” He declares in his foreword: +“Distrust of every system of planned economy, fictional official values +of gold, currency, and government bonds cannot be wiped out. People +cannot and will not accept arbitrary confiscation through inflation, as +practiced by every government in the world today.” In his 1954 edition +he points out: “At the beginning of 1954, nine-tenths of the world’s +population were legally denied freedom to transfer their assets into +less diseased monies.” + + + PILAT, OLIVER RAMSEY. _The Atom Spies._ Putnam. 1952. 312 pp. + +“An exhaustive account of how the Communist spy network succeeded, +with disturbing ease, in relieving the United States of the biggest +military secret in history. It is a complicated story, dealing not only +with the machinations of the spies but also with their motives.... Mr. +Pilat focusses attention on this ideological aspect of the case, and on +the clear and continuing danger of having among us an amorphous group +of people who can be persuaded at any time to betray their country for +what they are told are super-patriotic reasons.”--_New Yorker._ + + + POIROT, PAUL LEWIS. _The Pension Idea._ Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation + for Economic Education. 1950. + +The author points out that there is not nearly enough total capital +or savings in any nation to support in retirement all citizens over +65, and hence there cannot be a fully funded pension plan covering +everybody. The unfunded “social security” promises can only mean either +further inflation, taxes upon private savings, or further attempts to +tax the earnings of future citizens. + + + POLANYI, MICHAEL. _The Contempt of Freedom._ London: Watts. 1940. 116 + pp. + +Essays about the Russian experiment and its consequences. It includes: +_The Rights and Duties of Science_ (1939); _Collectivist Planning_ +(1940); _Soviet Economics--Fact and Theory_ (1935); _Truth and +Propaganda_ (1936). + + + POPPER, K. R. _The Open Society and Its Enemies._ Vol. I: _The Spell + of Plato_. Vol. II: _The High Tide of Prophecy: Hegel, Marx and + the Aftermath_. London: Routledge. 1945. 2 vols. 268 pp. 352 pp. + (Princeton University Press. 1950. 744 pp.) + +The author, Reader in Logic and Scientific Method in the University of +London, demonstrates that Plato, Hegel, and Marx formulated ideas in +political philosophy inimical to the “Open Society,” i.e., to a society +based on reason and not on myth. The encomiums with which this book was +greeted on its British publication in 1945 were for the most part fully +deserved. Certainly we can agree with Sir Ernest Barker that “There is +an abundance of riches in the book--classical scholarship, scientific +acumen, logical subtlety, philosophic sweep.” Bertrand Russell thought +it: “A work of first class importance ... which ought to be widely read +for its masterly criticism of the ... enemies of democracy, ancient +and modern.... His attack on Plato, while unorthodox, is in my opinion +thoroughly justified.... His analysis of Hegel is deadly.... Marx is +dissected with equal acumen.” + +The book is weak, however, on the economic side. Dr. Popper gives +Marx undeserved credit for his alleged services to “social justice.” +He is himself capable of saying that Marx was “right in asserting +that increasing misery tends to be the result of _laissez-faire_ +capitalism.” This is because Dr. Popper has in his own mind a mere +caricature called “_laissez-faire_ capitalism,” as Marx had. In spite +of this weakness there are so many merits in the book that we must set +it down as powerful and important. + + + POSSONY, STEFAN THOMAS. _Century of Conflict._ Regnery. 1953. 439 pp. + +“The author, Professor of International Politics at Georgetown +University, traces the Communist techniques in revolution from 1848. +Beginning with Marx, he depicts the story of Communist efforts in +Western Europe, the Russian Revolution, Communist tactics between +the wars, and Communist internal and external aggression since the +war. He outlines the methods, both from without and from within, by +which he believes the Communists hope to win a war with the United +States.”--_Current History._ “An invaluable storehouse of first-hand +information.”--W. H. Chamberlin, in the _Chicago Sunday Tribune_. + + + POUND, ROSCOE. _The Rise of the Service State and Its Consequences._ + New Wilmington, Pa.: The Economic and Business Foundation. 1949. 34 pp. + +This is a devastating analysis, by the former dean of the Harvard Law +School and one of the world’s great authorities on jurisprudence, of +“the service state, the state which, instead of preserving peace and +order and employing itself with maintaining the general security, takes +the whole domain of human welfare for its province and would solve all +economic and social ills through its administrative activities.” + +Dean Pound’s pamphlet is included in this list, in violation of my +announced general rule against including pamphlets, in the hope that +some publisher may be inspired to publish it in book form, together +with a score of the same author’s other pamphlets and articles on +kindred topics, now scattered in the files of a dozen legal journals. +These would include such articles as _The Disappearance of Law_, +_Dangers in Administrative Absolutism_, and _Administrative Agencies +and the Law_. + + + POUND, ROSCOE. _Justice According to Law._ Yale University Press. + 1951. 98 pp. + +This small book consists of three lectures by Roscoe Pound, dean +emeritus of the Harvard Law School, on What Is Justice?, What Is Law?, +and Judicial Justice. The book is a wise, scholarly and compact survey +of the philosophy of law, a plea for the rule of law rather than +for widened administrative discretion, and a defense of the justice +of the courts as against that of administrative or other substitute +agencies. Dean Pound defends the rule of law also as the guardian of +individual liberty. “The real foe of [governmental] absolutism is +law. It presupposes a life measured by reason, a legal order measured +by reason, and a judicial process carried on by applying a reasoned +technique to experience developed by reason and reason tested by +experience.” + + + POUND, ROSCOE. _Administrative Law._ University of Pittsburgh Press. + 1942. 138 pp. + +“To the growing attacks on current developments in administrative +justice, Roscoe Pound adds the weight of history and philosophy in +a volume that is one of the more succinct and reasoned analyses +of the shortcomings of administrative justice unrestrained by the +traditions and processes of the common law as administered by regularly +constituted courts. Proceeding from the assumption that the common law +is a taught tradition of the supremacy of law, of individual rights, +and of adjudication instead of administration, Dean Pound denies the +idea that ‘whatever is done officially is law.’ Administrative law, +so-called, is, therefore, but a species of justice without law, lacking +the restraints of judicial procedure and the techniques of decision +inherent in that ‘artificial reason’ of the law.”--_American Political +Science Review._ + + + POUND, ROSCOE. _New Paths of The Law._ University of Nebraska Press. + 1950. 69 pp. + +Three lectures delivered at the University of Nebraska in 1950, which +marked the opening of a lectureship established in honor of Roscoe +Pound. The lectures discuss, respectively, “The Path of Liberty,” “The +Humanitarian Path,” and “The Authoritarian Path.” + + + PROTHERO, MICHAEL. _Political Economy._ London: George Bell. 1895. 266 + pp. + +“This is meant for beginners, who will find it most useful. Two +chapters, ‘Alternative Schemes to Private Property,’ and, especially, +‘Theoretic Ideas about Economic Facts,’ give more serviceable +information than perhaps will be found, in a concise form, in any other +book.”--PI. + + + QUEENY, EDGAR M. _The Spirit of Enterprise._ Scribner’s. 1943. 267 pp. + +It is the spirit of enterprise exercised by individuals and voluntary +groups, according to the author, who is chairman of the board of the +Monsanto Chemical Company, that has made America grow. The kind of +social planning advocated by New Dealers, he contends, can lead only +to a lower standard of living and a loss of liberty. “This book is +a magnificent indication that business is finding its voice. In the +public debate over what kind of social and economic system the U. S. +should have, the professional theorists on the left have done most of +the talking during the past decade. Now comes a businessman with a +fluent pen and a vigorous set of convictions to take up the cudgels for +free enterprise.”--Claude Robinson. + + + QUESNAY, FRANÇOIS. _Tableau économique._ 1758. 216 pp. + +“A man of great importance among French Physiocrats; he was physician +to Louis XV, and a man of noble character; he had much influence on +Turgot, the wise minister of Louis XVI. Accounts of him and his school +are given in all economic histories. His doctrine, which was carefully +studied by Adam Smith, is briefly: Let entire freedom of commerce be +maintained; for the regulation of commerce, both internal and external, +the most sure, the most exact, the most profitable to the nation, and +to the State, consists in entire freedom of competition.”--PI. + + + RAE, JOHN. _Contemporary Socialism._ 1884. Scribner’s. 1905. 555 pp. + +“A very useful and fairly full history of modern Socialism beginning +with Lassalle and Marx. The point of view is strongly Individualistic, +but the writer sees the necessity of constructive action. He remarks: +“Free institutions run continual risk of shipwreck when power is in +the possession of the many, but property--from whatever cause--the +enjoyment of the few. With the advance of democracy a diffusion of +wealth becomes almost a necessity of State.”--PI. + + + RAND, AYN. _Anthem._ 1938. (Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton Press. 1946.) 105 + pp. + +This book, first published in England in 1938, is a striking +predecessor of Orwell’s _Nineteen Eighty-Four_. “_Anthem_ records the +life of a rebel against the totalitarian order, a man named Equality +7-2521, who rejects the collectivist Utopia. He dwells in a society +which, by deliberately destroying independence of mind, has laid +waste all the achievement of earlier civilizations--a world which +has banned as criminal the singular pronoun and all talk of ‘The +Unmentionable Times.’ The Council of Vocations ... proclaims him a +street-sweeper. Secretly working underground in the shafts of former +days, he rediscovers electricity. He defies the world of State-planned +eugenics and State-directed mating and discovers a personal love. Among +a people which exists to serve a soulless State, he discovers that +the pursuit of his own happiness conjointly advances the happiness of +his fellows. He is denounced, imprisoned and tortured, but his spirit +cannot be conquered. _Anthem_ is at once an exaltation of liberty and +an exhortation to the counter-attack.”--Deryck Abel. + + + RAND, AYN. _The Fountainhead._ Bobbs-Merrill. 1943. 754 pp. + +This novel about an uncompromising architect is based on a belief +in “the importance of selfishness.” Its theme is that man’s ego is +the fountainhead of human progress. Many will think the author’s +intransigent type of individualism extreme, but the novel is exciting +and impressive. + + + RANDALL, CLARENCE B. _A Creed for Free Enterprise._ Little, Brown. + 1952. 177 pp. + +An admirable book on American business and businessmen by the president +of the Inland Steel Company. “Should do much in counteracting the +untruthful and insidious propaganda of the socialists against free +enterprise.”--The Rev. A. Keller, in _The Freeman_. + + + RANDALL, CLARENCE B. _A Foreign Economic Policy for the United + States._ University of Chicago Press. 1954. 83 pp. + +A plea for the removal of barriers and the liberalization of +international trade by a distinguished businessman who is also a +vigorous thinker and writer. + + + RAPPARD, WILLIAM E. _The Secret of American Prosperity._ Greenberg. + 1955. 124 pp. + +This book originally appeared in French as an attempt by an eminent +Swiss economist to explain the secret of American prosperity to other +Europeans. In my foreword to the American edition I wrote: “Among the +qualities that make it remarkable ... are not only the generosity +with which it acknowledges and insists upon the economic superiority +of the United States, but the still rarer generosity with which it +attributes this superiority not merely to good luck--such as great +natural resources or escape from the direct destruction of the two +world wars (the usual European explanation)--but primarily to the +character and the free economic institutions of the American people, to +our greater efficiency and to our greater competitive spirit.” The book +is lucid and admirably organized. It may serve as an indirect reminder +to Americans that their own economic achievement has been the result, +above all, of a free, dynamic, private, competitive economy, and can be +preserved only by preserving this type of economy. + + + RAPPARD, WILLIAM E. _The Crisis of Democracy._ University of Chicago + Press. 1938. 288 pp. + +An analysis of democracy: its definition, sources, and probable +longevity. While he “does not despair of modern democracy, [the +author] rather questions the solidity and the longevity of modern +dictatorships.”--From the Foreword. + + + RAVINES, EUDOCIO. _The Yenan Way._ Scribner’s. 1951. 319 pp. + +“A sort of _mea culpa_ by a man who was until recently one of the top +Communist organizers in South America. Mr. Ravines, a Peruvian, studied +his peculiar art in the same Comintern schools in Moscow that Klement +Gottwald and Mao Tse-tung attended. He was one of the major figures in +the South American Bureau of the Comintern and was very active in the +Spanish Civil War. It was while he was on Comintern duty in Spain that +he began to lose faith in the world revolution and in revolutionists, +and began to see Stalin for what he is, rather than as the workers’ +messiah. Altogether, an important, instructive, and astonishingly +specific book.”--_New Yorker._ + + + READ, LEONARD E. _Government--An Ideal Concept._ Irvington, N. Y.: + Foundation for Economic Education. 1954. 149 pp. + +Leonard Read argues that the purpose of government is to use “defensive +force” to neutralize “aggressive force”; and that government can have +no legitimate function beyond that. He applies this principle to such +subjects as socialism, taxation, conscription, world government, +efforts to increase trade or prevent depressions, money, public +housing, foreign aid, education and religion. + + + READ, LEONARD E. _Outlook for Freedom._ Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation + for Economic Education. 1951. + +This small volume contains an allegorical report of the ideas and +experiences, failures and successes, of many associates and friends +of the author during the last two decades, and relates it to the +concept of individual liberty. “The substance for a thorough-going, +twentieth century intellectual revolution,” he writes, “is in the +making, and is showing a vitality that can be accounted for only by +the inextinguishable spirit of individualism--the insistence of man to +complete his own creation. That this spirit at present is evident among +only a minority need not necessarily deject the devotee of liberty. +Everything begins with a minority of one, extends to a few, and then to +many.” + + + RICARDO, DAVID. _Principles of Political Economy and Taxation._ 1817. + Many editions. 538 pp. + +The work of this brilliant deductive thinker has been used to draw such +corollaries as extreme _laissez faire_, the single tax, and Marxism! In +1952 _The Works and Correspondence of David Ricardo_ were published in +nine volumes under the careful and scholarly editorship of Piero Sraffa +with the collaboration of M. H. Dobb. “Ricardo is more the father of +Victorian Political Economy (hated by Ruskin and Carlyle) than either +Adam Smith or John Stuart Mill.”--PI. + + + RICHTER, EUGENE. _Pictures of the Socialistic Future._ 1893. London: + Jarrolds. 1925. 134 pp. + +“A satirical account of an imaginary Socialist regime by an eminent +German. It is very interesting when read in conjunction with the +earlier works of Robert Blatchford. Sir Ernest Benn writes in the +introduction: ‘The really extraordinary thing about this book is that +it was written and first published more than thirty years ago, in 1893. +It is not, however, published afresh now on account of its interest as +a piece of prophecy, but rather because of the remarkable way in which +it fits in every detail the problem of Socialism as it presents itself +to us in 1925.’”--PI. + + + RIST, CHARLES. _Défense de l’Or._ Paris: Recueil Sirey. 1953. 120 pp. + +A collection of articles appearing over eight years in favor of a +return to the international gold standard in place of present “managed” +paper money systems. + + + ROBBINS, LIONEL. _The Great Depression._ Macmillan. 1934. 238 pp. + +In reviewing this book in _The New York Times_ of Nov. 18, 1934, I +wrote: “If Mr. Robbins’s economic philosophy is ‘discredited’ and +‘outmoded,’ it is not because he is a bleary old man with an ossified +brain. He is, to be sure, a professor, and his acquaintance with the +work of the classical economists has no doubt poisoned his mind, but +he is still only 35, and writes with as much clarity and vigor as J. +M. Keynes or John Strachey. What he himself is sometimes pleased to +call his ‘orthodox’ economics, indeed, will seem very unorthodox to +those who are fairly well acquainted with contemporary British economic +thought.” + + + ROBBINS, LIONEL. _Economic Planning and International Order._ + Macmillan. 1937. 330 pp. + +Reviewing this volume in _The New York Times_ of Aug. 1, 1937, I wrote: +“Altogether, Mr. Robbins’s short volume is one of the ablest and most +vigorous statements in recent years of the orthodox liberal position, +as it is one of the most uncompromising and damaging analyses of the +whole philosophy of planning. Professor Robbins is deeply grounded; +he uses the tools of classical economic analysis like a fine surgeon; +he moves deliberately from step to step with relentless logic; and he +writes a lucid and compact prose.” + + + ROBBINS, LIONEL. _The Theory of Economic Policy in English Classical + Political Economy._ Macmillan. 1952. 217 pp. + +Professor Robbins here presents in broad outline the theory of economic +policy held by the leading English classical economists--notably +Hume, Adam Smith, Bentham, Malthus, Ricardo, Senior, Torrens, +McCulloch and the two Mills. It is the author’s conviction that +the views of the classical economists on economic policy have been +gravely misrepresented in contemporary discussion, on the one hand +by presenting them as being callous to or neglectful of humane +considerations, such as the problems of unemployment and poverty, on +the other hand as carrying the doctrine of _laissez faire_ further +than they actually did. But Dr. Robbins does emphasize their general +adherence to “the System of Economic Freedom.” This “was not just a +detached recommendation not to interfere,” but “an urgent demand that +... hampering and anti-social impediments should be removed and that +the immense potential of free pioneering individual initiative should +be released.” Dr. Robbins’s book is written with great lucidity and +charm, out of a rich and accurate scholarship. It contains an excellent +index. + + + ROBBINS, LIONEL. _The Economic Basis of Class Conflict._ Macmillan. + 1939. 277 pp. + +A collection of essays united by a common theme--an analysis of the +way in which forms of organization facilitating group exclusiveness +may be the cause of social disharmony. The author contends that the +real modern tendency of the West is not so much “collectivism” as +syndicalism or corporativism. The book also discusses the causes of +increased protectionism, the consequences of agricultural planning, and +the general vices of restrictionism. In reviewing it in _The New York +Times_ of Oct. 22, 1939, I wrote: “Readers of Professor Robbins will +find here, as in his previous volumes, vigor of style, rigor of thought +and an uncompromising liberalism.” + + + ROBBINS, LIONEL. _The Economic Causes of War._ London: Cape. 1939. 124 + pp. + +“The chief British exponent of neo-classical economics writes in his +usual lucid and suave way about war. He carries on his long standing +feud with Marxian theory, and rejects any basic connection between war +and capitalist imperialism.”--_The New Republic._ “A masterpiece of +sound analysis and clear exposition by a professor of economics at the +University of London.”--_Foreign Affairs._ + + + ROBBINS, LIONEL. _Wages._ London: Jarrolds. 1925. 94 pp. + +“A modest but valuable essay. It is a lucid discussion of the economics +of wage determination. Although written primarily for those who have no +economic training, it is a work which might well be read with profit by +all students of social problems, for although its language is simple, +it is much more than a mere elementary tract. One would like to feel +that a means could be found of persuading all intelligent workmen to +read this book.”--PI. + + + ROBBINS, LIONEL. _The Economic Problem in Peace and War._ London: + Macmillan. 1947. 86 pp. + +Some reflections on objectives and mechanisms. “This authoritative +recapitulation of the case for individualism by an illustrious +economist, with a philosophical background, is most timely.”--London +_Times Literary Supplement_. + + + ROBERTSON, D. H. _The Control of Industry._ London: Nisbet. 1924. 169 + pp. + +“A compact study of the physiology of modern industry and the forms +of control to which it can be subjected by the capitalist, the State, +the consumer and the worker. Mr. Robertson writes with toleration +and detachment, although his conclusions do not favor undiluted +Individualism. He believes that for some years to come ‘private +enterprise will be the dominant form of industrial organization,’ but +that ‘by its side there is plenty of room for collectivism in selected +cases,’ Further, that as in the case of an alternative creed, the +‘philosophy of the academic Individualists does not fit all the facts.’ +Written in an entertaining style, this book should be read by all +Individualists because it is probably the fairest criticism of extreme +Individualism that exists and deals directly with the difficulties +involved.”--PI. + + + RÖPKE, WILHELM. _International Economic Disintegration._ Macmillan. + 1942. 283 pp. + +This book, a diagnosis of the long-run crisis in international economic +relations, was finished in 1942, when World War II was still going +on. It begins with a careful examination of the state of affairs at +the time, and goes on to explain the powerful forces which created +it--the disintegration of the framework of world economy, the military +aspect of economic nationalism, the effort of industrial countries to +“agrarianize,” the effort of agricultural countries to “industrialize,” +the disturbances in the monetary and financial mechanism of the world +economy, and the influence of policies that aim at national economic +“stabilization.” It is the most thorough and penetrating analysis of +international economic disintegration up to the time of its appearance, +and is particularly impressive because it sees the problem in its wider +implications. + + + RÖPKE, WILHELM. _The Social Crisis of Our Time._ University of Chicago + Press. 1950. 260 pp. + +This book, first published in Switzerland under the title _Die +Gesellschaftskrisis der Gegenwart_, is the first volume of a trilogy +(though each of the volumes is self-contained), and it is the most +available to American readers. Röpke is outstanding, not merely for +the acuteness of his analysis, but for the breadth of his learning and +the breadth of his view, which go much beyond the purely economic field. + +Some readers are likely to have difficulties because Professor Röpke +repudiates not only “collectivism,” but “capitalism,” and advocates a +course that he has called “The Third Way.” This, however, does not mean +a “middle-of-the-road policy” as commonly understood. When Röpke comes +to specific issues he nearly always advocates the solution of “the +free market economy.” But he makes a sharp distinction between a free +market economy as an ideal, and its actual historical embodiment in +“capitalism.” This seems to me a semantic separation which, in face of +the established usage of the words, is likely to be more confusing than +clarifying. Röpke quite properly contends that while economic liberty +is a _necessary_ condition of “the Good Society” it is not always a +_sufficient_ condition. This in itself is true enough, but it sometimes +leads him into irrelevant or dubious recommendations. Yet every +individualist and true liberal will profit from reading him. Frank H. +Knight has rightly called this “a tremendously impressive book.” + + + RÖPKE, WILHELM. _Civitas Humana._ London: Hodge. 1948. 235 pp. + +This is the second volume of the Röpke trilogy. It seeks to outline +the requirements of “a humane order of society.” It discusses such +questions as moral foundations, the place of science, the criteria of +the healthy and the sick government, counterweights to the power of the +State, the problem of “decongestion” and “deproletarianization,” the +decentralization of industry, and the elimination of business-cycle +fluctuations. It pleads for the maintenance of a “peasant agriculture” +and briefly outlines the requirements of a new international order. + + + RÖPKE, WILHELM. _Internationale Ordnung._ Erlenbach-Zürich: Eugen + Rentsch Verlag. 1945. 337 pp. + +Although this volume has been translated into French under the title +_La Communauté Internationale_ (Geneva: Éditions du Cheval Ailé), +no English translation is available. It is concerned, as its title +implies, with international economic problems. It discusses the decay +of a world economy, the general fear of competition, the fear of a +“passive balance” of payments, and the steps necessary to establish +a new world economy. Among these steps the author puts courageous +emphasis, in view of present fashionable Keynesism, on the need +of restoring an international gold standard. “If the existence of +a neo-liberal movement is known far beyond the narrow circles of +experts, the credit belongs mainly to Röpke, at least so far as the +German-speaking public is concerned.”--F. A. Hayek. + + + ROGERS, JAMES E. THOROLD. _The Economic Interpretation of History._ + London: Unwin. 1888. 548 pp. + +“Thorold Rogers was, perhaps, the most broad-minded of the Victorian +economists who followed Adam Smith and John Stuart Mill; he refused to +be tied by the abstractions of Ricardo, and unlike the majority of the +economists, he had a command of pure and vigorous English.... The above +work is most valuable.... The preface will repay careful study. It is +the work of a strong Individualist.... The chapter on _Laissez-faire_ +(XVI) should be especially noted.”--PI. + + + ROGERS, SHERMAN. _Why Kill the Goose?_ Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation + for Economic Education. 1947. 78 pp. + +A former socialist, converted to the benefits of the free private +enterprise system, argues that we have in it a goose which lays +golden eggs, and will continue to produce in abundance the economic +necessities of life--if we do not kill it through impatient and +ignorant policies. He presents a long list of popular misconceptions +and fallacies and of the facts which correct them. Elementary, simple +and very readable. + + + ROOT, E. MERRILL. _Collectivism on the Campus._ Devin-Adair. 1955. + +The theme of this book is “the battle for the mind in American +colleges.” Professor Root argues that American college faculties today +are dominated by collectivists--whom he calls “State liberals”--and +that conservatives, libertarians, or true individualists on those +faculties are not only in a minority but have a difficult time. + + + ROSENBERG, ARTHUR. _A History of Bolshevism._ Oxford University Press. + 1934. 250 pp. + +This is a translation from the German. Dr. Rosenberg wrote the book as +a disillusioned communist. “Theory dominates Russian politics to an +extent almost incomprehensible to the ordinary, practical Englishman; +and Professor Rosenberg analyzes, with skill and knowledge, the +theoretical foundations of the struggles of the past seventeen years. +They revolve, of course, round the interpretation of Marxism.”--John +Hallett, in _The Spectator_. “One of the most instructive books yet +published on the history of bolshevism.”--W. L. Langer, in _Foreign +Affairs_. + + + ROSSI, ANGELO. _The Communist Party in Action._ Yale University Press. + 1950. 301 pp. + +“This analytical study of the French Communist Party is one of the most +important books on political theory and practice that have appeared in +recent years.... Professor Kendall is to be congratulated not only for +his translation but for his thoughtful introduction which challenges +some of the premises of Rossi’s own alternative position as well +as those of its critics.”--Sidney Hook, in _Annals of the American +Academy_. + + + ROSTOVTZEFF, MICHAEL IVANOVICH. _Social and Economic History of the + Roman Empire._ Oxford University Press. 1926. 696 pp. + +Not a history in the ordinary sense, but a study of the social and +economic life of the Roman Empire. “Unquestionably the most solid +and also the most brilliant contribution which has ever been made +toward the interpretation of the Roman Empire.”--R. P. Blake, in the +_American Political Science Review_. “Professor Rostovtzeff’s book will +probably rank among the most notable contributions to the subject since +Gibbon’s.”--A. J. Toynbee, in the _Nation and Athenaeum_. + + + ROUGIER, LOUIS. _Les Mystiques Économiques._ Paris: Librairie de + Médicis. 1938. 1949. 278 pp. + +This is a penetrating study of the steps by which liberal democracies +have been or can be transformed into totalitarian states. By +_“mystiques”_ the author refers to economic doctrines that are mere +rationalizations of prejudice, passion or sentimentality, and rest +neither on reason nor experience. Special chapters are devoted to +an examination of the older liberal _mystique_, the _mystique_ of a +planned economy, of the corporative state, of Marxism, etc. M. Rougier +advocates what he calls _“le libéralisme constructeur,”_ which implies +liberty within a carefully constructed framework of law, constantly +safeguarding competition, and “is not to be confused with the theory +of _laisser faire, laisser passer_, which ends in the suppression of +liberty through the very excess of liberty.” + + + ROUSSEAU, JEAN JACQUES. _The Social Contract._ 1762. Many editions. + 227 pp. + +There is a discussion of the great influence of Rousseau in the +introductory essay to this list, “Individualism in Politics and +Economics.” Although Rousseau’s ideas deeply colored subsequent +development of the philosophy of individualism, his peculiar type of +rationalistic individualism, as F. A. Hayek has pointed out, mainly led +to the opposite of true individualism--i.e., socialism or collectivism. + + + RUEFF, JACQUES. _L’Ordre Social._ Paris: Recueil Sirey. 1945. 2 vols. + 747 pp. + +A profound and original book, which makes a searching analysis of +fundamental economic, political, legal and moral concepts. It draws a +constant contrast between a regime of economic liberalism with true +rights, and a statist, socialist or authoritarian regime with its +system of “false rights.” It is especially effective in demonstrating +the demoralizing economic and political effects of the cycle of deficit +financing, monetary inflation, exchange control and price control that +has marked the policies of so many “free” countries of the West since +World War II. + + + RUEFF, JACQUES. _Épître aux Dirigistes._ Paris: Gallimard. 1949. 120 + pp. + +This is a “letter” addressed in a conciliatory tone to the Economic +Planners, and more particularly to those who think that they can halt +inflation or control an economy largely through the control of prices. +M. Rueff shows the many evils to which attempts at price-fixing lead, +and points on the other hand to the benefits brought about by freedom +of the markets and a policy of economic liberalism. + + + RUEFF, JACQUES. _The Fallacies of Lord Keynes’ General Theory. + Quarterly Journal of Economics._ May, 1947. 24 pp. + +An important analysis. + + + RUGGIERO, GUIDO DE. _The History of European Liberalism._ Oxford + University Press. 1928. 476 pp. + +The author defines liberalism as neither democracy, in the sense of the +rule of the mere majority, nor authoritarianism, in the sense of the +irresponsible rule of those who happen to be in power. “An excellent +exposition of modern liberalism.”--_Boston Transcript._ + + + RUSSELL, DEAN. _The TVA Idea._ Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation for + Economic Education. 1949. 108 pp. + +“With surgical skill, Dean Russell dissects not only the Tennessee +Valley Authority in operation, but the philosophy of industry +socialization, which the TVA represents. In a mere 100 pages, packed +with supporting data, Russell thoroughly debunks the blatant claims +made for TVA by its starry-eyed supporters. He then raises a warning +that the TVA is more than just dams and power plants--it’s an idea, +the extension of which involves loss of individual freedom and drastic +political, social and economic consequences.”--John Fisher, in the +_Chicago Tribune_. + + + SALTER, F. R. _Karl Marx and Modern Socialism._ Macmillan. 1921. 260 + pp. + +“In some ways this is the most useful account and criticism of +Karl Marx that we have. Prof. J. Shield Nicholson in his _Revival +of Marxism_ can hardly hide his complete contempt for Marx’s +inconsistencies and confusions, and he admits that he finds him +‘hopeless and depressing.’ But _Das Kapital_ has had an immense +influence, and Mr. Salter is more sympathetic. In fact, one might +almost say that he is clearly out to paint as favorable a picture of +Marx as his conscience will allow. In spite of this and his constant +attempts to explain away or minimize errors, he cannot avoid exposing +the false assumptions and the structure of false reasoning on which +Marxian theories are built.”--PI (1927). + + + SAMUELSON, BERNARD. _Socialism Rejected._ London: Smith, Elder. 1913. + 330 pp. + +“A satirical examination of Socialism, written in a mock heroic +style.”--PI. The author considers “art” socialism, “Christian” +socialism, political and ethical socialism, utopian socialism, +“natural” socialism, and syndicalist socialism, and rejects them all. + + + SANBORN, FREDERIC ROCKWELL. _Design for War._ Devin-Adair. 1951. 607 + pp. + +A study of secret power politics from 1937 to 1941. “The basic +contention of the book is that a President of the United States ought +to consult freely and publicly with the Cabinet and Congress before +making foreign engagements of any consequence. The author expresses the +belief that the U. S. should follow more nearly the pattern of Britain, +where foreign policy decisions generally are made only after a thorough +airing in Commons, and where the Prime Minister is always directly +accountable to the elected representatives of the people. The book is +heavily documented.”--_Springfield Republican._ + + + SAY, JEAN BAPTISTE. _Treatise on Political Economy._ 1803. + (Philadelphia: Grigg & Eliot. 1834.) + +Jean Baptiste Say (1767-1832) was the founder of the classical school +in France. Although an ardent disciple of Adam Smith, he made it his +mission to reduce the “vast chaos” of Smith’s ideas to more orderly and +simplified form. Among his original contributions were the introduction +of the famous term _entrepreneur_ into economic terminology, his +emphasis on and explanation of the role of the entrepreneur, and +his theory of markets. Say was the originator of “Say’s Law,” which +points out that ultimately goods and services must be bought and paid +for with other goods and services. This is a truism. But many errors +resulted from ignoring it, as Malthus and others did, in their theory +that depressions are caused by a _general_ overproduction. And many +present-day fallacies result from actually _denying_ Say’s Law, as +the Keynesians do. In short--although this truth must, of course, be +understood with the proper qualifications--supply creates its own +demand. + + + SCHAPIRO, J. SALWYN. _Liberalism and the Challenge of Fascism._ + McGraw-Hill. 1949. 421 pp. + +An admirable history of social and intellectual forces in England +and France from 1815 to 1870. The book is unsatisfactory in its +interpretation and understanding of economic developments and the +contribution of the classical economists; but it is excellent in +its shrewd and balanced judgments of the political, philosophical +and literary currents of the period. It is distinguished by a ripe +scholarship and is very well written. + +“This book is devoted to a study of the formation of the pattern of +liberalism in England and France, where its ideals and policies became +a model, followed more or less by the other nations of Europe. It +also treats of the origins of fascist ideology in these countries ... +Chapters 13 to 15, dealing with the Heralds of Fascism, aim to throw a +new light on Louis Napoleon, Proudhon, and Carlyle--the light of the +present on the past. The system established in France by the strange +and enigmatic Emperor cannot be understood without its being seen as a +historic preview of the fascist state with its popular, even socialist, +appeals cloaking a ruthless personal dictatorship.”--From the Preface. + + + SCHATZ, ALBERT. _L’Individualisme économique et social._ Paris: A. + Colin. 1907. 590 pp. + +“This great work of 590 pages is one of the most exhaustive studies of +Individualism that exists and probably the most complete history.”--PI. +“An excellent survey of the history of individualist theories.... +Deserves to be much more widely known as a contribution not only to the +subject indicated by its title but to the history of economic theory in +general.”--F. A. Hayek. + + + SCHNABEL, F. _Deutsche Geschichte im 19. Jahrhundert._ Freiburg i.B. 4 + vols. 1929-37. + +“A remarkable recent work on the modern history of Germany which is not +so well known abroad as it deserves.”--F. A. Hayek. + + + SCHUMPETER, JOSEPH A. _Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy._ Harper. + 1942. 381 pp. + +An attempt to compare the relative merits and defects of capitalism +and socialism, explain their respective relations to democracy, and +indicate the type of society probable or possible in the future. I +include this book in the present list with misgivings. Much of it is +deliberately paradoxical. Professor Schumpeter seems to me unduly +pessimistic about the future prospects of capitalism. He airily +grants to socialism a practicability that no complete socialism could +possess; and he never seriously comes to grips with the main economic +argument against it. Yet this is nonetheless a remarkable book, rich in +scholarship, witty, and often penetrating and profound. At least one +college professor of my acquaintance, who himself ardently supports the +principles of free enterprise, tells me that this book more than any +other has shaken some of his students out of previous pro-socialist +leanings. It can probably be recommended, therefore, to advanced +economic students already acquainted with the work of von Mises, and +possessing analytical powers of their own. + + + SCHUMPETER, JOSEPH A. _History of Economic Analysis._ Oxford + University Press. 1954. 1,260 pp. + +“A monumental achievement of scholarship, without equal in its +field.... Readers of this journal will probably be irritated by the +unnecessary condescending, if not contemptuous, manner in which +Schumpeter usually refers to nineteenth-century liberalism and +_laissez-faire_. But they should remember that it comes from an author +who knew as well as anybody ‘that capitalist evolution tends to peter +out because the modern state may crush or paralyze its motive force,’ +yet who seems to have had an irrepressible urge _pour épater les +bourgeois_.”--F. A. Hayek, in _The Freeman_. + + + SCHWARTZ, HARRY. _Russia’s Soviet Economy._ Prentice-Hall. 1950. 592 + pp. + +A careful description of the historical and ideological background +of Soviet Russia, its economic plan, its industry, agriculture, and +transportation. “The true value of this book lies in its solidly +informative presentation of the Soviet economic machine and its +pernicious effects upon the individual human Russian. A lucid +introductory essay is contributed by William Henry Chamberlin.”--David +Hecht, in the _Saturday Review of Literature_. + + + SCHWARZ, SOLOMON M. _The Jews in the Soviet Union._ Syracuse + University Press. 1951. 380 pp. + +“In the first part of the book Dr. Schwarz exhaustively analyzes +Communist doctrine on minority nationalities in general, and on the +Jewish people in particular; the history of the Soviet treatment of +the Jewish community since the coming to power of the Bolsheviks in +1917; the successive Soviet programs for solving the Jewish problem; +the story of the province of Birobidzhan; and the present situation +of the Jews in the Soviet Union. In the second part of the book, the +author makes a study of the evidences of antisemitism in the USSR from +the first years of Communist rule until today.”--From the Publisher’s +Note. “For the time being, it can be called the definitive study on the +subject.”--Hans Kohn, in _The New Republic_. + + + SCHWARZSCHILD, LEOPOLD. _The Red Prussian._ Scribner’s. 1947. 422 pp. + +“A biography of Karl Marx, mostly based on the enormous Marx-Engels +correspondence, along with a critique of Marx’s _Capital_ and of the +Marxian theory of value. Mr. Schwarzschild does not present a kindly +portrait of his subject; he convicts Marx, by quoting him, of virulent +anti-semitism, and makes him out to be a petty, dishonest, completely +unscrupulous and opportunistic man, a loose thinker, and a very bad +prophet--in other words, the archetype of the totalitarian exponent +of power who has become such a common figure in our times.... In +holding the Marxian economic theory up to a strong light, the author +uncovers some grave flaws in it, which have been noted by other critics +but rarely so sharply illuminated. An important and well-presented +book.”--_New Yorker._ + + + SCOVILLE, JOHN W. _Labor Monopolies or Freedom._ Committee for + Constitutional Government. 1946. 167 pp. + +A vigorous criticism of “collective bargaining” as commonly interpreted +in practice. The author contends that competition will ensure fair +wages. His final conclusion is: “Employers and employees should be free +to make voluntary agreements with each other. The employer should be +free. The worker should be free. Neither should be subject to coercion, +intimidation, or compulsion from any source.” + + + SCOVILLE, JOHN W., AND SARGENT, NOEL. _Fact and Fancy in the T. N. E. + C. Monographs._ National Association of Manufacturers. 1942. 812 pp. + +During the administrations of President Franklin D. Roosevelt, the +Temporary National Economic Committee was set up, held hearings, and +published forty-three monographs, running to 12,400 pages, which +attempted to prove the existence of great concentration of economic +power. This is a documented answer. The authors declare: “Many, but not +all, of these monographs are impregnated with hostility to corporations +and individuals of wealth. These reviews expose those statements and +conclusions which, in the opinion of the reviewers, are fallacious or +unsupported by evidence.... The monographs vary greatly in quality; +they run the gamut from scholarly and comprehensive exposition to +political claptrap.” + + + SENNHOLZ, HANS F. _How Can Europe Survive?_ Van Nostrand. 1955. 336 pp. + +This is one of the very few books of recent years to give a realistic +analysis of the numerous schemes for European and Western unification, +and to show how virtually all of these schemes have been rendered +futile by internal interventionist and socialist policies that +inevitably intensify and perpetuate nationalism. The author points out +that the only feasible alternative is international cooperation based +on individual liberty and free enterprise. + + + SENNHOLZ, MARY (ed.). _On Freedom and Free Enterprise._ Van Nostrand. + 1956. 333 pp. + +Essays in honor of Ludwig von Mises, on subjects ranging from “The Road +to Totalitarianism” to “Progressive Taxation Reconsidered,” by nineteen +authors from the United States, South Africa, Switzerland, Italy, +Mexico, and France: Jacques Rueff, William E. Rappard, Henry Hazlitt, +Bertrand de Jouvenel, Hans F. Sennholz, F. A. Harper, Wilhelm Röpke, +Faustino Ballvé, Carlo Antoni, Louis M. Spadaro, Fritz Machlup, L. M. +Lachmann, Leonard E. Read, W. H. Hutt, William H. Peterson, Murray N. +Rothbard, F. A. Hayek, Percy L. Greaves, Jr., and Louis Baudin. + + + SERGE, VICTOR. _The Case of Comrade Tulayev._ Doubleday. 1950. 306 pp. + +On a cold winter’s night a young clerk, on impulse, shot and killed a +highly placed member of the Communist party in Russia, Comrade Tulayev. +The young man escapes, but, in the far-flung investigations of the +“plot,” three other men, of far greater importance, are pursued to +their death, men who are not guilty of this crime, at least, but men +who have roused the distrust and enmity of the rulers of Russia. The +author, who died in 1947, was an old revolutionary who had lived in +exile, in France and Mexico, after the mid-thirties. “This is a novel +in the great Russian tradition. Its theme is the modern tragedy of the +old Bolsheviks, faced with the insoluble problem of reconciling their +abiding faith in the original Communist ideal with acceptance of the +tyranny, injustice and misery of the Soviet world they made.”--Freda +Utley, in _Human Events_. + + + SHADWELL, ARTHUR. _The Socialist Movement, 1824-1924._ London: Allan. + 1925. 2 vols. + +“Dr. Shadwell has been described as ‘the greatest authority on the +Socialist movement,’ and outside the Socialist camp this is probably +true. These volumes constitute the best short history of the movement, +and the only one which brings the account up to 1924.... The work +includes an excellent refutation of Marxism, and the errors and +illusions of Socialism are constantly indicated.”--PI (1927). + + + SHADWELL, ARTHUR. _The Breakdown of Socialism._ Little, Brown. 1926. + 272 pp. + +“A valuable study of recent Socialist experiments in Europe.”--PI. + + + SHUB, DAVID. _Lenin: a Biography._ Doubleday. 1948. 438 pp. + +“Mr. Shub’s biography is the book you must read if you want to know +what Communism is.... You will learn that Lenin’s superiority as a +politician lay in the fact that he alone realized that social democracy +is not the ultimate state of liberalism, but its antithesis; and you +will learn by that token--though not directly from Mr. Shub, who sticks +to his job as the biographer of a doctrine--how to deal with Communism +effectively.”--Asher Brynes, in _The Saturday Review of Literature_. + + + SIDGWICK, HENRY. _The Principles of Political Economy._ Macmillan. + 1883. 592 pp. + +“In economics Sidgwick tends to follow John Stuart Mill; but his was +an independent type of mind and he is always anxious to unearth new +truths.... In the second ... section ... he begins by referring to the +‘sweeping doctrine,’ mainly derived from the Physiocrats, that ‘the +sole function of an ideal government in relation to industry is simply +to leave it alone.’ While giving this a certain general approval, +he holds that it postulates a large amount of human virtue and +unselfishness, and that there must be cases ‘in which its optimistic +conclusion is inadmissible.’ Monopolies, for instance, are often urgent +matters for Government interference. He gives a list of the familiar +exceptions, e.g., Government must interfere for the purpose of national +defense, the preservation of public health, etc., etc. Much of what he +lays down is too well recognized to need recapitulation.”--PI. + + + SIDGWICK, HENRY. _The Elements of Politics._ Macmillan. 1891. 665 pp. + +“Henry Sidgwick was a thinker of very high ability; possibly his +influence is below his merits, because he possessed a cautious and +noncommittal mind which did not favor vivid and popular treatment of +his subjects; and further, his style is dry. This book from Chapters +III to XII has much to say about the respective provinces of the +Government and the individual. He is too cautious to go much beyond +empiric methods, and is content to allow the questions to be determined +largely by the circumstances of each particular case. However, his +bias is towards Individualism. He points out several dangers in +Government interference--(1) That of overburdening the governmental +machinery with work. (2) That of increasing the power capable of being +used by governing persons oppressively or corruptly. (3) The danger +that the delicate economic functions of government will be hampered +by the desire to gratify certain specially influential sections of +the community. He adds: ‘When, along with these dangers, we take into +account that the work of Government must be done by persons who--even +with the best arrangement for effective supervision and promotion +of merit--can only have a part of the stimulus and enterprise which +the independent worker feels, it will be easily understood that we +are not justified in concluding that governmental interference is +always expedient, even where _laissez-faire_ leads to a manifestly +unsatisfactory result; its expediency has to be decided in any +particular case by a careful estimate of advantages and drawbacks, +requiring data obtained from special experience.’”--PI. + + + SIMONS, HENRY C. _Economic Policy for a Free Society._ University of + Chicago Press. 1948. 353 pp. + +Reviewing this book in _The New York Times_ of Aug. 1, 1948, I +wrote: “As an economic theorist Simons was far from first-rate; his +originality lay in the realm of phrase-making rather than in that of +thought; and while his style was vigorous, epigrammatic and witty, it +was also interrupted, discursive and often pedantic.... [But] no one +could deny Simons’ disinterestedness, or the depth of his desire for +a better and freer society. Though many of his ideas were eccentric +and crotchety, and neither adopted nor expounded with the patient, +step-by-step reasoning which mark the work of Adam Smith, Mill, +Marshall and most of the others to whom he felt himself to belong, he +shared with these great figures their deep concern for freedom and a +suspicion everywhere of concentrated power.” + +A more favorable verdict is given by F. A. Hayek: “One need not agree +with the whole of this work and one may even regard some of the +suggestions made in it as incompatible with a free society, and yet +recognize it as one of the most important contributions made in recent +times.” + + + SIMONSON, GUSTAVE. _A Plain Examination of Socialism._ London: Swan + Sonnenschein. 1900. 155 pp. + +“A short and handy criticism, written by an American, of the general +Socialist position. The writer contends that it is based upon absurd +postulates. It rests on the undemonstrable and untenable assumptions +that we can possibly right in the present supposed wrongs of the past; +that each one who is born has a ‘natural right to the free use of the +instruments of production which others may own; that labor is the sole +cause of the value of anything and everything produced; that all values +in property are not founded on demand-and-supply; and that a large +share of these values has been produced by, and wrongly withheld from, +those who have created them--in other words, that most of the present +private property is the accumulated plunder from unrewarded past labor, +and that this plunder must go on forever as long as the instruments of +production are in private ownership.’”--PI. + + + SMITH, ADAM. _The Wealth of Nations._ 1776. Many editions. (London: + Methuen. Edited by Edwin Cannan. 1904.) (Modern Library. 1937.) 2 + vols. 462 pp. 506 pp. + +Adam Smith is not merely the founder of political economy, but the +father of economic liberty. In the 180 years since _The Wealth of +Nations_ appeared, the case for free trade, for example, has been +stated thousands of times, but probably never with more direct +simplicity and force than in that volume. + +Gide and Rist, in their _History of Economic Doctrines_, have admirably +summarized the qualities that make _The Wealth of Nations_ unique: It +“instantly eclipsed the tentative efforts of [Smith’s] predecessors.... +His discussion of ... questions is marked by such mastery of detail +and such balance of judgment that he convinces without effort. His +facts are intermixed with reasoning, his illustrations with argument. +He is instructive as well as persuasive. Withal there is no trace of +pedantry, no monotonous reiteration in the work, and the reader is not +burdened with the presence of a cumbersome logical apparatus. All is +elegantly simple.... In addition to this, Smith has been successful +in borrowing from his predecessors all their more important ideas and +welding them into a more general system. He superseded them because he +rendered their work useless. A true social and economic philosophy was +substituted for their fragmentary studies, and an entirely new value +given to their contributions.” + + + SMITH, BRADFORD B. _Liberty and Taxes._ Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation + for Economic Education. 1947. 20 pp. + +The author argues against the progressive income tax and in favor of +proportional taxation. “The one thing always to dread is the laying +of a tax burden on minorities by majorities which the majority itself +escapes. That is tax despoliation.” + + + SMITH, WALTER BEDELL. _My Three Years in Moscow._ Lippincott. 1950. + 346 pp. + +An account of three years of the cold war in Russia as viewed by the +former United States ambassador to Moscow in the period from March 1946 +to March 1949. Among the subjects discussed are Soviet industry and +agriculture, the cultural purge, slave labor, anti-Semitism, the Berlin +blockade, the Yugoslav situation, and the possibility of war. + + + SNYDER, CARL. _Capitalism the Creator._ Macmillan. 1940. 473 pp. + +“The thesis here presented,” writes the author, “is that there is one +way, and only one way, that any people, in all history, have ever +risen from barbarism and poverty to affluence and culture; and that +is by that concentrated and highly organized system of production and +exchange which we call capitalistic.” + +In reviewing this book in _The New York Times_, I wrote: “It is frankly +and belligerently a defense of capitalism, and as such it is one of the +most original and interesting this reviewer has ever seen. Mr. Snyder +is one of the country’s best known statisticians; he is full of all +sorts of miscellaneous learning.... He uses epithets freely and he has +a habit of deliberately leaving out the verbs in most of his sentences, +so that the reader is bumped and jolted rather than carried along. + +“Mr. Snyder has a profound faith in the probative value of +statistics.... Impressive are the statistics and reasoning by which Mr. +Snyder contends that wages are determined primarily by the product per +worker; and that the product per worker is determined in the long run +by the capital investment per worker, which makes possible the use of +new machinery, new processes and new methods of production.” + + + SOLOVIEV, MIKHAIL. _When the Gods Are Silent._ McKay. 1953. 506 pp. + +“The author, a former editor of _Izvestia_, tells a moving story +of the development of the Russian revolutionary movement from its +beginnings before World War I until a period just after World War II. +It depicts, through the eyes of members of a Russian peasant family +deeply involved in the whole movement, the growing blind obedience and +the final realization that Russia must be saved but cannot be by the +Communists.”--_Library Journal._ + + + SOMARY, FELIX. _Democracy at Bay._ Knopf. 1952. 171 pp. + +William Henry Chamberlin calls this “a profound and searching little +book” which “deserves a place on the same shelf with Hayek’s _Road +to Serfdom_.” Somary measures the ills of the modern world against +the standards of old-fashioned liberal individualism. He condemns +the contemporary erosion of property rights, the tendency of direct +taxation to reach confiscatory levels, and the general abandonment of +the gold standard for unlimited paper inflation. “The more functions +the state assumes,” he contends, “the less it is possible to control +the administration.” + + + SOUVARINE, BORIS. _Stalin: A Critical Survey of Bolshevism._ Alliance. + 1939. 690 pp. + +“This book is one of the most remarkable biographies of our times.... +It is the best critical history of Bolshevism from Lenin to Stalin +that has been written to date.... Lesser men would have been borne +down by the weight of M. Souvarine’s vast erudition, but the author +has a keen mind, a delightful sense of humor, and knows how to etch in +acid.”--Sidney Hook, in _Books_. + + + SPENCER, HERBERT. _The Man Versus the State._ 1884. Many editions. + (Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton Printers. 1940.) 213 pp. + +One of the most powerful and influential arguments for limited +government, _laissez faire_ and individualism ever written. The +prophetic insight of such essays as “The Coming Slavery,” pointing +out the then unrecognized threat of socialism to the freedom of the +individual, has led to a strong revival of interest in Spencer after +long neglect. + +“Dictatorial measures, rapidly multiplied,” he wrote in the preface to +this volume in 1884, “have tended continually to narrow the liberties +of individuals.... Regulations have been made in yearly-growing +numbers, restraining the citizen in directions where his actions were +previously unchecked, and compelling actions which previously he might +perform or not as he liked; and at the same time heavier public burdens +... have further restricted his freedom, by lessening that portion +of his earnings which he can spend as he pleases, and augmenting the +portion taken from him to be spent as public agents please.” + +Spencer contended that the sphere of government should be “confined +to the duty of preventing aggressions of individuals upon each other, +and protecting the nation at large against external enemies.” It +should, in other words, be confined to maintaining security of life and +property, and the freedom of the individual to exercise his faculties. +He warned against all efforts by the State to confer positive benefits +upon citizens. He objected even to sanitary supervision. Even most +individualists today would regard Spencer’s individualism as in many +respects extreme. Yet no one concerned with individual freedom can +afford to ignore his work. Every student of the subject should be +familiar with it. + +Hardly less important in its bearing on individualism is Spencer’s +Social Statics, published in 1850. But the theme of individualism +runs through all his writings--through _The Study of Sociology_, _The +Principles of Ethics_, and the _Autobiography_. + + + SPERBER, MANES. _The Burned Bramble._ Doubleday. 1951. 405 pp. + +A novel about the Communist party in Europe in the 1930’s. “An +impassioned and profound picture of Communist experience in the years +before Stalinism had fully shown its face--of the faith and exaltation; +the monstrous erasure of human decency and truth; the incredible +loyalty and self-sacrifice whose eventual reward was a disillusioned +soul, a cheated mind, and a bullet in the neck.”--C. J. Rolo, in _The +Atlantic_. + + + SPITZBERGEN, HENRY E. (HENRY PLOWDEEPER). _“Liberals” and the + Constitution._ Washington, D. C.: Liberty & Freedom Press. 1950. 301 + pp. + +A defense of free enterprise, private ownership of property, limited +government, and the doctrine of constitutional “separation of powers.” + + + SPRADING, CHARLES T. (ed.). _Liberty and the Great Libertarians._ Los + Angeles: The author. 1913. 540 pp. + +An anthology on liberty. Among the authors from whom passages have been +selected are: Edmund Burke, Thomas Paine, Thomas Jefferson, John Stuart +Mill, Emerson, Thoreau, Ingersoll, Henry George, Bernard Shaw, Olive +Shreiner, and Maria Montessori. + + + STAMP, SIR JOSIAH. _Wealth and Taxable Capacity._ London: King. 1922. + 195 pp. + +“An analysis of the fundamental factors determining the relation of +price, taxation and public debt to the total national income and +capital.... Like Prof. Bowley’s works on national income, this is a +book with which all who are seriously concerned about the problem of +distribution ought to be acquainted.”--PI. + + + STAMP, SIR JOSIAH. _Inheritance as an Economic Factor. Economic + Journal._ September 1926. + +“The best analysis of the economic significance of inheritance that +has yet been made. Of the conclusions, the following is of fundamental +importance in modern controversy. ‘I think it probable that, through +the inequalities due to the system in which inheritance has a part, the +average man has a slightly smaller proportionate share of the aggregate +than he would have had if there had been no inheritance system, but +a substantially larger _absolute_ amount because he shares a larger +aggregate.... Whether under the circumstances he is justified in having +a sense of injustice ... is a matter lying beyond economics.’”--PI. + + + STANNARD, HAROLD MARTIN. _Two Constitutions._ Van Nostrand. 1949. 210 + pp. + +A comparative study of the written American constitution and the +unwritten British one. It attempts to show a unity of purpose +underlying the two. + + + STEINBERG, JULIEN. _Verdict of Three Decades._ Duell, Sloan & Pearce. + 1950. 634 pp. + +“An integrated and well-edited collection of writings about Soviet +Communism, drawn mostly from the works of men and women who have +revolted against it and believe that Lenin and Stalin cynically +betrayed a revolution that they did not start in the first place.... If +there are any people around who still do not believe the accusations +made against Lenin and Stalin, this book should dispel their +doubts.”--_New Yorker._ + + + STEPHEN, SIR JAMES FITZJAMES. _Liberty, Equality, Fraternity._ London: + Smith, Elder. 1873. 350 pp. + +“A considerable portion of the book is devoted to J. S. Mill’s essay +_On Liberty_. Stephen was a utilitarian and an admirer of Mill’s +earlier writings. Mill, he says, ‘is the only modern author who has +handled the subject with whom I agree sufficiently to differ from +him profitably.’ Stephen delights in logical controversy. Here is an +example: ‘To force an unwilling person to contribute to the British +Museum is as distinct a violation of Mr. Mill’s principle as religious +persecution.’ Stephen emphasized the necessity for definitions and the +difficulty of finding a satisfactory definition for liberty. It is an +interesting and useful book by a clever and vigorous writer with a +good legal brain, who leans to the individualistic side and despises +sentimentalism in economics and politics.”--PI. There are chapters +on “Equality,” “Fraternity,” and “The Doctrine of Liberty in Its +Application to Morals.” + + + STEPHEN, SIR LESLIE. _History of English Thought in the Eighteenth + Century._ 1876. London School of Economics. 1950. 3 vols. 1,233 pp. + +“No single work quoted will be more useful to a beginner than this. +Chapter X, ‘Political Theories,’ and Chapter XI, ‘Political Economics,’ +are indispensable, but the whole is very valuable, because a knowledge +of the intellectual conditions of the eighteenth century is all +important for an understanding of English Individualism.”--PI. + + + STEPHEN, SIR LESLIE. _The English Utilitarians._ Putnam. 1900. 3 vols. + 326 pp. 382 pp. 525 pp. + +“Written when Stephen’s health was failing, these volumes have less +vigor and merit than the previous work. But almost every chapter bears +on our subject, and much useful information and criticism may be +extracted.”--PI. + + + STEPHEN, SIR LESLIE. _The Life of Sir James Fitzjames Stephen, Bart._ + London: Smith, Elder. 1893. 504 pp. + +“Stephen, who in later life became a judge, was long a busy journalist, +writing much for the _Saturday Review_ and _Pall Mall Gazette_. His +brother and biographer says: ‘He had sat at the feet of Bentham and +Austin, and had found the most congenial philosophy in Hobbes.’ He had +two counts against Mill--(1) That he had forsaken the straightforward +principles of utilitarianism and _laissez-faire_. (2) That though he +had diverged into a sort of sentimental Socialism, he would not permit +the State to use the force it had at its disposal, for the purpose of +restraining evil. Stephen was a convinced Individualist. His creed was +to allow as much scope as possible to liberty and the individual, +under the protection of a strong Government for purposes of police and +security.”--PI. + + + STIGLER, GEORGE J. _Five Lectures on Economic Problems._ Longmans, + Green. 1949. 65 pp. + +These lectures, delivered before the London School of Economics by a +professor of economics at Columbia University, are distinguished for +pithy wisdom and shrewd analysis. They discuss “equality,” monopolistic +competition, classical economics, mathematical economics, and the +status of competition in the United States. This last lecture is +particularly notable for the deftness with which it punctures the +popular myth that competition has been declining steadily (and in many +versions, drastically) for a half century or more. Professor Stigler +estimates that competitive industries were producing seven-tenths of +the national income in 1939, and utilizing more than four-fifths of the +labor force. In his lecture on the classical economists he shows how +much more they knew, and how much more humane and realistic they were, +than it has been fashionable for our generation to believe. + + + STOWE, LELAND. _Conquest by Terror._ Random House. 1952. 300 pp. + +A study of the countries behind the Iron Curtain: Rumania, +Czechoslovakia, Poland, Hungary and Bulgaria. The author, an American +newspaperman, bases his work on his own knowledge, plus material +gained from journalists in exile, recent refugees, former officers, +specialists of various kinds, and the underground. “Mr. Stowe has +written a book to alarm the West, to make it aware of the important +changes which five to seven years of Soviet control have already +produced, not in the satellites alone but also in the balance between +East and West in Europe. It is a grim story and one which needs to be +widely reflected on.”--Philip Mosely, in the _New York Herald Tribune_. + + + STRAUSZ-HUPÉ, ROBERT, AND POSSONY, STEFAN T. _International Relations + in the Age of the Conflict Between Democracy and Dictatorship._ + McGraw-Hill. 1950. 947 pp. + +“The long title of this book suggests its massive character. The +almost unlimited subject of international relations is examined in +almost one thousand pages of text, buttressed with vast erudition and +illuminated by many flashes of perceptive wisdom. The authors are +scholars connected respectively with the University of Pennsylvania +and Georgetown University.... However, the book is far from being a +colorless collection of undisputed facts. It should be, but probably +will not be, required reading for all utopians. For much learning has +made the authors profoundly skeptical about the value of one-idea +panaceas. And they are ruthless with attempts to make platitudes a +substitute for policy.”--W. H. Chamberlin, in _Human Events_. + + + STRIPLING, ROBERT E. _Red Plot Against America._ Drexel Hill, Pa.: + Bell Publications. 1950. 282 pp. + +“The author of this book was the chief investigator for the House +Committee on Un-American Activities from 1938 to 1948. Mr. Bob +Considine has ‘edited’ the story of Mr. Stripling’s adventures first +for a newspaper syndicate, then for publication in the present book. +The final 113 pages are lifted, by permission, from ‘primers’ against +communism published by the committee in 1948 and obtainable from the +Government Printing Office.”--_The New York Times._ + + + STRUNSKY, SIMEON. _Two Came to Town._ Dutton. 1947. 219 pp. + +A fantasy, speculating on what Alexander Hamilton and Thomas Jefferson, +respectively (introduced under the thin disguises of “Mr. Alexander” +and “Mr. Thomas”), would say and think about New York and the ideology +of present-day America if they could pay us a visit from the grave. +Under a surface of playful humor, the author conveys a wise and +penetrating message on how recent fashionable ideas and phrases could +cause us to surrender our liberties. + + + STYPULKOWSKI, ZBIGNIEW F. _Invitation to Moscow._ McKay. 1951. 359 pp. + +The author, a Polish lawyer and political prisoner, describes his long +session in the notorious Soviet Lubianka prison, and the methods used +to obtain a confession of his non-guilt. “It would be unfortunate if +this volume were catalogued as merely another book on Soviet political +terror. It is much more than that. An important half of the book is +devoted to the author’s experience in the Polish underground, fighting +against the German invaders.... Finally, this book is valuable because +it gives the detailed story of Soviet perfidy toward the Polish +underground in the closing days of World War II.”--Harry Schwartz, in +_The New York Times_. + + + SULLIVAN, LAWRENCE. _Bureaucracy Runs Amuck._ Bobbs-Merrill. 1944. 318 + pp. + +A study of the confusion and overlapping in hundreds of the United +States war emergency bureaus and agencies. + + + SULZBACH, WALTER. _National Consciousness._ Washington, D. C.: + American Council on Public Affairs. 1943. 168 pp. + +“Whoever reads it should have a more lively and discerning +understanding of contemporary nationalism.”--Garland Downum, in the +_American Political Science Review_. + + + SULZBACH, WALTER. “_Capitalistic Warmongers._” University of Chicago + Press. 1942. + +Punctures with facts and economic analysis the socialist superstition +that “capitalism creates war.” + + + SUMNER, WILLIAM GRAHAM. _What Social Classes Owe to Each Other._ 1883. + (Yale University Press. 1927.) 169 pp. + +Few men have ever exposed the fallacies of state paternalism with +more gusto and devastating logic than the American sociologist and +economist, William Graham Sumner (1840-1910). The lucidity of his style +and the humor of his illustrations are comparable to those of Bastiat. +This little book contains among others the famous essay on “The +Forgotten Man”--a phrase later perverted by politicians to mean exactly +the opposite of what Sumner meant by it: “The type and formula of most +schemes of philanthropy or humanitarianism is this: A and B put their +heads together to decide what C shall be made to do for D.... I call C +the Forgotten Man.... The state cannot get a cent for any man without +taking it from some other man, and this latter must be a man who has +produced and saved it. This latter is the Forgotten Man.” + +Sumner also wrote valuable essays on free trade, protectionism and +_laissez faire_. He was more celebrated in his own lifetime for +his sociological work--his _Folkways_ (1907), and his monumental +four-volume study, _The Science of Society_, with A. G. Keller, which +appeared in 1927. + + + SWANSON, ERNST W., AND SCHMIDT, EMERSON P. _Economic Stagnation or + Progress._ McGraw-Hill. 1946. 212 pp. + +A critique of recent doctrines on the mature economy, oversavings, and +deficit spending. It is also a critique of the Keynes-Hansen school +of economic stabilization--which held that the American economy was +stagnant because of “lack of investment opportunities,” and that +therefore deficit spending by government on a more or less continuous +basis was necessary to sustain prosperity. Basically, this is a book +of readings from other economists, but these are linked together +by commentaries and supplemented by the authors’ own summaries and +conclusions. The book covers much of the same ground as George +Terborgh’s _The Bogey of Economic Maturity_ (q.v.). + + + TALMON, L. J. _The Rise of Totalitarian Democracy._ Beacon Press. + 1952. 366 pp. + +This study seeks to show how totalitarian ideas grew out of utopianism, +and how the extreme democrats of the French Revolution turned into the +most ruthless dictators. “A book of great wisdom which I recommend +to anyone who not only wants to broaden his basic knowledge of the +French Revolution but also wishes to understand the basic--that is the +intellectual--causes of the modern world crisis. Dr. Talmon’s work +meets the highest academic standards.”--S. T. Possony, in the _Annals +of the American Academy_. + + + TANSILL, CHARLES CALLAN. _America Goes to War._ Little, Brown. 1938. + 731 pp. + +A study of the reasons why America went to war in 1917. “The great +value of Professor Tansill’s book is that it shows with incontestable +detail just how independent of Congressional check is the President’s +control of foreign affairs, and how this control can lead to +war.”--John Chamberlain, in _Books_. “Mr. Tansill’s book ... is +critical, searching and judicious.... It is presented in a style that +is always vigorous and sometimes brilliant. It is the most valuable +contribution to the history of the pre-war years in our literature, +and one of the notable achievements of historical scholarship of this +generation.”--H. S. Commager, in _The Yale Review_. + + + TANSILL, CHARLES CALLAN. _Back Door to War._ Regnery. 1952. 690 pp. + +The author is professor of American diplomatic history at Georgetown +University. This volume on the origins of World War II is based on +extensive research, including access to the confidential files of the +State Department. “Prof. Tansill sketches briefly American foreign +policy from Versailles to 1933, then gives many details and biting +comments on the actions and attitudes of F. D. Roosevelt, Hull, +Stimson, Ambassador Dodd, etc.”--_Library Journal._ “When he is at his +best, he is unfolding a diplomatic narrative with considerable skill, +and with an excellent command of his sources.”--Dexter Perkins, in _The +New York Times_. + + + TAUSSIG, F. W. _Principles of Economics._ Macmillan. 1911, etc. 2 + vols. 545 pp. 576 pp. + +“Characterized by an exquisite sanity. We do not recall any work +in which these subjects are discussed with an equal degree of +lucidity. Professor Taussig’s book from beginning to end is intensely +readable.”--_The New York Times_, in 1925. “The reviewer is impressed +anew with the maturity and breadth, as well as with the literary style, +which are outstanding characteristics of Taussig’s _Principles_.”--R. +T. Bye, in the _Annals of the American Academy_, 1940. “A fine picture +of classical doctrines.... All in all, Professor Taussig’s _Principles_ +remains an important part of economic literature--as it has been for +over a quarter of a century. That is a distinguished record, almost +unique for textbook writers in the field.”--T. F. Haygood, in the +_Southern Economic Journal_, 1940. + + + TAUSSIG, F. W. _International Trade._ Macmillan. 1927. 425 pp. + +The outstanding exposition, after the period of Bastable, of the +“classical” theory of international trade. “What gives this book +its great value--apart from gifts of exposition which recall the +seductive clarity of the best pages of Stuart Mill--is the analysis +and description of a multitude of facts drawn from his practical +experience and which, even if one does not accept his general +theory, have a special flavor and provide rich information of all +sorts.”--Charles Rist. “Clarity of exposition is perhaps the first of +the characteristics that will make the book supersede other treatises +on the subject.”--London _Times Literary Supplement_. + + + TAYLOR, REGINALD. _The Socialist Illusion._ 1920. + +“A study of the illusions and delusions from which Socialists suffer. +Ideas such as ‘surplus value’ and the ‘something for nothing attitude’ +are attacked. It is pointed out how much worse off all classes +would be under a Socialist regime than under one which is primarily +individualist.”--PI. + + + TCHERNAVIN, MME. TAT’YANA. _Escape from the Soviets._ London: + Hamilton. 1934. 320 pp. + +“By all odds the most vivid and inspiring--and compassionate--human +document that has come out of the whole Bolshevik Revolution and the +subsequent regime.”--F. H. Britten, in _Books_. + + + TCHERNAVIN, VLADIMIR. _I Speak for the Silent Prisoners of the + Soviets._ Boston: Hale, Cushman & Flint. 1935. 368 pp. + +In _Escape from the Soviets_ Mme. Tchernavin told the story of her +escape to Finland with her husband and her young son. In this book +Vladimir Tchernavin recounts what happened before the escape, of his +work as a scientist in a northern fishing center, of his arrest and the +long months during which the GPU tried to wring a “confession” out of +him, of his sentence to five years hard labor, and of the conditions of +the prisons and concentration camps in which he was held. “It is a book +which no lover of human liberty can read without being moved to horror +and indignation.”--J. D. Adams, in _The New York Times_. + + + TENNIEN, MARK A. _No Secret Is Safe._ Farrar, Straus, 1952. 270 pp. + +“No book has yet appeared which compels more belief than does Father +Mark Tennien’s account of the ordeal of contemporary China. Speaking as +both observer and victim, Father Tennien, a Maryknoll priest, provides +us with a model of dispassionate reporting.”--Julien Steinberg, in _The +Saturday Review_. + + + TERBORGH, GEORGE. _The Bogey of Economic Maturity._ Chicago: Machinery + & Allied Products Institute. 1945. 263 pp. + +The doctrine of economic maturity was born in the depression years +of the thirties. It held that the passing of the frontier, the +tapering off of population growth, the improbability of any further +revolutionary inventions, left a dearth of opportunity for private +investment, and that therefore the government must either expand +“public investment” through deficit financing, or tax out of existence +the excess savings poisoning the economy. Reviewing this book in _The +New York Times_ of Aug. 27, 1945, I wrote: “One by one, with closely +reasoned arguments, with historic illustrations, and with a wealth of +statistical documentation, the author kicks all the props from under +the mature economy doctrine.... A first-rate contribution.” + + + THOMAS, IVOR. _The Socialist Tragedy._ Macmillan. 1951. 254 pp. + +“Mr. Ivor Thomas is a former member of the Labor government in Britain +turned Conservative.... He attacks the ‘myth’ that socialism is a +barrier against communism. He recalls the actions of the Socialist +parties in Eastern Europe and France and Italy as examples of how the +socialists were not only powerless against the Communists but allied +with the Communists. Mr. Thomas believes the only difference between +socialism and communism is in degree; adoption of either results in +loss of civil liberties and in reduced standards of living.”--_Current +History._ + + + THOREAU, HENRY D. _Civil Disobedience._ 1849. Many editions. 29 pp. + +Thoreau (1817-1862) was an extreme nonconformist and individualist--so +extreme that the doctrine of this essay (inspired by a night spent +in jail for Thoreau’s refusal to pay his poll-tax) comes close to +anarchism. “I heartily accept the motto,” he begins, “‘That government +is best which governs least’; and I should like to see it acted up to +more rapidly and systematically. Carried out, it finally amounts to +this, which also I believe--‘That government is best which governs not +at all.’” + +He claims the right of personal secession. “The authority of +government,” he declares, “can have no pure right over my person and +property but what I concede to it.” If everyone claimed the right of +withdrawal and noncooperation, and disobedience of whatever laws did +not entirely accord with his own ideas of justice or wisdom, government +would become impossible. (On the other hand, I do not mean to imply by +this objection that the individual is _never_ under _any_ circumstances +justified in refusing obedience to a government or a particular law: +such refusal may sometimes be the only method of reducing injustice or +preventing despotism.) + +Thoreau’s case is powerfully argued in a taut and elevated prose. +Although some of the conclusions at which he arrives are too sweeping, +he gives us many pearls of truth along the way. + + + TOCQUEVILLE, ALEXIS DE. _Democracy in America._ 1835. Many editions. + (Knopf. 1945.) 2 vols. 452 pp. 518 pp. + +This is by far the best book ever written about America, and the +most penetrating book ever written about democracy. It won instant +acclaim, not only in the writer’s native France, where Royer-Collard +declared: “Nothing equal to it has appeared since Montesquieu,” but in +England, where John Stuart Mill hailed it as “among the most remarkable +productions of our time.” Its central theme is that democracy has +become inevitable; that it is, with certain qualifications, desirable; +but that it has great potentialities for evil as well as good, +depending upon how well it is understood and guided. In the view of +de Tocqueville, the greatest danger that threatens democracy is its +tendency toward the centralization and concentration of power: “If +ever the free institutions of America are destroyed, that event may be +attributed to the omnipotence of the majority.” + +There is revived interest in Tocqueville today because of what seems +like the uncanny clairvoyance of his prophecies. For example (this by +a Frenchman in 1835): “There are at the present time two great nations +in the world, which started from different points, but seem to tend +towards the same end. I allude to the Russians and the Americans.... +The principal instrument of [America] is liberty; of [Russia] +servitude. Their starting point is different and their courses are not +the same; yet each of them seems marked by the will of Heaven to sway +the destinies of half the globe.” + +But the special reason for including _Democracy in America_ in this +bibliography is that, as John Bigelow wrote in his Introduction to +the 1904 (Appleton) edition, it is “an intellectual arsenal in which +the friends of freedom will long come to seek weapons.” F. A. Hayek +has written of de Tocqueville and Lord Acton: “These two men seem to +me to have more successfully developed what was best in the political +philosophy of the Scottish philosophers, Burke, and the English Whigs +than any other writers I know.” + + + TOCQUEVILLE, ALEXIS DE. _The Old Régime and the French Revolution._ + London: Murray. 1856. 511 pp. (Doubleday Anchor Books. 1955. 300 pp.) + +This book appeared some twenty years after _Democracy in America_. +It is marked by the same luminous logic and eloquence. “The peculiar +object of the work I now submit to the public is to explain why this +great [French] Revolution [of 1789], which was in preparation at +the same time over almost the whole continent of Europe, broke out +in France sooner than elsewhere; why it sprang spontaneously from +the society it was about to destroy; and lastly, how the old French +monarchy came to fall so completely and so abruptly.... + +“Many will perhaps accuse me of showing in this book a very +unseasonable love of freedom--a thing for which it is said that no one +any longer cares in France.... + +“[Yet] despots themselves do not deny the excellence of Freedom, but +they wish to keep it all to themselves, and maintain that all other +men are utterly unworthy of it. Thus it is not on the opinion which +may be entertained of freedom that this difference subsists, but on +the greater or the less esteem we may have for mankind; and it may be +said with strict accuracy, that the taste a man may show for absolute +government bears an exact ratio to the contempt he may profess for his +countrymen.”--From the Preface. + + + TOCQUEVILLE, ALEXIS DE. _Recollections._ Columbia University Press. + 1949. 331 pp. + +“No Nineteenth Century student of history and politics ... better +understood the direction in which European society was evolving +than the Count de Tocqueville. He knew that he was living in an age +of continuous revolution and that this process, if accompanied by +further concentration of power, could lead nowhere but into a tyranny +unrestrained by either custom or religion.... The _Recollections_ begin +with the February Revolution of 1848, and are continued until the end +of Tocqueville’s ministry.... The book, however, is less valuable for +its historical content than for the political and philosophic lessons +abstracted by Tocqueville from his experience and observation.... His +great passion was for the dignity of the human person and for the +liberty necessary to its preservation. What he dreaded about democracy +was the destruction of this dignity, not so much by violence as by the +insidious regimen of mediocrity.”--J. M. Lalley, in _Human Events_. + + + TOLEDANO, RALPH DE. _Spies, Dupes and Diplomats._ Duell, Sloan & + Pearce. 1952. 244 pp. + +“The spies are those, American and non-American, who have served the +Soviet Union so assiduously during the past decade and more. The +dupes are a number of highly placed citizens of the United States +who, through misguided liberalism, bad judgment, or just plain +muddle-headedness, also have served to further Russian aims. The +diplomats, for the most part, are in the Departments of State, Defense, +and Justice, and, if we can believe what we read, they also showed +a surprising lack of insight and vigor where Soviet intrigue was +concerned. It is the author’s thesis that, taken together, these three +categories of individuals have aided immeasurably the Russian design +for world conquest. More particularly, he charges them with having made +possible the Communist conquest of China, the present weakened state of +Japan, and the tragic division of Korea.”--_Christian Science Monitor._ + + + TOLEDANO, RALPH DE, AND LASKY, VICTOR. _Seeds of Treason._ Published + for _Newsweek_ by Funk & Wagnalls. 1950. 270 pp. + +The story of the Hiss-Chambers case and the Hiss trials, by two +reporters--Ralph de Toledano of _Newsweek_ and Victor Lasky of the +_New York World-Telegram_--who covered the case for their respective +journals. “A fine professional job.... A delightfully readable +presentation of all the evidence required for the forming of a +fair judgment on a most puzzling case.... To many, its outstanding +excellence consists in the clear light it throws on the process by +which an heir of the American tradition is turned into a traitor to his +country.”--_Catholic World._ + + + TREVELYAN, G. M. _Life of John Bright._ Houghton Mifflin. 1913. + +A portrait of the life and times of the great exponent of free trade, +by an outstanding British historian. + + + TUCKER, JOSIAH. _A Brief Essay, etc._ 1750. _Four Tracts._ 1774. (_A + Selection from His Economic and Political Writings._ Ed. by R. L. + Schuyler. Columbia University Press. 191. 576 pp.) + +The PI refers to Tucker as “a racy forerunner of the Manchester School, +especially on questions of colonial trade.” He is regarded by F. A. +Hayek as one of the founders of true individualism. In his _Elements +of Commerce_ (1756) he wrote: “The main point is neither to extinguish +nor to enfeeble self-love, but to give it such a direction that it may +promote the public interest by promoting its own.” + + + UTLEY, FREDA. _Lost Illusion._ Philadelphia: Fireside Press. 1948. 288 + pp. + +The author has rewritten her book, _The Dream We Lost_, and now +calls it _Lost Illusion_. It is “her account of herself as an +English communist who was converted romantically, she now believes, +to the Russian version of communism, lived for years in Russia, was +progressively disillusioned by the change from original communism to +ruthless industrialism, and got away to the United States.”--_New York +Herald Tribune Weekly Book Review._ “A book like Miss Utley’s is a +powerful educational instrument for democracy because of its honesty, +its humility, its information, and above all for the unescapable moral +issues it places before the intellectuals of the West.”--Sidney Hook, +in _The New York Times_. + + + UTLEY, FREDA. _Last Chance in China._ Bobbs-Merrill. 1947. 408 pp. + +This book proved to be prophetic. Reviewing it on its appearance in +1947, _The New Yorker_ wrote: “A treatise on the situation in China, +based on a trip the author, for many years a strenuous convert to +anti-Communism, took through the East shortly after the war. Miss +Utley views everything with alarm; she believes that the United States +has badly mismanaged its Chinese affairs and, by hamstringing Chiang +Kai-shek, has practically invited the Chinese Communists to overrun the +East.” + + + UTLEY, FREDA. _The China Story._ Regnery. 1951. 274 pp. + +“Immediately after the war the market was flooded with books favorable +to the Chinese Communists. Miss Utley has presented the other side +of the case more thoroughly and more ably than any other American +publicist. Her story throws a good deal of light (if sometimes +controversial light) on one of the most burning and tragic issues of +American foreign policy.”--W. H. Chamberlin, in the _Christian Century_. + + + VALTIN, JAN. _Out of the Night._ Alliance Book. 1941. 841 pp. + +“There is no better picture of the life of a secret agent floating +about the Communist underworld of the twenties, and no more horrible +and convincing account of conditions in Nazi prisons and concentration +camps. But beyond all the things which make it more readable than any +‘thriller’ are the profound political morals of the decline into sordid +intrigue, corruption, and mechanical obedience of the international +Communist movement.”--A. P. W., in the _Manchester Guardian_. + + + VAN SICKLE, JOHN V., AND ROGGE, BENJAMIN A. _Introduction to + Economics._ Van Nostrand. 1954. 746 pp. + +This stands out as one of the few introductory college economic +textbooks today that are frankly and positively liberal in the +traditional meaning of the term. It is notable for the simplicity and +skill of its exposition. While its own conclusions are conservative, +it explains clearly and objectively, for example, what is meant +by “Keynesian economics.” The authors place special stress on the +importance of functionally correct wages to the performance of a +private enterprise system. There is also a discussion of communism, +socialism, and planning as alternatives to capitalism. + + + VENNARD, EDWIN, AND WINSBOROUGH, ROBB M. _The American Economic + System._ Evanston, Ill.: Row, Peterson & Co. 1953. 96 pp. + +The authors attempt to give a simple explanation of the American +economic system. Their book contains over a hundred illustrations in +one to four colors, and illuminating charts and tables. Their theme is +that the American people are better housed, better clothed, and better +fed than any other major group of people in the world because of their +free, or comparatively free, market economy. + + + VERRIJN STUART, COENRAAD A. _De Wetenschap der Economic en de + Grondslagen van Het Sociaaleconomisch Leven._ Haarlem, Holland: Erven + F. Bohn. 1947. 319 pp. + +A notable book by an eminent liberal Dutch economist. + + + VIERECK, PETER. _The Shame and Glory of the Intellectuals._ Beacon + Press. 1953. 320 pp. + +An eloquent and stimulating, although often confused, book. Its author +preaches a “new conservatism” but wants to “take conservatism away from +the conservatives.” His central argument is that it is our duty to +fight the evil of totalitarianism in all its forms, and that the shame +of the intellectuals lies in their failure to fight the terrorism of +Stalin with the same vigor that they fought that of Hitler. + + + VLUGT, EBED VAN DER. _Asia Aflame._ Devin-Adair. 1953. 294 pp. + +An historical survey, by a native of Holland, and an influential editor +and lawyer, of the growth of Red Russia’s influence in the various +countries and regions of Asia during the last three decades. “If in +addition to the convincing text of this book, there were need of +authoritative recommendation, it might be mentioned that the author’s +views are fully in accord with those of General Albert C. Wedemeyer, +who writes the Foreword.”--Joseph McSorley, in the _Catholic World_. + + + VOIGT, F. A. _Unto Caesar._ Putnam. 1938. 303 pp. + +An analysis of political conditions in Europe--particularly the +fundamentals of fascism and communism and Great Britain’s role +in keeping the peace. The author was a member of the staff of +the _Manchester Guardian_. “A brilliant, circumstantial and +thought-provoking book.”--_The_ [London] _Economist_. + + + VOLTAIRE. _Works._ Many editions. + +Voltaire (1694-1778), particularly after his three-year visit to +England from 1726 to 1729, became one of the great influences of the +eighteenth century for toleration and personal liberty. But if any +one-volume anthology devoted to the libertarian side of his thought +has been selected and compiled from his voluminous works, I do not +know of it. Such a selection should include much from his _Lettres +Philosophiques sur les Anglais_ (1733). (See also LORD MORLEY’S +_Voltaire_.) + + + WALSH, EDMUND A. _Total Empire._ Milwaukee: Bruce Publishers. 1951. + 293 pp. + +“Father Walsh, regent of the School of Foreign Service of Georgetown +University, is a lifelong student of geopolitics.... As director of +the papal relief mission to Soviet Russia, Father Walsh witnessed +the Bolshevik Revolution. These first-hand observations plus his own +encyclopedic knowledge enable him to examine the grave question: Why +has Russia’s attempt thus far succeeded where Germany’s failed?”--_The +New York Times._ + + + WARREN, CHARLES. _Making of the Constitution._ Little, Brown. 1928. + 832 pp. + +“For the first time in a single volume all the contemporary material +relating to the formation of the Constitution has been brought together +and the history of the Constitutional Convention is presented, day by +day. Mr. Warren has assembled the letters of the public men of the +day, the delegates and others, and has printed also the editorials and +articles from the contemporary newspapers, presenting thus not only +the thoughts of the men who were at work upon the Constitution or were +otherwise influential in the country, but the conditions and the public +opinion of that time.... _Making of the Constitution_ measures up to +every demand of authoritative history, alike in its scholarly research, +its liberal humanitarianism and its smoothly flowing style.”--_The New +York Times._ + + + WASSON, R. GORDON. _The Hall Carbine Affair._ New York: Pandick Press. + 1941. 1948. 190 pp. + +The author, a vice president of J. P. Morgan & Co., seizes on an +oft-told episode in the life of the elder Morgan, founder of the +banking house, in which he is alleged to have sold to the government +during the Civil War some condemned arms at a profit that would have +been exorbitant for first-class weapons. Mr. Wasson delves into the +contemporary records and reveals with very careful documentation +exactly what took place. Then he turns to the spurious version of +this episode, identifies its inventor as Gustavus Myers, tracks down +its successive embellishments at the hands of later anti-capitalistic +“economic historians,” and shows how the myth got itself firmly +embedded into the American credo. The disclosure is important for the +light it throws on how cynical hostility to present big business leads +to the invention and acceptance of historic slanders. Allan Nevins +calls the Wasson book “a capital piece of work.” + + + WATTS, V. ORVAL. _Away From Freedom: The Revolt of the College + Economists._ Los Angeles: Foundation for Social Research. 1952. 105 pp. + +A vigorous answer to Keynesism, from an uncompromising advocate of +free enterprise. Dr. Watts takes off from the criticisms of Keynesism +previously made by such writers as L. Albert Hahn, Ludwig von Mises, +and the late Benjamin M. Anderson. His analysis of the technical +aspects of Keynesism leaves something to be desired, but his discussion +of its moral and political weaknesses is admirable. He points out +in detail how it teaches disregard for property rights, disparages +self-reliance, foresight, thrift and enterprise, puts its faith in +bureaucracy and coercive authority, and is fundamentally hostile to +free trade, free markets and individual liberty. + + + WATTS, V. ORVAL. _Union Monopoly: Its Cause and Cure._ Los Angeles: + Foundation for Social Research. 1954. 88 pp. + +Dr. Watts argues that present labor union monopolies are the product +of a special government license granted to unions to use violence, +coercion and compulsion, and that this state of affairs is further +aggravated by denial to employers of what ought to be their legal +right of choice. Dr. Watts also argues that, in spite of all their +specially granted privileges and immunities, unions have not raised the +over-all share of employees in the product of industry. The book is +well organized and contains an excellent analysis of the defects of the +Wagner Labor Relations Act of 1935, and of the subsequent Taft-Hartley +Act. + + + WATTS, V. ORVAL. _The United Nations: Planned Tyranny._ Devin-Adair. + 1955. 160 pp. + +The author argues that the United Nations as presently constituted is +“not liberal but reactionary,” and that it is “a blueprint for tyranny +and perpetual war instead of an instrument of peace.” + + + WEAVER, HENRY GRADY. _Mainspring._ 1947. Irvington, N. Y.: The + Foundation for Economic Education. 1953. 279 pp. + +Contends that only free men can make effective use of their +imaginations and creative abilities and that the purpose of government +is to protect personal liberty. An excellent introduction to the +history of human freedom and the resulting moral, social, and material +benefits. “Down through the ages,” writes Mr. Weaver, “countless +millions, struggling unsuccessfully to keep bare life in wretched +bodies, have died young in misery and squalor.... Then suddenly, on one +spot on this planet, people eat so abundantly that the pangs of hunger +are forgotten.” The reason for this miracle, the author contends, is +not any extraordinary inherent ability in the American people, but +their system of economic freedom. + + + WEBER, MAX. _General Economic History._ Greenberg. 1927. 401 pp. + +A history of the evolution of the capitalistic spirit from a +sociological point of view. The book was prepared by German editors +from notes left by Max Weber and the notebooks of his students. + + + WEISSBERG, ALEXANDER. _The Accused._ Simon & Schuster. 1951. 518 pp. + +“This is not just one more book in the rapidly growing literature on +the _Chystka_, the Great Purge, of 1936-1938. It is a landmark, a +monument, and an inexhaustible source of penetrating insights into +the souls of the men who confess and of those who make them confess; +of a few political heroes and a number of political provocateurs; +of real and fictitious spies; and of thousands of simple human +beings, disoriented, frightened, and often going from prison cell +to execution.... From this source a future Dostoevsky will draw the +elements and inspiration for a new _House of the Dead_.”--D. J. Dallin, +in _The New York Times_. + + + WEST, REBECCA. _The Meaning of Treason._ Viking. 1947. 307 pp. + +A profound study of the motives that have led scientists and +other “intellectuals” of the Western world to betray their own +countries in the service of the communist conspiracy. “Wonderfully +illuminating reports on William Joyce, John Amery, and other British +traitors.”--_The Atlantic._ “A tour de force ... told in memorable +prose.”--_Commonweal._ + +In the second edition published in 1952 Miss West added new chapters +containing studies of two more traitors--Dr. Alan Nunn May and Dr. +Klaus Emil Fuchs. + + + WHITE, ANDREW DICKSON. _Fiat Money Inflation in France._ 1896. + (Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation for Economic Education. 1952.) + (Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton Printers.) 69 pp. + +Andrew Dickson White was an eminent historian, the first president +of Cornell, and American ambassador to Russia and Germany. This is a +brilliant history of inflation in France in the revolutionary period +from 1789 to 1797. It shows by scrupulous citation of documented data +how irredeemable paper money leads to soaring prices, price fixing, +scarcity, the black market, the spy system, the invasion of privacy, +immorality and tyranny. A little masterpiece. + + + WHITE, W. L. _Report on the Russians._ Harcourt, Brace. 1945. 309 pp. + +The story of a six-weeks’ trip to Russia during the summer of 1944. +Because it was one of the first books to break the conspiracy of +silence about the shortcomings of our then “ally,” its appearance met +a storm of denunciation and protest. “Mr. White makes little attempt +to analyze the social processes at work in Russia or to generalize +about her recent history. He simply tells what he saw, heard, and felt. +But, as a journalist, he was in a position to enjoy certain unique +advantages. He traveled about in a way that no regular correspondent +in the Soviet Union had been permitted to do in years.... His book has +thus a unique value and ought not to be confused with the ordinary +correspondent’s book about Russia. Mr. White not only saw much more +than most visitors, he is a better observer than most, and he tells +you how things look and people behave, and how everything strikes an +American, in a way that few other writers have ever done.”--Edmund +Wilson, in _The New Yorker_. + + + WICKSELL, KNUT. _Lectures on Political Economy._ London: Routledge. + 1934. 2 vols. 299 pp. 238 pp. + +Knut Wicksell (1851-1926) was a Swedish economist most celebrated for +his theory concerning the relations between money and natural rates +of interest and movements in the general level of prices. This was +of more than purely theoretical interest, because it pointed to the +errors that governments make in bringing on inflation by trying to +maintain artificially low interest rates. But his total contribution +to economics was of much wider importance than this. Lionel Robbins +writes: “There is no work in the whole range of modern economic +literature which presents a clearer view of the main significance and +interrelations of the central propositions of economic analysis than +these lectures.” + + + WICKSTEED, PHILIP H. _The Common Sense of Political Economy._ 1910. + (London: Routledge. 1933, etc.) 2 vols. 871 pp. + +This brilliant book is as remarkable for the ease and lucidity of its +style as for the penetration and power of its reasoning. Its real +importance has only been recognized in recent years. In his Preface +in 1910, Wicksteed wrote: “The Introduction will make it clear that +the author makes no claim to originality or priority with respect +to anything that it contains.” This modest disavowal was taken too +literally, and for years Wicksteed was regarded mainly as a popularizer +of Jevons. But in his Introduction to the 1933 edition, Lionel Robbins +pointed out that the book is “the most exhaustive non-mathematical +exposition of the technical and philosophical complications +[implications?] of the so-called _marginal_ theory of pure economics, +which has appeared in any language.... The book was the culmination +of Wicksteed’s life work.... Into it he poured all the subtlety and +persuasiveness, all the literary charm, of which he was capable. It is +a masterpiece of systematic exposition.... Wicksteed’s place in the +history of economic thought is beside the place occupied by Jevons and +the Austrians.” + + + WILCOX, THOMAS. _The Anti-Bolshevik Bibliography._ Distributed by + Thomas Wilcox, 712 W. Second St., Los Angeles 12. 1955. 89 pp. + +A bibliography of anti-Marxist literature. + + + WILLOUGHBY, CHARLES ANDREW. _Shanghai Conspiracy._ Dutton. 1952. 315 + pp. + +The report of General MacArthur’s intelligence chief on the Soviet +military intelligence operations in Shanghai, as revealed through the +confessions of Richard Sorge. Contains a chapter on “Agnes Smedley and +the War Department.” + + + WILLOUGHBY, WESTEL W. _The Ethical Basis of Political Authority._ + Macmillan. 1930. 460 pp. + +The author has been professor of political science at the Johns Hopkins +University, and his work is distinguished for scholarship and clarity. +His aim in this book is to examine political authority as viewed by +the moralist. He believes that political coercion “is justified to the +extent that it provides a more efficient and less oppressive form of +control than would exist without it.” + + + WILSON, THOMAS. _Modern Capitalism and Economic Progress._ Macmillan. + 1950. 274 pp. + +“The position occupied by British liberals is defended by Mr. Wilson, +and from it he directs a scathing fire against the Labor Government +of his country. Like American critics of socialism, he fears the +socialistic threat to human liberty, but he thinks of liberty as a +fairly tough plant which can stand considerable doses of government +guidance.... He shows that capitalism has been progressive, that it +can continue so, and that the profit motive has been a safeguard to +liberty.”--_The New York Times._ + + + WILTSE, CHARLES M. _John C. Calhoun: Nationalist (1782-1828)._ + Bobbs-Merrill. 1944. 477 pp. _John C. Calhoun: Nullifier (1829-1839)._ + Bobbs-Merrill. 1951. 511 pp. + +Of the first volume, R. N. Current wrote in the _American Historical +Review_: “This study of Calhoun’s earlier career, much the ablest +and most thorough yet published, must take its place at once as the +standard account.” Felix Morley calls the two books together “a great +biography.” “It was time,” he writes, “for a sympathetic biographer +to rescue Calhoun from the avalanche of tendentious smearing under +which his name has long been buried. In Mr. Wiltse’s own words: ‘He +seemed to me the most original and in many respects the keenest +political thinker this country has produced, but few people had ever +heard of him except as a defender of slavery.... Being of good Yankee +stock, and brought up accordingly, I was a little surprised myself to +discover that he didn’t wear horns.’” (See the entry under Calhoun’s _A +Disquisition on Government_.) + + + WINDER, GEORGE. _The Free Convertibility of Sterling._ London: + Batchworth Press. 1955. 62 pp. + +A lucid, thorough, and uncompromising protest against continuation of +exchange control. It is not merely a polemic, but a sort of elementary +textbook on foreign exchange. The author emphasizes that exchange +control involves not only price-fixing in currencies, but arbitrary +confiscation of the overseas earnings of a country’s own citizens. He +also points out that the postwar overvaluation of sterling relative +to the dollar brought about the so-called “dollar shortage” and +discouraged British exports. + + + WITHERS, HARTLEY. _Poverty and Waste._ London: Smith, Elder. 1914. 180 + pp. + +“This book might have been called ‘The Case for the Poor.’ The author +throughout is pleading for those in relative poverty. It is a frank +discussion of some of the admitted faults of the Capitalistic system, +and an examination of the more honest and enlightened criticisms that +are made against the present order. He shows that ‘There is plenty +of excuse for the bitterness on the part of the workers,’ and in his +pleading on their behalf he sometimes seems to overstate their case +and to understate the point of view of the employer and the wealthy +consumer. As, however, he is mainly appealing to the wealthy and +attacking extravagance, this is not necessarily a drawback. One would +not get the impression from this book that Mr. Hartley Withers was an +Individualist, and yet it is really one of the best arguments against +Socialism that we have.”--PI. + + + WITHERS, HARTLEY. _The Case for Capitalism._ Dutton. 1920. 255 pp. + +“As a writer of popular works on economics and finance, Mr. Hartley +Withers stands alone. In this book he makes many undoubted complexities +appear simple and almost obvious. That the Capitalist system is ‘more +truly democratic and in favor of freedom than either of the rival +systems’ has nowhere been more clearly argued. No mere pleading for +the preservation of all aspects of Capitalist society as it exists is +to be found here. There is much keen criticism of certain features of +the Capitalist regime. Although published in 1920 it suffers less than +the majority of books which appeared about that time from the false +optimism that colored most thinking and writing in those days.”--PI. + + + WOLFE, BERTRAM D. _Three Who Made a Revolution._ Dial Press. 1948. 661 + pp. + +Studies of Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin. “This is one of those rare books +which are obviously destined from the moment of publication to become +a source and authority for the guidance of all later writers on the +subject. It is to be hoped that _Three Who Made a Revolution_ will also +be discovered and widely studied by a general public which earnestly +wants to understand why the Soviets behave the way they do.”--Hal +Lehrman, in _The Saturday Review of Literature_. + + + WOLMAN, LEO. _Industry-Wide Bargaining._ Irvington, N. Y.: Foundation + for Economic Education. 1948. 63 pp. + +One of the country’s outstanding authorities on labor points out the +consequences of industry-wide unions. He concludes: “The problem of +labor monopoly cannot be dealt with effectively unless, and until, +the immunity to the anti-trust laws which organized labor has enjoyed +since 1914 is withdrawn.... Its perpetuation ... will in time cause the +break-down of our entire anti-monopoly policy. This is the first step +toward a regulated or planned economy, as it has proved to be in other +countries.” + + + WOODHOUSE, A. S. P. (ed.). _Puritanism and Liberty._ London: Dent. + 1938. 506 pp. + +Contains well-selected documentation of the Puritan Revolution in +England. + + + WOODLOCK, THOMAS F. _Thinking It Over._ Declan X. McMullen Co. 1947. + 292 pp. + +A compilation of more than a hundred of the author’s articles which +originally appeared in _The Wall Street Journal_. Woodlock was a wise +and farsighted defender of the free enterprise system. The subjects +covered here include: “Society: Isms and Idols,” “Democracy: Definition +and Debate,” and “Economics: Order and Disorder.” + + + WRIGHT, DAVID MCCORD. _Capitalism._ McGraw-Hill. 1951. 246 pp. + + One of the most vigorous and intelligent defenses of capitalism ever + made by an American economist. It views its subject from a political + and social as well as a purely economic standpoint. + + + WRIGHT, DAVID MCCORD. _Economics of Disturbance._ Macmillan. 1946. 115 + pp. + +A main thesis of this book is suggested by two sentences in it: “The +socially tolerable rate of expansion likely to be demanded in a +democratic society will probably be much faster than the ‘equilibrium’ +rate which would ensure a permanent full employment adjustment” (p. +85). “Much of the insecurity and the instability we now decry is the +result of the scientific achievement and the social democracy which we +admire” (p. 98). + + + WRIGHT, DAVID MCCORD. _Democracy and Progress._ Macmillan. 1948. 220 + pp. + +“Professor Wright has written the best defense of private enterprise +we have seen.... It is an argument, brilliant in many respects, for a +flexible capitalism capable of adjustment to changing conditions.”--A. +B. Wolfe, in _The American Economic Review_. + + + WRIGHT, DAVID MCCORD (ed.). _The Impact of the Union._ Harcourt, + Brace. 1951. 405 pp. + +This is a round-table discussion, by eight prominent economists, of the +economic and political consequences of labor unions. The participants +are John Maurice Clark, Gottfried Haberler, Frank H. Knight, Kenneth E. +Boulding, Edward H. Chamberlin, Milton Friedman, David McCord Wright, +and Paul A. Samuelson. Although it is impossible to summarize here +their diverse conclusions, the papers and comments are often highly +critical of labor union policies, and the discussion as a whole is in +striking contrast with the political dogma that the influence of labor +unions has been entirely beneficent, and that the chief aim of law +should be to encourage the growth of their numbers and powers. + + + WRISTON, HENRY M. _Challenge to Freedom._ Harper. 1943. 240 pp. + +The thesis of this book, according to its author, “is simple and may be +stated explicitly: the principal duty of democratic government is the +maintenance and expansion of freedom.” He declares in his conclusion: +“The proposals of this book are all radical; none of them looks toward +any reactionary policy whatever. We have been living in a world where, +by a kind of double talk, the vocabulary of liberalism has been stolen +by the real reactionaries. Only in a world where values have become +topsy-turvy would it be possible for Hitler to describe tyranny as +a ‘new order,’ or for bureaucracy to masquerade in the habiliments +of liberalism, or for the planned economy to make a pretense of +‘economic democracy.’ Government by bureaucracy, control of business by +administrative regulation, manipulation of the economy for political +reasons--these are stark reaction. Not all the cascades of beautiful +words about ‘new social goals,’ ‘bold social engineering,’ ‘security +from the cradle to the grave’ can wash away that ineradicable fact.” +One of the best works in the recent literature of individualism. + + + ZAMIATIN, EUGENE. _We._ Dutton. 1924. 286 pp. + +A sometimes obscure but haunting and powerful novel of life in +a totalitarian society. It is a remarkable anticipation in some +respects of Huxley’s _Brave New World_ (q.v.), or Orwell’s _Nineteen +Eighty-Four_ (q.v.)--and of the realities of Soviet Russia. The last +is not so surprising, as Zamiatin was a Russian writer living in +Soviet Russia. His book, however, was published only in translation, +outside of Russia. At the climax of the novel the authorities order a +brain operation on everyone to remove the Imagination as a danger to +the State. Totalitarian communist governments today perform the moral +equivalent of this operation: it has come to be known as brainwashing. + + +FOOTNOTES: + +[1] This was the introduction to _The Philosophy of Individualism: +A Bibliography_ published in 1927 by The Individualist Bookshop of +London. Because it gives so compact, informative and balanced a survey +of the intellectual history of individualism I am reprinting it in +full. Although it was originally anonymous, I have since learned (see +my own introduction) that the author was W. H. Hutt. The footnotes are +also his, except one or two which are signed with my own initials. + +[2] _Latet dolus in generalibus_--“Fallacy lurks in general terms”--is +an old and true maxim of the Schoolmen. + +[3] “The Hellenic State, like the ancient State in general, because +it was considered all powerful, actually possessed too much +power,”--Blumschli, _The Theory of the State_ (Book I., c. iii). + +[4] _Laissez faire_ might be translated “Leave us to act as we please.” +Its literal meaning is, of course, “Let do.” + +[5] Much of Locke’s most important work was _written_ in that reign, +though not published till later. + +[6] “On the whole, the most important figure in English +philosophy.”--Sorley. _Camb. Hist. Eng. Lit._ Vol. VIII., c. 14. + +[7] These assertions, of course, are found in the Declaration of +Independence, but not specifically in the Constitution.--H. H. + +[8] This statement was written, it must be remembered, in 1927.--H. H. + + + + + Transcriber's Notes: + + Italics are shown thus: _sloping_. + + Variations in spelling and hyphenation are retained. + + Perceived typographical errors have been changed. + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 78474 *** |